T his you n g gen tl em a n b el iev es h im sel f to b e o nce ag a i n

a n u r sing in f a n t w h il e th e you ng l a d y th in k s sh e is a n ur se

in a f ou n d l ing a syl u m .
CO N T AI N I N G C O M P L E T E I N S T R U C TI O N S I N

THE D E V ELO P M EN T AND P R A C T IC E OF

H YPN O I IC
' ‘

P O W ER , I N C LU D I N G M U CH
V A L U A uL I : I N FO R M A T I O N IN R EG AR D
To M EN T A L H EA LI N G , M IN D R EA D I N G ,

A N D O T H ER K I N D R ED SU BJ EC T S

W M W ESLEY
. CO O K , A3, MD .

Pr of essor o f Physiol og ica l M ed ic in e i n the

N a ti on a l Un i ver sity of Ch i cag o
.
 AUTHOR S PREFACE
’
.

Thi s b ook has b een writt en for thos e who ar e

an xi o us to kno w the truth conc erning hypnotism
and wh o d esir e to l earn th e b est m ethods of hypnotic
p r actic e
. I t is writt en in plain languag e fo r in te l l ec

tual p eopl e and all its st at em ents a r e absolut e fact s

,

a n d its i llu stra tion s ar e act ual occurr en c es N o thing

.

h a s b een exagg erat ed an d th e sensational has b een

stri ctly avoid ed ; for th e tru th o f hypnotism is m or e

w ond erful th an th e frui ts of i m a gina tion .

T h e r ead er is a sk ed to d i sm i ss th e though t tha t

h yp n o tis m b elo n g s to th e fi eld o f l eg erd em ain or
sl eigh t of han d ; for that is far fro m th e tru th I t is a
.

n a tural sci enc e d ealing with m ental and phy sical ac

,

tion s ; and the ex erci se of its pow er is th e r esult o f a

natural endow m ent whic h all a r e cap abl e o f dev el
oping .

Thos e wh o s tudy hypnotis m and b eco m e ac q uaint

ed with its laws and ph eno m ena cannot h elp but

r ea l iz e th e gr eat b en efit s to b e o btain ed fro m it in

so cial int ell ectual an d bu sin ess lif e
,
. I t br oa d en s th e
scop e of th o ugh t and bani sh es fro m th e m ind fal se
“
noti ons of th e my st eriou s r ela tionship of soul a nd
 PREF C E A .

b od y. I t h elps to d estroy bigotry and sup erstitio n

and to esta b li sh truth .

Fro m th e pag es of this book many facts may b e

gl ea n ed tha t wil l explain the pow er of th e m ind ov er
the bod y that has b ecom e such an i m po rtant facto r in
th e tr eat m ent of dis eas e . M any hundr eds O f thou
sands o f p eopl e r ealizing th e gr ea t b en efi ts to b e de
“
,
”
riv ed from the ex ercis e o f faith o r w il l pow er ha ve ,

compl et ely discard ed th e u se of all mat erial su b

stanc es wh en end eavo ri ng to cu r e th ei r b odily ail
m ents and to th e influ enc e of w h at is in r eality hyp
uoti e sugg estion th ey tru st th ei r l iv es .

A c el ebrat ed m edical writ er on c e said : I t i s th e

myst ery surr ounding th e u se of pois o nou s drugs th a t
p rompts human b eings to b lindly swallow what ev er
th ei r physicia ns administ er and as knowl edg e in
, ,

cr eas es this myst ery is b eing sw ept awa y

, Th e.

philosophic mind cannot r ealiz e h ow poisons wit h ,

inh er ent charact eristics to d estroy life can b e physi

,

olo gically utiliz ed in r estorin g h eal th and co u s e

,

q u ently m any thinking p erson s hav e j oi n ed the Ch r i s

tian S ci enti sts Faith Cur ists
, ,and va rious o th er
o rganizations oppos ed to m edical tr eatm ent .

A ll r evoluti o ns a r e early cha ract eriz ed by extr em e

a cti ons ; and i t is in evitabl e that both of th e extr em e

facti ons that ar e so antagoni sti c in th ei r vi ews con

cern ing th e tr eatm ent of di sea se shall finally unit e
,

upon the gold en m edium of truth P r op er f oods .

,

p ur e ai r pur e wa t er and v ery many harml ess r em

, ,

edi es m a
y b e j u diciou sly admin ist er ed wi th wond e r
 PR EF A CE .

ful b en efi t in the tr eatm ent of di seas e ; and wh en us ed

“ “
in conj unction with faith o r m ent al h ealing ,

wh ich a r e hypnotic sugg esti on s r esult s m ay O f ten b e ,

obtain ed tha t ar e lit tl e shor t of m iraculou s Let th es e .

fact s b e r ealiz ed by tho se who d ep end upon th e u se of

drugs and tho se who di sca rd th e u se of all m at erial
sub stanc es ; th en th e id eal prac tic e o f m edicin e m ay

b e sci entifically es tabli sh ed Th e prop er study of

.

hypnoti sm will hast en such a con su m mation which ,

th e auth o r d evou tly h o p es to r ealiz e .

Th er e is n o thing trifling in th e sci enc e of hypno

tism . I ts t ruth s lik e th e tru th s of all o th er sci enc es
, ,

a r e si m pl e a nd ea sily und ersto o d ; b ut it is th eir sim

p l icit y that r end ers th em of such gr eat valu e to al l

m ank ind .

K no wl edg e in a ny b ranch of sci enc e may b e us ed

for frivolou s a m u sem ent or qu estionabl e purpos es ;
and hypnoti sm is n o exc ep tion But it is sinc er ely .

d esir ed that thos e who r ead this bo o k will r ea d It ,

—
for th e good that th ey can acqui re the good that a
knowl edg e of hypnotism alway s brings to tho se who
po ss ess it and th e good its pow er enabl es th em to
ex tend to oth ers .

DR . WM WES LEY
. COOK .

Eva n ston ,

Ch ica go . Ill .
 TABLE OF CONTENTS .

T h e A u th or
’
s P r ef a c e
I n tr od u cti on

H i stor y of H ypn otism

D efi n i ti on s

C H A PT ER I .

P H I L OS O P H Y OF I I Y P N O T I S M .

P r a cti ca l u n d er sta n d i n g th e su b j ec t— H yp n oti sm on e of th e

of
ex a c t sci en ces - R el a tio n sh i p t o o th er sci en ces A n a l y si s of —
h yp n oti c p h en om en a — P r a ctic a l il l u str a ti on s- E xp l a n a ti o n o r
h yp n oti c i n fl u en c e—O ver c om i ng m en ta l r esi sta n c e M en ta l —
a c tio n exp l a i n ed - R el a ti on sh i p of th ou g h t to p h ysic a l a c
tio n—I n v ol u n ta r y a c ti on—D a y d r ea m s—A w el l b a l a n ced
m i n d—R el a ti on sh ip of p e r O
a to r a n d su b j ec t— C o n cen tr a tion
of th o u g h t— P a ssiv e con d i ti on of th e m i n d T r a n sf er —
of
th o u g h t to th e sea t o f ph ysi c a l a c ti on —H yp n oti c p er f or m
a n c es ar e n a tu r a l a c ti o n s- F i r st essen ti a l s—H yp n oti sm
il l u str a ted b y ob j ec t l esso n s- H yp n o tic su scep tib il i ty n o t a
si g n o f m en ta l w ea n ess k 23

C H A P TER I L
Q U AL I F I C A T I O N S OF A I I Y P N O I I S T
' ‘
.

N a tu r a l ta l en t a n d sp eci a l a d a pta b il ity—H yp n o tic p ower n u

k n owi n g l y p ossessed b y m a n y— B o d i l y h ea l th a n d str en g th
— —
A s un d m i d n
o n i a s o u n d b o d y S el f -
c o n fi d en c e D eter m i n a
ti o n to s u c c eed — E x er m se o f w i l l p o w e r — F ea r l es sn ess— Con
c en tr a ti on of h
t oug h t — Q u i c p ekr c e p t i v e p ow e r s— S el f -
p os
sessi on 38

C H A P T ER I I I .

Q UAL I F I C ATI O N S O F A S U BJ E CT
b ein g h ypn otiz ed —N a tu r a l
.

p er so ns c a p a b l e o f
’
P er cen ta g e oi
h a r m oni ou s v ib r a tion s W h o —
.

—
a n ta g o n i sm s D i scor d a n t a n d
a r e g ood su b j ec ts—F eeb l e- m i n d ed n ot a l w a ys ea sil y h yp
n otiz ed —S tr o n g m i n d ed k
p er son s m a y m a e excel l en t su b
—
-

t C t ti f t h h t— L a b o r i n g m e n — F ol l ow i n g
j n en r a o n o ou g
e o
—
c s c
a l ea d er — M o b s e a s i l y l e d b y su g g e s ti o n M u r a t H a l st e d
k
a n d th e str i er s- F a r m er s n o t ea sil y h yp n otiz ed a t
h om e
The c n d fi — S l v e s a n d se r v a n ts — C l i m a t e h a s an
—
o e n ce m a n a
—
i n fl u en ce S u scep t i b il i t y o f m e n a n d w o m en P r e ca u ti o n s

n ec essa r y i n h n o t i z i n g w o m e n — H y s t e r i c a l a t ta c
—
ks-
4 3 111 0
yp
tio n a l p er so n s N a ti — o n a l i ty
— D u tc h — S c a n d i n a w a n s E a s t I n

d ia n s - F r en ch I ta —l i a n s — A m e r i ca n s— I n fi u e n c e o f a g e 43
 TABLE OF CONTENTS .

C H A PT ER I V .

F AV O R A BLE A N D U N F A V O R A B LE I N F L U E N C E S .

C ir c um sta n ces sur r o u nd i ng s- H yp n otiz in g

—
a nd stu b b o r n sub
j ec ts I n fl u en ce u pon o th er s A vo id a n ce o f— f a i l u r es —N ew
exper im en ts T h e— exp er i m en ti n g r o o m —I n fl u en ce of l ig h t
a nd k —
d a r ness S u n l i g h t a n d —
c ol or s T em p er a tu r e - I n ten se
a i r — E x a m p l es—P h ysica l
—
h ea t a n d d r a f ts o f su m er i n g
A g r eea b l e a nd d i sa g r eea b l e o d o r s P er f u m es - T o b a cc o
k —
sm o e L o u d
—
a nd d i sco r d a n t
—
so u n d s—M u sl c Lu l la b y —
C h a n ts M o n o to n ou s so u n d s M el od y—M u sic b ox es— S i n g i n g
—
of A ng el s S oo th i n g in fl u en ce o f m u si c—I n sa n i ty a n d m el a n
ch o l y- N o ise a n d q u i etu d e —
H yp n o ti z i n g n ew su b j ec ts—P er
eo n a l —
co m f or t P ositi on- T h e c h a i r —C l o th i n g — R ec u m b en t
p o si tio n —
E m o tio n s F —
ea r o r b ei n g h yp no t i z ed -
F a sc in a tio n
—
o f r ep ti l es R ec og n i ti o n o f su p er io r p o w er - D o m estic g r i ef
—
A ng er T r a n q u i l i ty of m in d —C on d iti on o t th e s i n D r y k —
—
n ess I nfl u en ce o f tim e 51

C H A PT ER V .

PR E C A U TI O N S TO B E O BS E R V E D .

R eputa tion a nd sa f ety of th e Op e r a tor - W el f a r e

th e su b . of
jec t—D a n g er s o f h yp n o ti sm n o g r ea ter th a n o r d i na r y—L i ttl e
evil a nd g r ea t g o od —C o m p a r ed w ith d a ng er s o f o th er
b r a nch es of sci ence—E xa g g er a ted r ep o r ts o f h a r m - P r es
ence o f a th i r d p a r ty
— A c c i d en t to th e o p er a t o r — D a ng er
r ed uced to a m i n i m un i -L aa r el y u sed u n l a w f u l l y A void a n ce
‘

—
of su d d en sh oc - C k see
‘

of d a n g er W ea k n ess o f — th e
h ea r t- C a ta l ep sy—P h y i ca l i n j u r y— S ta r i n g at th e su n
C h a ng e tr o m k
d a r n ess to l ig h t—F a sc i n a tio n F a l l s a n d —
—
oth er ca u ses o f i n j u r y C on tor ti o n s J u m pin g - — i ol en t ez er V
—
el se E a ti n g i n j u r io u s a r ti c l es- S u g g estio n s o f d ea th - P ost
ca u ti on s — S u fi o ca tio n— H yp n o tiz in g
h ypno ti c
—
m i n d ed —I n sa n i ty a n d cr i m e L i a b il i ty o f
th e
ex ci ti n g
f eeb l e
a ng er
A void i ng m isu n d er sta n d in g s R el iet f r om—
C H A PT ER V I .

H OW TOH Y P O TI Z E N
—
.

M enta l cond i ti on of th e p er a to r —C er ta in ty of r esu l ts M en ta l

O
str a in u p o n th e o p er a to r —P r i nc ip l e o t a c ti on—F ir st step s i n
p r o d u c i n g h yp n o i —
s s C o n en t ti o n o f t h o u g h t— I m p r essi ng
—
c r a
h
t e u b j e t- Ta k i d a r e M e d i u m o f th e se n se s — A ttr a c t
—
s c n g a
ing th e su b j ect s a tten ti o n O b j ec ts u sed b y th e
’

— p er a to r O
m i r r o r —T h e k k — ’

of I n d ia s
’
O r i en ta l S h ei s p l a te S n a es
{ s i t s—
k G l a ss m a r b l e- C h i n ese id o l—M eta l d i s k
R u b b er d is k
- Th e a u th o r s d i s —S en se o fk h ea r i n g —M on o tono u s to n es
'

k
O r i enta l c h a n ts- P u b l ic sp ea er s a n d p r ea c h er s C h a n tin g
—
k —E fl f i i l — U se o i
—
of sna e c h a r m e r s e c t o m u s c u po n a n m a s
h
t e vo i c e — F i r st s u gg es ti o n s— T o ne o f th e V
o ice H yp n o tiz
i g e il h il d — T h f t h — M esm er ic p a sses
—
n m a c r e n e s en s e o ou c
M esm er iz i ng a su b j ect—R u b b in g th e fi n g er s T h e sen se o f
sm el l — k—
Od or e- T o b a cc o sm o e S ense ot ta ste—E a tin g a n d
dr in i ng —U se or o r a ng e w a ter
k
C H A P TER ‘

VII .

G
D E R EE S O F H YP O S I S N
—
.

A r b itr a r y di vi sion P ower o f th e o per a to r —S u scep tib il i ty o t th e

su b j ec t—D r owsin ess- L i g h t sl eep—P r o f ou n d sl eep —
A b sol u te
i
qbed e eo q m na
n — o m b l
u m C t
i s — a a l e s
py
- Leth a r
gy fl
 TA BLE OF C ON TEN TS .

C H A P TE R V I I I .

C L A I R V OY A N C E .

S econ d sig h t —O r i en ta l p o w er —
C l a ir v oya n c e com p a r ed w i th
el ec tr i c a l m ea n s o f c om m u n ica tio n No —
r estr i c ti on u p on
si g h t of cl a i r v oya n ts- D i sta n c e n ot c on si d er ed — F a m i l ia r
m a n if esta ti on s—I l l u str a ti on s—H o w to pr oduce cl a i r v oy
a n c e—D ir ectin g th e m i n d of th e su b J ect— A s i n g q u esti on s k
C l a i r voya n ce n o t m i n d r ea d in g — F i n d in g
-
h i d d en a r ti c l es
C o n fi r m in g a c l a ir v oya n t s sta tem en ts—W h o a r e th e b est
’

cl a i r v oya n ts 96

C H A PTER I X .

S E LF - H Y P N O T I S M — A U T O S U GG E S T I O N
-
.

H yp n o ti sm a . en d owm en t- K eep i n g
n a tu r a l a p p oin tm en ts
B l in d m en tel l i n g ti m e— G o i n g to sl eep i s n a tu r a l sel f
h yp n o ti sm — S c l f — l i yp n o tism ea si l y l ea r n ed - H o w to p r a c ti c e
sel f - h yp n o ti sm — P r o l o n g ed sel f - i n d u c ed sl eep o f or i en ta l s
—
D ea th of B ish o p H yp n o ti z es h i m sel f a t ch u r c h P r o l o n g ed —
h y p n o sis u n ‘ C S I r a b l c —D i se a se an d sel f - h y p n oti sm — C on
—
ta g i o u s d i sea ses— H ea r t d i sea se C on tr ol l in g h ea r t a cti o n
Haim th r o u g h i m a g in a ti r. I m a g i n i n b en efi t f r om
p l a ce b o— F i sh s t o r i e s— A b o g u s a u th o r — A h i m a g in a r y i n
en tor — A i d s i n r stor i n g h ea l th —L i g h ten s sor r o w—P r o m p ts
'

f ea r l essness- I n cr ea ses g en er a l h a pp i n ess

C H A P TE R X .

A CC I D EN T AL D EV E L O P M E N T O F H Y P NOT I C P OW E R .

C a se o f G er tr u d e P en n i n g to n —P l a yi n g wh il e a sl eep— C a se of
M r C h a r l es G a r d n er — P u t th e b a b y to sl eep— C ou l d n t w a e
.
'
k
th e b a b y— M oth er s n a tu r a l l y h yp n oti z e th eir b a b i es— C a se
o f M a r g u er i te M cA l l ister — H y pn oti z in g r estl ess p a tien ts
T h e c r u ci fi x u sed to c on c en tr a te th e th o u g h ts

C H A PT ER XI .

N
T H E H Y P OT I S T S S E C R ET
’

—
.

U n p u b l ish ed f a cts H ow h yp n oti c p ow er i s d evel o p ed —F ocu sin g

th e m i n d —F o r c i n g su b j ecti o n— E x p el l in g th o u g h ts- 0ver ~

th e su b j ec t s r esista n c e—P r a c ti ci n g on d u m m ies

’
c om i n g
U sel ess eff o r ts— P r a c ti ci n g sel f - c o n tr ol —I n c r ea sin g h yp n o ti c
w e — R e li m g i n d i vi d u a l i n fl u en c e— O v er com in g i n d ivi d
—
p o r a z
ua l h a b its—C u r i n g p er son a l d isor d er s M a i n g k
f r ien d s
O v er p ow er in g en em ies— F or estal l i n g ev en ts—S p h er e o f h yp
n oti c i n fl u en ce

C H A PTE R XII .

D E V E L OP I NG A S U BJ E C T .

Do —
n o t a ttem p t to o m u ch a t on ce Ch oosi n g a su b j ect A v o id
—
m en t l e i s— L e d a d u a l l t o s u b m i ss i o n— T h e b est
a su p r o r a g r y
j
su b ec t f o r b eg i n n e — P i v a c d esi r a b l e— T h e fi r st sea n ce
r s r y
D r o w s i n ess — H o w to p r o d u c e h yp n o s i s — H ow to th i n a nd k
—
a ct T h e O b ec tj — T o e O
n f v o i c e— M a ikn g p a s se s — W ea r i n ess
p r o d u c ed S eco n d sea n c e H a nd m o v em en ts Th ir d
—
sea n ce M u scu l a r su g g esti o n s— O p en i n g th e e y es— F o u r th
sea n ce—T h e sen ses— S on i n a rr b u l i sm — F i f th sea n ce—D a n c in g
— C l a l r v o a n ce—S i x th
A
-
n a esth esi a -
P o s t- su
gg esti on y sea n ce
“ Q a ta l ep sy— T h e per f ec t su b j ec t— L eth a r g y 130
10 TA BLE OF C ON TEN TS .

C H A PT ER XI II .

A N I MA L MA GN ET I S M—MA GNE TI C H E LI A NG .

Long r ecog n iz ed b y p h ysi cia ns—D r A l va C u r ti s—P h il o so p h y o f

m a g n eti sm —N eu r a u r a —I m p r essi b l es- D i sti n g u ish i n g
.

a ni m a l
m en ta l p o wer —H o w to r ecog n iz e i m p r essib l es M e ta l r od —
O r g a ns n o t eq u a l l y i m pr essi b l e—H a r m on iou s a nd a n ta g o n
i stic o r g a n s- R esto r i ng m en ta l b a l a n ce—D ia g n o sin g d is
ease—R el i ef o t p a i n — C u r i n g h ea d a ch e—R el i evi n g to o th a ch e
—
a n d n eu r a l g i a —R el ievi ng i n wa r d p a in s P r o d u c i n g sl eep i n
—
i n som n ia S u p p r essi ng r esp i r a ti o n- R eg i ons o f th e b r a i n
P er ee tive f a c u l ties- I n tel l ec tu a l ta cu l ties—P r o pel l i n g i n c u l
p
ties ‘’ n h a l a n ced a n d wel l b a l a n ced b r a i n s—D octr i n es o f
m a g n eti c h ea l i n g —P r ec a u ti on s to b e ob ser ved —H o w to m ag
n eti z e a per so n—M esm er ic pa sses - Ex p er i m en ts i n a n i m a l
m a g n etism —E xa m in i n g d i sea sed p er son s M a g n etic h ea l er s —
M ag netic i nfl uence exer ted b y ph ysici a n s .

C H A PTER XI V .

OV E R O I C M NG
H A B I T S BY H Y P O T I S N M
— —
.

N atur e of h a b i ts D r u g s of n o a va il S u gg estion th e b a si s o f
sa ni ta r i u m tr ea tm ent—M or p h ine a n d a l co h ol cu r es H ow —
h yp n oti sm over com es h a b its C u r r en ts— of ner ve f or c e
M em o r y a nd p ost-h yp no tism F r ig h ten ed — h or ses—T ob a cco
—
h a b i t cur ed C a u se a nd cu r e of sta m m er in g — C ig a r ette
k —
sm o ing C ur e o f oth er h a b i ts

C H AP T ER XV .

C R I M I N AL H YP N OT I S H .

H ypno tism d oes no t c or r u p t m or a l s S en sa ti ona l news

- a p er
ti c l es—
ar
S to l e wh il e h yp n o tiz ed —M el a n c h ol y in d u ced a d is
ca r d ed sui tor —E l opem en t d u e to h yp n oti c i n fl u enc e — S en sa
tio n a l r ep o r ts- T r a in ed c r i m i n a l s- H yp n otism
—
an ex cu se
A d r ug cl er k P ossib il ities o f cr im e—P o ssi b il ity o f
'
s er r or
b od il y h a r m —
C onfi d ence in th e
C H A PT ER XV I .

H YP OT I S N M
AN D D I S EA S E .

I nfl u en ce of m in d over h ea l th —R esisti ng con ta g i ou s d iseas es

—
I m m u n ity o " n u r ses C o n cen tr a tion o i th ou g h t- D isp en sa
ti ons o f P r o vid en c e- P r o tec tio n a n a tu r a l l a w- M en ta l d e
ter m in a tio n—C a se o f D r T a n n er —M a i n ten a n c e of h ea l th
N o ti m e to g et sic —D a n g er in r eti r i n g f r o m
k —
.

b u si n ess
I m ag in a tio n a n d d isea se F ea r o f ten ca u ses d isea se I m a g —
ina r y h yd r o p h ob ia —I d l en ee s i n vi tes d isea se—H ypo c h o n d r i a
—
A p p li a n ces to w a r d o f"d i sea se B el ts a n d ch a r m s E l ec tr ic —
— —
b el ts P i l g r im a g es M i r a cies per f or m ed a t
C H A PTER X V I I .

A N A E STH E S I A D U R I NG H YP N O S I S
h yp n osi s—R el ig io u s ec sta sy
.

F r eed om f r om p a in th r ou g h
J ez eb el s p r i ests— G h o st d a n ces—O r ien ta l d evo tees
Q ueen
—C
’

B u r ni n g of m a r tyr s a ta l ep sy p r od u ced
sa va g e r i tes
by
R el ig i ous f er v o r su b d ui n g p a in M od em — in sta nces- P r o d u c
tion of a na esth esia a na tu r a l en d owm en t H o w to p r od uce —
a n a esth esia — —
C a se of R ob er t M cG a nn P er tor m a n ce o i d a n
g er o n s su r g i ca l oper a tion s d u r i n g h yp n o si s M i n or su r g i ca l —
—
o per a tion s D a n g er s ot c h l or of or m —
I nd iscr i m i na te u se of
a na esth eti c s —Va lue or h yp n o ti sm i n su r g er y- S ew i ng th e
l ip s tog eth er - P a ssin g p ins a nd n eed l es th r o ug h th e c h ee
— k
Tongues sewed togeth er D an ger s 183
 TA BLE OF C ON TEN TS .

C H A P T ER X V II I .

H YP N OT I S M A N D TH E I N S A NE .

M a ni a cs n ot ea sil y h yp n o tiz ed —M el a n ch ol ia
—
—W k
ea - m in d ed p er
son s n ot g oo d su b j ec ts H yp n o tism th e r a tion a l m eth od o f
c u r ing in sa n i ty—C on cen tr a tion o f th ou g h t I n sa n e o n th e —
su b j ec t o f p er petu a l m o ti on —C a se o f M r W il l i a m s— P a c i ty
—
.

i n g a m a n ia c I n sa n i ty f r om b a d h a b i ts c u r ed —R el i g i ou s
— —
.

i n sa n ity O r g a n ic d i s-ea ses m u st b e r ec og n iz ed O ver c o m i n g

i m a g i n a r y n o ti on s

C H A P TER X IX .

H YP N OTI Z I NG A N I M ALS .

H ypn otic p ower p o ssesse d by ani l s— H yp oti

m a n z in g a nim a l s
T r a i n ing d og s a n d h
or s es—T e
ac hi g t i k
n t
r c s o d og s- T r a i ned
el ep h a n ts— B r i n g in g wil d a n i m a l s u nd er su b j ection—M a n
th e g od O f a n i m a l s—P r od u c in g l eth a r g y i n f r og s—S n a e k
ch a r m er s— E x p er im en ts with r a b b i ts—H yp n otiz in g r ooster s
a n d p ig eon s

C H A PTER XX .

H YP N OTI S M IN B US I NE S S A N D SO C IET Y .

Th e su c cessf u l b u si n ess m a n—D r iv i n g a b a r g a i n—E xec u tiv e

a b i l i ty—C o n tr ol l in g em pl oyes—S ol i ci tin g i n su r a n ce—C a n
y a ssi n g —A u cti on eer i n g — T h e a i r of p r o s p e r i t —
y D i p l om a c y
S o ci a l p o pu l a r i ty— E n ter ta in er s— A b r il l i a n t h ostess—A r i s
—
to cr a c y—I n fl u en ce o f m oney a n d ti tl es A ssu m in g w ea l th
—
C o n scio u sn ess o f i n ca p a ci ty M enta l su p er ior i ty—C om p el l
—
~

i n g r ecogn ition L osi n g h i s g r ip- I n th e

C H A PT ER XXI .

HY P N OT I S M I N T H E P R O F E S SI O NS .

P r of essi on a l su ccess i m po ssib l e w ith ou t h yp n otic p ower s—P er

so n a l m a g n eti sm — P op u l a r i ty a n d su cc ess— H yp n otism a nd
th e l a w—P l ea d i n g b ef o r e J u d g e a n d J u r y- C r i m i n a l l a w
y er s—F o l l owi n g h yp n o ti c m eth o d s H ypn o tism a n a ck n owl
-

ed g ed a i d i n cu r in g d i sea se—S ecu r i ng p a tien ts a n ecessi ty

H yp n o tic p ower a n d m ed i ca l a b il ity—S ec u r i ng th e c on fi d en ce
—
o r p a tien ts U sin g ev er y m ea n s to a i d n a tu r e—M en ta l i n
fl u en ce—F a i th cu r ists—C h r i sti a n sci entists—A n i d ea l p r a c
ti ce of m ed ic in e- T h e p h ysi cia n s p r esen ce a n in spi r a tio n
’

M ed ica l a n d fi n a n ci a l su ccess— H yp n o ti sm and th e m in

i str y—H o w to c om p el a cc ep ta n ce of ch u r ch d o c tr i n es
S ch ool s o f or a tor y a n d el ocu ti on—S u ccessf u l

C H A PTER XX I I .

G ENE R A L H YP N O TI C I N F L U EN C E
p n p s i ve m i d —
.

L a sti n g im pr ession s m a e u o d a s Le
n s ing ar n to
sp el l —E x p ec ta ncy a h yp ti i fl e—S e k i g p l e
—“
no c n u en c e n a su r e
”
D eter m i n ed to b e g l oom y S u n set C ox a n d h i s p ostp on ed
— —
l ectu r e P u b l i c g a th er in g s S p i r i t of th e m eeting - M a g n etic
sp ea er s—H yp n o ti c p ower
k n ecessa r y to su c cessf u l p u b l ic
sp ea in g —P ower f u l p r ea ch er s- A l l m or e or l ess o b ed i en t
k
S e ght
l i o f h a n d ex h ib i tio n s— O r i en ta l m a g ic i a n s— Ah E a st
I ndia exh ib ition- H ypn otiz ed th r oug h
12 TABLE OF C ON TEN TS .

C H A P T ER XX I II .

P O S T -H YP N OTI S M .

S ug g esti on s c a r r i ed o ut a f ter a w k eni n g —So m n am b u l istic st te

a a
—P r a c ti ca l il l u str a ti on A w a — k t f u O l o k i —th e m o n
e a o r
’
c c n r
ing — P o st-h yp n o ti c g esti on s a l wa ys ob eyed H on o r a b l e
sug
pe r s o n s w il l n o t c o m m i t c r i m e b y p o st-h
y p n o tic su g g es
tio n—K eep i n g a n a pp oi n tm en t—U n a b l e to ea t h is S u n d a y
—
d in ner C a n not d r i n k —
tea or co ff ee O ver c om in g th e l i q u o r
h a b it—P ost-h ypn o ti c su g g esti on a g r ea t po wer f or g ood o r
evil — a l u a b l e
V in tr ea tin g n er vou s c on d i tio n s C h a n g i n g —
p er s o n a l l i k es a n d d i sl i es - A s k— a n a id f o r s e -
c on tr ol w
A void in g evil com p a ni ons H yp n otism ca n n o t c h a n g e a p er
so n s m o r a l n a tu r e—A ff a i r s of th e h ea r t H a d h er swee t
’
—
—
h ea r t h yp notiz ed A pa r en t s u se of
’
223

C H A PTER XX I V .

AW AK E N I NG UBJ E CT
A S
—
.

M ista k en l w ys b e w ken ed —A c id
t —
b el i ef S u b j ect ca a a n a a c en ta l
in j u r y or d ea th o f th e o r a or pe
r em e e Ext ar l th
co n d i
gi c
— k
tion C om m on m eth od o f a wa en in g - D i sp l a y o f a l a r m —N o
ha r m f r om d el a yed a wa en i ng —L eth a r g ic su b j ects a wa en
k k
sl ow l y- B l o wi ng u pon th e n ec —S l eep i n g a l l d a y—S u g g es
k
ti on s o f th e o p er a tor —N ot a wa en ed su d d en l y f r o m k som
na m b u l ism —P l ea sa n t sug g estion s b ef or e 229
C H A PTER XX V .

MI N D -
R E AD I NG—T E L E P A T H Y .

C om m u ni ca tion of th o u g h t—N a tu r a l p o wer B i r d s a n d a n i —

— —
m a ls T h oug h ts o f c h i l d r en B etr a yi n g th e em oti ons G u il ty —
—
consci en c e D etecti on of c r i m e C r im i n a l —
d em ea n o r A t —
—
tr a ctin g a tten tion S c h oo l r ec ita ti o n s L o ve a n d a n g er I m — —
r essi on s d u r i ng sl eep —
P r em o n iti on s D i sta n ce n o b a r r i er —
p — —
ests T r a n sm itti n g th ou g h ts C l ai r a u d ien ce H ow to tr a n s —
m l t th oug h ts m

C H A PT ER XXVI .

H YP N O T I C M I S C EL L A N Y
— —
.

Sig n s of h yp nosis—F a sc i n a tion C a ta l ep sy—Le th a r g y Exa l ta

ti on of th e sen ses M u scu l a r —
c on tor ti on s S i n g i n g a nd —
speak in g —S pea i n g i n f o r eig n l a n g u a g es—A t th e p r iz e fig h t
k
— H u n ti ng a n d d enin g —L a u g h in g a n d c r yi n g —M a e m e a k
—
.

ch ild a g a i n- A g ed a n d i n fi r m - B eco m i ng a n im a l s A tr i p to
h ea ven—U p i n a b a l l oon . . 2
43

C H A P TER xxvii .

S E LF A N A E ST H E S I A
-

—
.

Sel f -a na esth esia a n a tu r a l p o wer —

E xh ib i ted b y a nim a l s C om
m on exa m p l es in h um a n b eing s H em ism of —
c h il d r en
D a u g h ter o f M r F r en ch - C a se o f E r n est G u n th er R em a r — k
k —
.

a b l e p ower of H a i m A b d el S u r ed di n C li ni ca l exper i m en ts . . 249

C H A PT ER XXV II I .

METH OD O F P R O D U C I NG H YP N O S I S
Gener a l d ir ec tio ns—O b j ec tiv e m eth od —F a scina ti on Th e ca n d l e —
.

m eth od - M ou ti n s m eth od - T h e m eth od - M esm er i c

'
N a ncy
m eth od — —
E x er cise of wi l l po w er T h e r o ta r y m i r r or o f D r
—
Luy s m eth od T h e Hi n d oo sl eep—
.

’
T h eo r y o f th e 0d a nd i n
fluence of m agnets and
14 INTROD UCTION .

d evot e to its study th e pati enc e and en ergy a l w a y s

so n ec essary for th e d ev elopm ent of natural tal en ts .

Th e r eward i s gr eat tha t follow s the p ersist en t

study of hypnoti sm ; for it i s a sci enc e that b estow s
upon its d evot ees a pow er that s eems almost sup er
human . I t ov eraw es ev eryon e who witn ess es its
indisputabl e facts and its m arv elou s manifestations .

I t ov erthrows th e th eor i es O f j udg es an d philosoph ers

and th eologians and shak es the faith of ma t erial
,

sci entists in th eir p reconc eiv ed O pi nions I t sup.

plants th e physician and the surg eon and cur es th e

afflict ed and d eform ed whom th ey pronounc ed
b eyond th e hop e of r ecov ery I t br eak s th e chai ns
.

of d emoralizing and d estructiv e habit s I t comfort s.

th e sorrowing and b rings p eac e of mind to th os e

distract ed b y th e p erpl exiti es of li fe I t abolish es
.

p eriods o f ti m e and ext ent s of di s tanc e I t ma k es.

th e la m e to walk and str ength ens the w eak and ,

caus es th e ra vin g mania c to b ecom e docil e a s a littl e

b a b e I t ch ecks the hand of d eath and snatch es
.

al m ost from th e grav e the grim

I t loos ens th e ton gu e o f the stam m erer ov ercom es ,

the s elf consciou sn es s o f th e b ackwa rd and t emp er s

-

th e imp etu o sity o f th e ras h enthusi ast . To m ank in d ,

in ev ery walk of life it i s a bl essi ng— l eading his

,

i n m ost thoughts to high er and nobl er th ings d ev el

oping his pow ers to plan and to ex ecut e and gi vi n g
h im soci al fi nancial and int ell ectual emin enc e am on g
,

his fellow m en All this and mor e is hypn otism

-
.
, ,
.

I t do es n ot r equi r e y ears of stu dy to b ec om e a

 IN TROD U CT I ON . 15

hypn o ti st although a n exp er t can b eco m e such o n l y

,

through cons tant prac tic e such a s is n ec essary to

,

insu r e p rofici ency i n any art .

Ev ery int ell ectual p erson m ay ex erci se hypnotic

pow er in a gr eat er or l ess d egree wi thou t r egard to
, ,

p r eviou s educa tion or th e establi sh ed habi ts of lif e .

I n fact hypn o tic pow er is a na tural endow m ent

, .

capabl e o f b eing d ev elop ed by a l l who will d evot e

t o its study prop er pati enc e en ergy and p er sis tency
,
.

T h e po ssibili ti es of hypnoti sm a r e al m o st bound

l ess an d its in fl u en c e is c onn ec ted w i th v ery su c
c essinl und ertaki n g o f l i f e ; fo r wh i ch r ea so n s we ca n
‘

ent er u pon its st u dy wi th en t u sia sm and a deter

l

m ina ti o n to d ev el o p to the full est our la tent abi li ty .

Th er e is no r estriction upon th e acqui si tion o f

hypnoti c knowl edg e ; its bl essin g s b elong to all wh o
d esi r e th em and a r e willing to striv e to s ecur e th em ;
a n d th ese bl essing s ar e of such a charac ter that w h en

o n ce exp eri enc ed th ey b eco m e ab solut ely essen tial

to our enj o y m ent of lif e .

At th e co m m enc em ent O f thi s tw en ti eth c entury

th e p rac tical u tility of th e sci enc e of hypno ti sm is
un iv er sally r ecogniz ed Thou sand s a r e eag erly s eek
.

i n g to l earn its principl es and law s tha t th ey m a , y

r eap the b enefit s o f its pow ers Bu sin ess m en ar e
.

a l m ost uncon sciously b eco m ing practical hypnoti st s ;

lawy er s a r e r ealizing tha t hypn o tic p o w er is the secr et
of succ ess; mini ster s and public sp ea k ers a r e swayin g
th ei r audi enc es acco rding to th e law s of hypnoti sm ;
w h il e physicians and professor s o f m edicin e ar e
10 INT RO UCTIOND .

o p en ly advocating and em ploying sugg estiv e th er a ‘

”
p e u tics as th e i r m ost e ff ectiv e aid in curing di s e a se .

Pr ej udi c e bigotry ava ri ciou sn ess an d narrow

, ,

m ind ed S ophistry hav e until lat ely succ eed ed in

smoth ering th e gr eat sci enc e o f hypno tism M en .

who w er e bold enough to mak e k nown th e m arv elou s

n atur e of th e hypnotic pow er th ey w er e abl e to mani
fest w er e d enounc ed as wizard s Charlatan s im po s
, , ,

t ers an d mount ebank s B ut now th e tabl es ar e

.

turn ed Tho se who w er e for m erly d en o unc ed a r e

.

now r egard ed as sci en tific inv esti ga to rs ; an d th e

doctrin es th ey taught ar e b eing eag erly l earn ed by
th e most not ed sci entist s Wha t was h el d up fo r
.

ridicul e is now r egard ed a s a digni fi ed sci enc e What .

was attri b ut ed to evil m achination s i s now r egard ed

as one of th e gr eat est of bl es s ing s to th e hu m an rac e .

Hypn oti sm ha s triu m ph ed I t occupi es the posi

.

ti o n Of a dign ified sci en c e ; and with its pr esen t im

p e tu s and its futur e c er t ainty of d e v elop m ent i t i s ,

d estin ed to startl e th e w o rld by its m a rv elous r ev el a

d o ns

R
H I STO Y OF H Y PN OTIS M .

Th e g erm of th e sci en c e o f hypn oti sm was r ecog

n iz ed b y th e an ci ent G r eeks and R omans who de ,

riv ed th eir knowl edg e of it fro m the early Egyptian s .

Th er e is also evid enc e that th e C hin es e p ra cti c ed th e

ar t thou sa nds of y ea rs ago I n fact th e ex ercis e of
.
,

hypnoti c pow er s eem s to ha v e b een on e of th e i n t ui

tiv e accomplishm ents of m ankind ; for in vario us
 U sing the disk to r ivet th e a ttention
. T h e fi r st ste in
p
pr od u cing h ypnosis
.
18 IN TROD UC TION .

i f h e w ould i m par t his secr et m eth od to th r ee p erso ns

to b e n am ed by the a uthoriti es H e r efus ed to acc ept
.

th e proposition and c ontinu ed to practi c e h is a rt f or

,

th e cur e o f dis eas e w ith gr eat succ ess an d to t ea ch

his m ethods to larg e nu m b ers Of pupils I n thi s way .

he d eriv ed a larg e inco m e fo r s ev eral y ears w h en i n ,

1 785 th e gov ern m ent appoint ed a co m m i ssion ih ,

cluding Bailly Lavoi si er and B enj a m in Frankl in to

, ,

inv est iga t e h is m ethods Thi s com m i tt ee m ad e a

.

v ery un favorabl e r epo rt whi ch d es troy ed M esm er s

,

pop ulari ty an d cau sed him to los e h is practic e a n d

pup ils H e r eturn ed to Switz erland wh er e h e di ed
.
,

March 5th 1 81 5 ,
.

TH E M A RQ UIS A R M ON D DE P UY S EGUR .

’
O ne of M esm er s most enthu sia st i c scholars wa s
th e Fr ench Marquis A rmond D e Puy segur He .

’
gr eatly i m prov ed upon M es m er s m ethod s an d dis
cov er ed th e m an n er o f produci ng th e so m na m buli sti c
stat e in which he was en a b l ed to cu r e va riou s
,

dis ea ses wi thout cau sin g the viol ent hy st erical

d em onst ra tions that fr equ ently follow ed M esm er s ’

p erfor m anc es H is di sco veri es how ev er as w ell as

.
, ,

tho se o f M esm er w er e a ppar en tly fo rgott en un ti l

,

Du Pat el an d D e Fo issac Pari sia n phy sicians a ppli ed

, ,

th em in th eir pract ic e ( 1 820

BA I R D A N D C UR TI S .

Th e
ci en tific ca r eer of hypnotism start ed i n 1 84 1
s ,

und er th e i m pul se giv en it by D r Ja m es Bai rd O f .

,

Manch est er England wh o m et wi th such gr eat

, ,
 I NT ROD U C TI ON . 19

succ ess wi th it in h is prac ti c e tha t o th er phy sici a n s

an d inv esti g a to r s fo llow ed his exa m pl e I t wa s D r . .

Baird wh o gav e to th e sci enc e th e na m e o f

H YP N O T I S M .

I n A m erica the fir st phy sician o f p r o m in enc e to

,

inv estiga te and em pl oy hypn o tic pow er a s a n aid in

th e tr ea tm ent of di sea se wa s D r Alva Cur ti s wh o se
“
.
,
”
bo o k o n M edical Sci enc e pu b li sh ed in 1 84 6 con
“
, ,

tain s a section o n N eur o logy and Animal M ag net

”
i sm , which g iv es ful l and explicit dir ection s fo r
u sin g thi s pow er in m edical practic e Th e po siti o n .

h e th en a ssign ed to it was that of o n e of the harm l ess

m ethods o f aiding na tural eff or ts toward r esto ring
h ealth H e b er eft it of all sen sa tionali sm and tr eated
.

i t in a pur ely sci entific m ann er .

C H A R C OT A N D BER N H EI M .

I n the 7o s D r Charcot of Paris b eca m e an

’ ’

, .
, ,

enth u sia stic hypnoti st and employ ed hypnotic su g

,

g estion s with gr eat succ ess in th e tr ea tm ent of larg e

numb ers of pati ent s in his ho spital at La Sal petr ier e .

H is p r om in enc e a s a physician l ed m any oth er s to

f o llow his exa m pl e About th e sa m e ti m e D r H
.
, . .

B ernh eim Prof essor i n the Facul ty of M edicin e in

, ,

N an cy com m enc ed his ardu o us inv estiga tion s an d

,

exp eri m ents that h ave r en d er ed his na m e fa m ous in

th e fi eld of hypnoti c sci enc e .

I n lat er y ears m any phy sicians and sci entists of

,

r enown hav e add ed th eir labor s to th ose of th e inves

tig ato r s m ention ed and at th e p r es ent ti m e th e
.
 '

zo Im onuc r l on
'
.

sci enc e ha s b ecom e so univ ersally r ecogn i z ed tha t

“ ”
d epartm ents of sugg estiv e th erap eutic s a r e estab
l ish ed in th e l eading m edi cal coll eg es; and what was
form erly r egard ed a s one o f the trick s o f charlatan s
is now establi sh ed as a us eful and di gn i fi ed sci en c e .

DEFIN ITI ON S .

H Y P N OT IS M i s the sci enc e and a rt of m entally

controlling the th o ught s a nd actions of oth ers I ts .

study em brac es a knowl edg e of th e m ethod s b est

adapt ed fo r d ev eloping p ersonal m enta l pow er and .

dir ecting the m en tal activi ty of oth ers .

T he word H Y P N O T 1 an d eriv ed fro m th e G r eek

,

word hypnos m eaning sl eep ha s lon g b een

, ,

acc ept ed as the t erm und er which al l th e vari ed

ph eno m ena of the sci enc e ar e includ ed I n r eal ity .

th e word hypnotis m is a m isnom er fo r it is no t n eces ,

>
sar"for a p er son to b e forc ed i nto hypn o si s o r th e ,

sl eep lik e s ta te b efor e he can b e m entally infl u en c ed

-
, .

B ut as thi s sl eep lik e stat e is r eadily induc ed an d

-

often most d esirabl e whil e producing the vario us

ph eno m ena of m ental c o ntrol it is mor e conv eni en t
,

to cla ss al l th es e alli ed ph eno m ena und er th e o ne

t erm than it would b e to t ech ni cally di ff er enti a t e
th em Th e word hypnoti sm th en will b e u s ed in its
.
, ,

broad sen se throu ghout th is volum e and th e wo rd ,

hypno sis will b e em ploy ed to d esignat e th e sp ecial

sl eep lik e stat e which may b e induc ed
-
.

To H Y P N O T I Z E a p erson li terally m eans to plac e

,

him in th e sl eep lik e stat e ; b u t a s th i s sta te is n ot

-
 IN T R OD UC TION . 21

ab solut ely n ec essary for m ental c o ntrol th e word ,

hypn o tiz e is now g en erally u sed to d esignat e the act

of m entally con trolling the thought s and ac ti o n s of
o th er s wh eth er through th e production of hypno sis
,

o r oth erwi se Thus a sp eak er m ay hypn o tiz e hi s

.

audi enc e or a bu sin ess m a n m ay hypn o tiz e his cus

to m er s .

P OST H -
YP NOTI S M or P OST S UGGES T I ON
- an s m e

th e sugg estion to a hypn o tiz ed p er son o f so m e

a cti o n whi ch h e wi ll p erfor m at so m e d esi gn at ed
ti m e after h e has b een awak en ed .

A U T o S U G G E S T I O N is th e sugg estion which a

hypno ti z ed p er so n giv es him self ; for in stanc e wh en ,

a ng er ed by an i m aginary wr o ng r esen tm ent will ,

u sua l ly b e an au to sugg estion Th e t erm is al so

-
.

u sed to d esigna te sugg estions which p ersons mak e

to th em selv es wh en inducing s elf hypno sis An ordi -
.

nary exa m pl e o f thi s is th e setting of a sp ecial tim e

to awak en j ust b efor e going a sl eep
,
.

TH E 0 P E R A T o B is th e p erson wh o hypnotiz es
anoth er by th e production of actual h ypno sis .

TH E S U B J E C T is th e p erson who is hypnotiz ed

or to whom hypnotic sugg estion s ar e effectiv ely
mad e .

M E s M a a 1 s M is one form o f hypnotism b ut the ,

ter m is now em ploy ed to d esignat e the m ethod of

p roducing the sl eep lik e condi tion by m eans of
-

pa sses I t is so call ed in honor o f D r Fr Anton

.
. .

M esm er Animal magn eti sm magn etic influ enc e

. ,
22 INT ROD UCTI ON .

and hypnoti c in flu enc e ar e va rious t erms em ploy ed

in expr essing the pow er us ed i n ga ining m ental con
t rol ov er oth ers
.

A S 1 T T I N G is the volunta r y privat e su b mi ssion

o f any p erson to the hypnotic in fl u enc e of a noth er .

A S E A N 0 1: is th e p erforman c e of hypnoti c ex pe
r im ents in th e pr es enc e of a few s el ect ed p ersons
.

AN E x H 1 B m 1 0 N i s the publi c d emonst ration

o f the variou s d eg r ees of hypnotism giv en for am us e
,

m en t or sci enti fi c purpos es.

 CH APT ER I .

PH I LOS OP H Y OF H Y P N OTI S M .

P r actica l und er sta n d ing of th e sub j ect— H ypn otism one of th e

exact sciences— R el a ti onsh ip to oth er sci en ces— n al sis A
y
of h ypnoti c p h en om en a- P r acti ca l i l l ustr a ti ons—E x l a n
p
a tion of h ypnotic in fluence —Over com ing m en ta l r esist

a nce- M enta l a c tion expl a in ed— R el ati on sh ip of th ou g h t

to p h ysica l a ction— I nvol unta r y a ctions — Day d r eam — A
wel l b al anced m in d— R el ationsh ips of Oper a tor a nd sub
j ect—C o n cen tr a tio u o f th g
o u h t— P assive condition of th e
m ind—Tr a nsf er of th oug h t to th e seat of ph ysical a cti on

H ypn otic p er f or m a nces ar e n a tur a l action s —F ir st es

santiais— H ypn otism il l ustr a ted by bj ect

o l essons— H yp
notic suscep tib il ity n ot a sign of m enta l weak n ess .

I t is not wi thin th e scop e of thi s volum e to ent er

“
i nto a di scu ssion r egarding th e r elationship of soul
”
and body or to t ry to d efin e i n a t echnical mann er
,

th e chang es that tak e pla c e in brai n c ells during th e

a ction of thought an d th e p er formanc e of voluntary

an d involuntary phy sical ac tions S uch studi es may .

b e int er esting b ut ar e suitabl e f or oth er plac es in

,

l it era tu r e .

I t i s the practical und erstanding o f hypnotis m that

is n ow most d esirabl e Su ffici ent da ta hav e b een col
.

l ected and abundant inv estigation s h av e b een mad e

‘

t o p erm it nu m er o u s facts to b e sy st em atically ar

“
ran g ed into what i s t er m ed th e S ci enc e of H yp h o
24 P H ILOS OP H Y OF H YPN OTI S M .

tism . This sci enc e has ph eno m ena p eculia r to its el f ,

controll ed by la ws tha t b elong n eith er to phy si

o logy ch em i st ry phy sics o r magn eti sm
, , Th ey a r e
.

the exclusiv e laws of hy pnotism . B y th ei r o b ser v

a nc e we kn ow a b solut ely that we ca n pr o du c e cer
‘
tain effects and that thos e efl ects ar e invariabl e ,

that is un d er simila r co n ditions sim ilar r esults w ill

’

, ,

always b e obtain ed Thi s is a s c ertain a s th e fa c t

.

that wh en a ch emical co m pound h a s b een on c e

fo r m ed it is establish ed for ev er tha t th e sam e com
,

p ound may b e again for m ed wh e n ev er th e i d enti cal

sub stanc es ar e plac ed und er th e sa m e con dit ions .

W e cannot produc e ch emica l co m poun d s by m er e

m echanical proc ess es ; for only ch em i cal laws gov ern
ch emical ph enom ena A nd so i t is wi th ev ery o th er
.

b ranch of sci en c e ; th ey a e studi es of th em s elv es n o

r
,

matt er how intimat ely th ey m ay b e a ssociat ed H yp .

notism may s eem to b e clo sely conn ect ed with phy si

o logy or wit h magn etis m o r with el ect ri cal m a n ifes

ta tions; b ut th at s eem ing conn ection do es no t plac e

its ph enom en a und er control of the law s of a ny o f
tho se sci enc es .

AN A LYS I S OF H YP N OTI SM .

Th e initial point of ou r kno wl edg e of hy pnot i sm is

the fact th at we ca n p ractica l ly o b s erv e that it is pos
.

sib l e fo r o n e p erson to m en ta lly cont rol the th ou g hts

and actions o f an oth er p erson ; and that th e p erso n

con t r o ll ed ca nn o t ordinarily r eg ai n his in dividu al

p o w er to think and a ct for hi m s el f unti l p ermi tt ed to

do so b y the p erson controlling him .

26 P H I LOSOP H Y OF H YPN OT I S M .

utt er s ass ertion s which a r e h eard and b eli ev ed by th e

sub j ect who manifestly ha s r elinquish ed all in d epen
,

d enc e H e b eli eves th e m o st a b surd stat em ent s an d

.

at a m er e sugg estion fro m th e op erat o r p erfor m s all

mann er of ac tion s and z ealously appli es h i m self to
any task a ssign ed him r eal o r i m aginary I n fact
, .
,

what ev er th e o p erato r wills and sugg est s that th e

sub j ect p erfor m s .

S uch is an exa m pl e of ordinary hypno tism wh er e ,

the O p er a tor ha s m en tally i nfl u enc ed th e thou ght s

a n d action s o f the sub j ect ; and we m u st establish i n

o ur own m inds a sa ti sfactory explanati o n O f how th e

in flu enc e wa s obtain ed and ob edi enc e enforc ed T he .

subj ect s transition fro m volun tary sub m is sio n to in

’

voluntary ob edi enc e was appar ently gradua l ; yet

th er e m ust hav e b een an in stant wh en the chang e
was mad e .

W e ca n b y way of illustration co m par e th is per

, ,

for m an ce t o th e gradual addition o f w eigh t s to o ne

sid e of a pai r of scal es to count eract th e pr essur e
ex ert ed by so m e h eavy substanc e on th e oth er sid e .

Littl e by li ttl e a dditional w eight s ar e ad d ed un til th e

b ala n cing point is r each ed and th en pas sed S i m i lar .

ly the will of the op erator gradually ov ercom es th e

,

r esistanc e O f th e sub j ect and wh en th e b ala ncing

poin t has b een pass ed th er e i s n o m or e r esista n ce
and the su bj ect is hypnoti z ed .

To ca rr y th e illustrat ion furth er wh en the pr o,

found s ta ge o f hypnotic sl eep ha s b een p rodu ced ,

the o per ato r s wil l m ay b e co m par ed to on e sid e o f

’
th e scal e co m pl etely load ed down with w eight s;
whil e th e subj ect s will is n o thing in c o m pa ri so n I t
’
.

mak es no i m pr ession what ev er and d o es n o t ent er

, ,

in to th e qu estion of balanc e .

I n t est ing a new subj ect it is alway s unc er ta in j u st

how m uch wi ll pow er m ay b e n ec essary t o cau se su b
mi ssion ; an d th e act O f hypnotizing is u su ally grad
u al Wh en a sub j ec t h a s b een thor o ughly controll ed
.
,

it i s comparativ ely ea sy to again hypnotiz e him ; o r ,

ca rrying out the illustra tion knowing th e pr essur e

,

upon o n e sid e of th e scal e th e w eight s to c o unt er

,

b alanc e it m ay b e appli ed a t o nc e .

Exp eri enc e so o n d em on stra tes to an o p erat o r th e

d egr ee of eff or t h e m u st ex ert to hypnotiz e a sub
j cet ; an d the m ost exp ert hypnoti st occasionally
m eet s w it h p er son s who m he quickly p erc eiv es to b e
b eyon d h is pow ers o f influ enc e .

BA S I S Ob H Y P N OT I C IN FL U ENC E .

I n ord er t o int ellig ently p erfor m any action it is

n ec essa ry to h av e an und erstanding of what it i s
p ropos ed to do Th e act of hypn otizin g oth ers is en
.

tir ely a m ental proc ess ; but j u st what that proc ess
i s v ery few r eally co m p r eh end Th er e is an ill de
.
-

fi n ed id ea of what m ental action m eans but usually ,

tha t id ea is mor e confusing than l ucidatin g .

To th e practical hypnotist it matt ers littl e wha t

th eori es of m ental phil o sophy ar e most g en erally
a cc ept ed H e is m or e conc ern ed in fixing in his
.

Own m in d a b asi s of ac tion and of placin g his i deas

38 P H IL OSOP H Y OF H YP N OTI SM .

in such a shap e a s w ill b est ena b l e h im to com pr e

h end th e charac ter o f his work Th is m uch ca n b e.

cl early r ealiz ed : Thought always pr ec ed es voluntary

action ; but th er e may b e a c tion wi thou t any ap
p a r ent th o ugh t an d thought wi thout any a pp ar ent
ac tion Fo r exampl es :
.

1. A man sees an arbor w ell lad en wi th gr ap es ,

th e sigh t sugg ests a d esir e to en joy th e fruit a nd th a t

d esir e sugg ests the int en tion to procu r e so m e of it ,

thu s far th er e has b een only thoughts in conn ection

wit h th e gr ap es an d th es e thoughts th en su gg est
th e a c tion o f walkin g ov er to th e arbo r an d picki ng
th em and eating th em which con stitut es a volu nta r y
,

a ct prec ed ed by thou g ht In oth er words the m en

.
,

tal thought was conv ey ed to th e s eat O f physical ac

tion an d th e r esul t follow ed .

2 A child touch es its fing er to th e hot stov e an d

.

i m m ediat ely withdraw s i t H er e is act ion with out

.

’
any ap par ent thought dir ectin g it ; fo r th e chi ld s
mi nd was pa ssiv e an d did not con tem pla te that wh en
th e hot stov e was touch ed th e fing er woul d su ffer
,

an d should th er efor e b e withd rawn Th e w ith d rawal .

of it was involu ntary fo r he could n ot hav e con

,

tin ned to hold it against the stov e i f he had so d e

sir ed .The impr essi on ma d e u pon th e b rain wa s one
o f pain which automatically sugg est ed th e physi ca l
,

wi thdr awal O f the fi ng er This is an illustration o f

.

physical a ction w ithout any appar ent though t S uch .

instanc es oc cur to ev eryon e daily B link in g the .

ey es wh en th er e is dang er to th em shrin k i ng or ,
 PHI LOSOPH Y OF H Y PN OTI SM . 29

j u mping to o ne sid e wh en th er e is an expl o sion n ear

by ; k eeping o ur bodi es fr o m rolling o u t of b ed wh en
we a r e a sl eep ar e a l l fa m iliar exa m pl es O f what we
,

cal l involuntary acti o ns Th ey ar e sugg est ed to th e

.

b rain and th e sugg estio n is carri ed out instantly

w ithout ti m e b eing tak en for ac tual though t .

3. E xa m pl es O f th o ugh t withou t any appar en t ac

tio n ar e fam ilia r to ev ery o n e Such occur con stantly
.

i n ev er y m ind M en tally we can see ours elv es act

“
.

”
in g variou s par ts in lif e ; and i n ou r day dr eam s
we b eco m e h ero es o r m en of not e or N apol eon s of ,

financ e B ut a l a s"fo r th e m o st part th e th o ugh ts

.
,

we en tertai n r em a i n wh er e th ey a r e con cei ved Th ey .

to o o f ten fai l to b e conv ey ed to th e seat O f phy sical

a ction W e hav e within o ur selv es the pow er to r e
“
.

strai n our thought s and pr ev en t our selv es fr o m car

”
r in
y g th em o u t Wh
. en w e d o n o t po ssess th a t
pow er th en we b ec o m e m aniac s unabl e to c o ntr o l
, ,

ou r physical a ction s which ar e arou sed by our

,

thought s .

T h e well b alanc ed mind th en may b e lik en ed to

, ,

a most ing eni o u sly contriv ed machin e I mpr essio n s .

fro m w i thout produc e effect upon the d ep artm ent

o f though t and this eff ect m ay b e at our pl easur e , ,

c o nv ey ed to or pr ev ent ed fro m en tering the d epa rt

m ent O f physical action At ti m es th e d epart m ent
.

of though t m ay b e idl e an d i m pr es sions quickly pass

fro m it to th e s eat o f physi cal action s th en Spok en ,

o f as involun tary .

I n the st udy and prac tic e o f hypnotis m it w ill b e

so PHI LOSOPHY OF HYP N OT I SM .

found us eful to b ear in mind th e abov e i llust r a tiv e

exampl es a s aid s in compr eh ending w hat tak es plac e

du ring a hypnotic sitting The su bj ect ta k e i t fo r

.
,

gr an ted is a san e and h ealthy person capabl e o f

,

th inking for hi m s el f and of volun tarily acti n g u po n

what h as b een sugg est ed by his tho ugh ts H e is .

also capa b l e of r estraining hi s i m puls es to act ; and ,

lik e oth ers his physical actions ar e fr eq u ently per

,

form ed i nvoluntari ly b eing pro m p ted by i m pr es

,

sion s sudd enly mad e upon h is m ind and instantl v

conv ey ed to the s eat of physica l a ction without b eing
dw elt upon as thoughts .

Th e O p erato r calls att en tio n to so m e o n e ob j ec t

or so un d or motion with th e id ea of con c entratin g
,

th e subj ect s thought entir ely upon i t Th e su bj ect

’
.

volunta r ily all ows his att ention to b e con c ent r at ed

and b efor e lon g the m onotony of the c on c ent ratio n
of thought m ak es it d iflicul t fo r him to volun tarily
‘

conc eiv e any oth er thoughts an d con s eq u ently hi s

mi nd b eco m es what i s known as passiv e—a b lan k
r eg arding oth er m att ers .

Wh il e th e su bj ec t s m in d is in thi s pa ssiv e con di

’

tion th e O p erato r q ui ckly an d sha rp ly utt ers a sug

,

g estion I t is so sudd enly impr ess ed u po n h is m i nd

.

that wi thout r efl ection it is at on c e conv ey ed to th e

s eat O f physical action and a lm o st involuntarily th e
su gg esti on i s carri ed out j u st a s th e child q u ickly
,

withdraws h is fi ng er fro m the hot stov e b efo r e he

has l earn ed t o think O f what is n ec essa ry to do un d er
th e circumstanc es .
 PH I LOSOP HY OF 31

Again ,
in Exa m pl e 3 the subj ec t m a y b e in
as ,

d u ced to so co m pl et ely conc en trat e h is th o u g ht s an d

r efrai n fro m all m anif esta tion s of phy sical action tha t ,

it wi ll b e pos sibl e fo r th e O p erator to sudd enly im

p r ess upon him that ev en all th o ugh t m us t c eas e en
tir ely and the profound hypnoti c condition wi ll fol
,

low .

I n all hypn o tic p erfor m anc es th e subj ect is si m ply

a cting the part of a san e and h ealthy p er son and ,

exhibiting his natural c a pabili ti es .N O i n j ury h as

b een d o n e to h im H e has conc entra ted his thought
.

un d er influ enc es ex ert ed by th e op erator and his

m in d b eco m es pas siv e u n d er th ese sa m e i n flu enc es
,

j u st as it m ight b e po ssibl e for it to b ec o m e und er

c ertai n circu m stan c es if no op erator w er e pr es en t .

Th e sugg estions m ad e b y th e O p erator ar e r ec eiv ed

a n d c o nv ey ed to th e s eat of phy sical action j u st as

s en sa tion s o f pain o r j oy or g ri ef a r e fr equ ently im

p r ess ed upon th e m ind and f o llo wed by appropriat e
d em onstration s b efor e any plan o f what m anif esta
tion s should b e m ad e could b e plann ed or ev en
thought of I t is to such condi tion s we r efer wh en
“
.

”
we say for instanc e : H e involuntarily cri ed out
“ ” “
, ,

”
h e j u m p ed for joy h e writh ed in agony
, , etc .

T h e sugg estion was m a d e suddenly u pon th e m ind

wh en not exp ect ed and th e r esult follow ed na turally .

’
S i m i larly th e O p erator s sugg est i o ns ar e m ad e an d
th e sub j ect s a ctions na turally follow Let it alway s
’

“
.

”
b e b orn e in mind th en that in ord er to hypnotiz e
, ,
’
s kill mu st b e ex ert ed to r end er the subj ect s m ind
32 PH ILOS OP HY OF H YPN OTIS M .

as pa ssiv e as possi b l e Thi s is the fi r st ess entia l and

.

cannot b e di sr ega rd ed N ext it is n ec essa r y to u t

.
,

ter i ntroducto r y sugg estions sharply a n d d eci siv ely

as com m and s that n ec es sitat e i m m ediat e ob edi en c e .

Wh en the instan t tran sf er o f sugg estion s to the s eat

o f physical action has b een establish ed th en and , ,

th en only can sugg estions b e m ad e in a l ess em

,

phatic m a n ner .

PR A C TICA L I LLU STR A T I ON .

Anoth er practical m etho d of illu st r atin g hypn oti c

cont rol m ay b e of gr eat s ervi c e to b eginn er s in for m
ing a fi gurativ e id ea o f wh at m ust b e acco m pli sh ed
a n d how i t must b e accom plish ed O b j ec t l esson s
.

may s eem si m pl e m ethods o f t eaching ; but th eir

.

si m plicity always r end ers th em eff ectiv e w h en pro p

erly appli ed .

I n th e follow ing diagram l et A an d B r epr es ent

,

two t el egra ph op erator s seat ed sid e by si d e send

, ,

ing various and di ff er ent m essa g es t o th e en ds of

th eir r espectiv e lin es r epr es ent ed b y X a n d Y A
,
.

co nc eiv es th e id ea th at
 P H IL OS OPH Y OF H YP N OT I SM . 88

he w ould l ik e to t rans m it his own m essag es to Y

’ ’
o v er B s lin e an d c alls B s att ention to som e sp ecia l
,

O bj ect of i nt er est and succ eeds in so co m pl et ely a r

t ractin g hi s att ention that he is ena b l ed to conn ec t

hi s ow n lin e with B s as shown b y th e dott ed lin es
’

, .

A can th er efor e tran sm it wh at ev er m essag es he m ay

d esi r e and inst ead of th ei r b eing r ec eiv ed at the end
O f his own lin e X th ey will b e r ec eiv ed at Y th e end
, , ,

of B s lin e
’
.

A gain w i th o ut t ryi ng to d etract B s att ention

’

, ,

h e m ay propo se th e conn ection of h is lin e and b e ,

absolut ely r efus ed the privil eg e and th en set to work ,

t o m a k e the conn ec tion by for ce and if Strong er than ,

B h e may ov erpow er h im and transmi t his m essag es

as d esir ed .

O r a ft er expr es sin g h is wish to B to s end m es

,

sag es ov er h is lin e B may readily giv e h is cons ent

,

an d c ea se to use his Own i n stru m ent an d allow it to

lie idl e w hil e th e conn ection is b ein g m ad e an d th e ,

r esult acco m plish ed will b e sati sfactory .

T he p ractical application of th es e illustrations

may s erv e a m o st exc ell ent p urpo se to b eginn ers in
hyp noti sm Let A a nd B r ep r esent the thought cen
.

t ers O f two individuals a nd X and Y th eir r esp ectiv e

c ent er s of physical action That is wh en A con .
,

eeives a th ought h e can at his pl easur e t ransmit it to

hi s own c ent er o f physical action and carry out his

d esi r es b y phy sica l mani f estation s For instanc e l et .
,

him con c eiv e th e thought O f walkin g an d volunt arily

he will s t o wa lk his thou g ht ha s b een sent to X and
, ,
N PHILOSOPHY OF HYPNOTISM .

imm ed iately h is l egs b egin to m ov e and h e walk s .

B n ear him is also ent er tainin g though ts a n d car r v

, ,

ing o ut his conc eptions in a similar mann er .

A wi sh es to hypnotiz e B . Tha t i s h e d esir es to

,

comp el B to do wha t ev er h e may sugg est To a c .

com plish t his he ma n ag es to conc entrat e B s ’

tho ug ht s upon som e O bj ect o r occurr en c e an d w hil e

the m i nd is thus compa r ativ ely passiv e h e sudd enly
“ ”
m akes conn ect io n w ith B s mind and h is sugg es
’

tion s ar e imm ediat ely transmitt ed to B s c en t er o f

’

h
p y si ca l actio n a nd ca r r i ed o ut by B in a n in vo l u n

tar y ma nn er .

Th e r eq uest to hyp no t iz e him may not b e w ell t e

ceived b y B b ut thr o ugh fear o r in ferio r w ill pow er
,

he m ay b e forc ed to yield and th e r es ult w il l b e pr e

,

cisely the s a m e .

A ga in B may d esi r e to be hypnoti z ed a nd ent er

,

h ea r tily into the arrang em ent and b e abl e to f acili

t ate m att ers g r eatly b y h is aid A s a r u l e subj ect s
.
,

who hav e b een hypnoti z ed a few ti m es t hr ow a si d e

afl dou b t and fear and g r eatly h elp th e O p erat o r .

M any p er son s b eli ev e that only the w eak m in d ed -

can b e r ea dily hypnoti z ed . This is n ot so fo r th ey ,

o f t en pr ov e to b e difli cult sub j ects O n th e oth er

.

ha nd a v ery highly int ellig ent p erso n who ha s his

,

mind a nd thoughts compl et ely und er cont rol an d ,

who ca n r end er hi ms elf compl et ely passiv e m ay b e ,

h yp noti zed with the gr ea t est case i f he is i n t er est ed

,

in the s ubj ect o f hypnotis m and yi elds h ims el f to the

Oper ator s influence O th er wis e int ell ect ual ca pacit y
’
.
 P H I LOSOP H Y OF H YP N OT I SM . 85

do es not ent er m uch into hypnot ic susc eptibil ity ,

which is cont roll ed by oth er factors .

O ccasionally during an att empt to hypnotiz e a

,

n ew sub j ect ,th e o p erator m a y fi nd hi m s elf utt erly

u nabl e to acco m pl i sh h is purpo se and th e conc entra
,

ti n
o o f his own thought upon the singl e id ea of pro
-

d u cin g hypnosi s b eing continu ed wi th o u t eff ect fo r

so m e t im e may r end er him pa ssiv e toward his sub

j c et an d th u s r ev ers e th e r elation ship of the parti es

,
.

T h e would b e op erator th en b eco m es th e su bj ect

-
,

an d i s h i m self hypnotiz ed S uch an occurr enc e is

.

ra r e ; b ut its po ssibili ty serv es a s a warning to O p er

a f or s wh o p ersist in r ep eat ed fru itl ess eff orts to hyp
n o tiz e oth ers who a r e cap a bl e O f ex ercising gr eat

will pow er in th ei r r esi stanc e .

 C HA P TE R II .

QUA LI F I C A TI ON S OF A H YPN OT IS I ' '

.

N a tur al ta l en t an d specia l a d a pta b il ity— H ypnotic power un

k n owing l y possessed b y m any — Bodil y h eal th a n d str ength
—
A sound m ind in a sound body—Sel f m onfld ence—D eter
m i nation to su cceed- Exer cise or wil l p ower
—Fea r l ess
neas —C oncentr ation Oi th ough t —Q ui ck per ceptive pow
er s—Sel t posseasion
-
.

All h ealthy p er son s poss essing int ellig en c e a n d

s elf con fiden ce can by practic e ex ercis e hy pnot ic
-
, ,

pow er ov er oth ers t o a gr eat er o r l ess d egr ee a ccor d ,

in g to th eir nat ural ability S t ill compa rativ ely few.

,

b ecom e exp ert hypnotist s I n th is art a s i n a ll .

,

oth ers sp ecial ada ptability is a promin ent r eq uisit e

,

to succ ess For in stanc e anyon e can l earn to play

.
,

the piano and by practic e may b ecom e m echani cally

and t echnically pro fi ci ent in music ; b ut on ly a few

a r e tru e musicians with souls fi ll ed w ith ha rmony .

The sam e may b e sai d of the a rt o f paintin g w hich ,

is taught ev erywh er e but in wh ich th e most ard u o us

,

study and practic e cannot giv e th e soul i n sp irin g

-

r esults which follo w the touch of the tru e a rti st s ’

b ru sh .

The worl d ev er r em em b er s such g eniuses as

M o z art B eeth ov en Lis z t Wagn er Mi cha el An g elo
, , , , ,

R em b r a nt R apha el Sir Joshu a R eynold s W est

, , , ,
 Q UALI F I CA T I ON S OF A H YP NOT I ST . 37

R o sa Bonh eu r and oth er s of si m ila r natur es Tha t .

al l cannot b ecom e lik e th em is no r ea son why o th er s

should not try to b eauti fy th e world by art an d m ak e

i t mo r e j oyful b y m u sic r end er ed to the b est O f th eir

,

abiliti es .

Hypno ti sm taking its rank wi th th e oth er art s and

,

sci en c es should b e si m ilarl y con sid er ed I t h a s its

,
.

m en of no te wh o hav e m a st er ed its myst eri es and

,

a ccompli sh ed won d er s by its pow ers M o st of th em .

w er e endow ed by natur e with sp ecia l hypnotic

a bility . O th er s a r e equ a lly w en end o w ed wh o a r e n o t
y e t con sciou s o f t h e fact A l l.m ay succ eed in l earn

in g i t to th e b est O f th ei r a b ili ti es and th rough i t

acco m plish m u ch good for th em s elv es and tho se
abou t th em .

Th e su cc essful hypnoti st shoul d po ssess G O O D

H EALTH Bodily ail m ent s u sually di m inish m ent a l
p o w er an d alway s low er vitali ty A strong a nd .

Vi goro u s phy si qu e ex erts a gr eat influ enc e upon tho se

o f l es s favor ed bodily condition S till m er e phy si cal
.
,

d ev elopm ent do es not signi fy that a p erson i s a good

hyp notist ; fo r th e m en tal charact eristics must b e
eq ua lly d ev elop ed A sound m ind in a sound body
.

constitut es the ba si s O f hypnotic abili ty .

S E L F C O N F I D E N C E i s th e hypnoti st s mo st
’

h ecessa r y qual ifica tion ; without i t h e can acc o m pli sh

noth ing I f h e po ss ess n o faith in h is own p ow er he
.
,

can not induc e oth er s to yi el d to h im I n practicing

.

th e art O f hypnotis m l et h im a bov e all things cultiva te

s el f co nfidence B ut l et tha t s el f con fidence b e
-
.
-
38 Q UAL IFIC A TI ON S OF A H Y P N OT I S T
.

back ed by m ani fest ability O ne m ust act uall y .

pos sess pow er b efor e h e is a b l e to ex er cis e it .

D a r x a x xn a r t o n to succ eed i n wh at ev er is
und ertak en w ill g r ea tly ai d th e stud en t O f h yp h o
tism . M any failur es may possibly b e exp eri enc ed a t
the start b ut t h ey shou l d b e only inc entiv es t o tr v
,

a gain Let th e failur es and th ei r surroundin gs b e

.

ca r efully analyz ed and l et th e caus es b e asc ertai n ed

a nd avoi d ed i n the n ext exp er im ents S ucc ess must

.

follow wh en all pr ecaution s ar e o b s erv ed an d th e

n ec essa ry m ani pulations a n d m ental in flu en c es em

ploy ed A s a ru l e thos e who mak e th eir fi rst

.
,

att empts t o hypnotiz e oth ers b ecom e em b a r rass ed

an d disc o ur ag ed for the r eason that t h ey a r e to o
“
,
”
r eady to giv e up I t i s p ra cti c e that is r eq u ir ed in
.

thi s art a s in ev ery oth er and u nl ess a n o perato r is

,

n atu r ally endow ed w i th marv elous hypnoti c pow er s

h e can r each p er fection only th rough p ractic e .

W 1 L L P o W E B i s a m o st fortunat e poss es sio n for

the hypnoti st an d i f he do es not poss ess it b y na t ur e
,

he shoul d cultivat e it S om e p er sons easily con t r ol

.

o th ers m er ely b y th e f orc e o f th ei r will T h ey make

.

exc ell ent hypn o tists I t i s th is pow er whi ch rais es

.

a volunt eer from the ran ks to the g en era lsh ip O f a n

ar my . H e is b o r n to co mm and W e notic e such

.

p e rson s in al l w al k s o f li f e u n d er a
,
l l c o ndi tio ns a n d
a t al l ag es Ev en amon g b oys at play th er e w ill b e
.

som e on e who w il l co ntro l th e o th ers b y h is wil l

p o w e r a n d h
,
i s f ellows wil l o b ey h im with o u t h esita ~

tion Ther e is also the sam e tr ait thr o ugh the whole
.
do eum n ca r tom m nor ur
'
or A .

thi nk what eff ect th eir succ ess wi ll hav e on oth ers ,

a nd imagining wha t po ssibil iti es the futu r e migh t

bring to th em i f th ey should succ eed I t i s su rprising .

what a m ultitud e of vari ed though ts th e min d is

ca pa b l e of en tertainin g seem ingly a t o ne tim e an d
, ,

still b e striving to p erfor m so m e sp ecial wo rk .

H er e again p racti c e is valuabl e T h e stud en t o f

, ,
.

hypn oti sm should by a l l m ean s l earn to conc entrat e

, ,

hi s though t s for in h is work a s in ev ery oth er lin e

, ,

of work an ability to do so i s in valuabl e To k eep

, .

the mind on o ne thing m ay not b e an easy ta sk at

fi rst but it mus t b e accompli sh ed b efor e succ ess ca n
,

b e attain ed .

P E B o x P T I O N — Q ui ck p erc ep tiv e pow er s will

.

enabl e a hypno ti st to in stan tly r ealiz e th e p eculiar

c ha ract eri stic s of his subj ec ts a nd to noti c e th e eff ect

his effort s a r e having upon th em All subj ec ts cannot
.

b e hypnotiz ed by th e sam e m ethods S om e yi eld .

r eadily to mys teriou s wo rd s and m o v em ent s ; oth ers

a r e i m pr ess ed b est by m usi c or monotonou s soun ds ;

o th ers r equir e pas ses or m anipulation s ; and again , ,

in som e cas es fear of the op erato r m u st b e a rous ed

, .

whil e in oth ers th eir co m pl et e confid enc e m ust b e

o btai n ed .

The study of human n a tu r e b ecom es v ery i m po r

t a nt in conn ection with hypno tis m an d the habit o f ,

q uickly obs ervin g m inut e d etails shoul d b e cultivat ed .

I n choosing subj ects it is valuabl e and i n controllin g

th em whil e und er hypn o ti c infl u enc e it m ay sav e
m uch tr ou b l e an d an noyanc e .
 QU AL I F IC A TI ON S OF A H Y PNO TI ST 41

S E L F -P 0 8 s a is alway s v ery d esirabl e A

sS I O N
“
.

”
t son who lo ses h is h ead will m ak e a poor h ypno
t .O cca sion s a r e con stan tly ari sing wh er e th e s elf
ssession O f th e O p erator is of th e ut m o s t i m por
i

nce For exa m pl e a subj ect may n o t awa k en at

.
,

ce wh en co m m and ed to do so which will r equir e

'

her so m e oth er sugg es tion quickly m ad e o r th e

O p ti o n O f anoth er m ethod of awak ening I f th er e .

ould b e th e l east h esi tation or los s of s elf con trol -

,

o se witn essing th e p erf o r m a n c e would b e quick l y

“L
r Ci
t O
G
A J- a
f t
‘
s‘
'

” h i d- LC J
C
UI ii, I
a a s
s
n AA J Q . v A. a i

aq uen tl y . . appen s that a n ew su b j ec will not r eadily

el d an d w ill m a 1 f est th e m o st stub b o r n r esistanc e
. .

all effort s to hypnotiz e him Th e O p erator must .

Jt th en l o s e h is self p o ssession and pronoun c e th e -

t empt a failur e or abandon i t wi thout sui tabl e com

en t such as
“W ell that wa s pr etty w ell don e ;
, , ,

’
1u r e a di fficult subj ec t b u t o u can b e hypnotiz e d
y
“ “
, ,

,
I il l hypnotiz e you wh en th e condition s a r e
o r e fa vorabl e ; th er e is so m ething disturbing you
”
1 d w e ll hav e to find out what it is N ev er should
’
.

e l eas t disco m fitur e b e manifested I t d etracts from .

l e O p er a tor s pow er and self co n fiden ce ; it w eak en s

’
-

l e su sc epti b ility o f his subj ects and caus es s ecta

p
> r s to los e con fi d enc e in his abilit
y .
 CH A PT ER II I .

Q UA LI F ICAT I ONS OF A SU BJ ECT .

Per centag e per sons ca pa b l e of bei ng h ypnotized—N a tur al

of

a ntag onism s —
D iscou n t and h ar m onious vib r a ti ona
Who ar e g ood su b j ects—Feeb l e—
m i nd ed not a l wa ys easil y
h ypnotized—Str ong -m i nd ed per sons m ay m a k e excel l ent
subj ects—C oncentr a ti on ot th ough t—La bor i ng m en— Fo i

l owing l ea d er —M ob s easil y l ed b y sugg estion—M ur at

a

H al sted a nd th e str i k er s—Far m er s not easil y h ypnoti zed

at h om e—Th e confi d ence m a n —S l aves a nd ser vants —C l i
m ate h as an i nfluence—Susceptib il ity of m en a nd wom en
-
Pr ecautions necessa r y in h ypnotiz ing wom en—H yster
ical a ttack s—Em oti ona l —
per sons N a ti ona l ity D utch
—
Scandi navians- Ea st I ndia ns—Fr ench —I ta l iana A m er i
ca ns —I n fluence of a g e.

An exp ert hypnotist sho ul d b e abl e to hyp no ti z e

nin ety out o f ev ery h undr ed p ersons h e m ay a tt emp t
to infl u enc e S om e of th es e wil l be affect ed m u ch
.

m o r e r eadily than oth ers and with a few h e will h av e

,

gr ea t di ffi culty Th e ten that he is unabl e t o hypno

.

f iz e may easily fall und er th e i n flu en ce O f oth er hyp

no tists .

I t is a fact w h i ch we r ea li z e i n our ev er yd ay li fe
that th er e exi st nat u r a l antagoni sms b etw een c ert a i n
p ersons without any appar ent caus e V er y o f t en we
“
.

’
h ear the r emark : I can t b ea r to b e near h er ; she
"
m ak es m e f eel cr eepy and I do n t kn o w why
’
, So m e .
 QU ALI F I CAT I ON S OF A S U BJ EC T . 43

pe opl e d ecl ar e such natural antagonis m s ar e due to

“d isco rdant vibra ti o ns ” a n d that th e i m m ediat e
, ,

f ri ends hi ps that som eti m es spring up on first sight

-

“
,

ar e d u e to har m onious vi b rations Th es e pro .

n oun ced lik es an d dislik es m ay b e expla in ed accord

in g to va riou s th eori es ; b ut th e fact r em ains that th ey

exist a n d th ey play an i m portant part in th e r elat ion

sh ip s oi hum an b eings A p er son cannot r eadily

.

hypnotiz e anyon e who exp eri enc es p er sonal an tag

o n ism and h e can as a rul e easily gain control ov er
“
, ,

”
t hos e w 1 t k e likin g to him
‘
. .

W H O A R E G OOD S U BJ EC S
T "

“
I t has oft en b een a sk ed VVh at kind of p erson s i
,

ar e m o st r eadily hypnot iz ed S om e i m agin e tha t

b lon d es succu m b easi est to hypno si s a n d oth er s hav e
th ei r r eason s for thinkin g that brun ett es m ak e th e
b est subj ect B ut th e qu estion of light and dark or
.

r uddy o r pa l e co m pl exion d o es not ex ert any in flu

en c e
.

A s a rul e it is commonly b eli ev ed that feebl e

,

m ind ed p erson s ar e m o st ea sily i nflu enc ed and a ,

gr eat many th ink that anyon e who has b een hyp h o

tiz ed m ust n ec essarily lack str ength O f ch a ract er
“
.

’
O h n o you can t hypnotiz e m e I m too stron g
’
, , .

”
m i nd ed i s a r em a rk oft en h eard by the hypnoti st
, .

B u t l et such p erson s b ewa r e ho w th ey acc ept a dar e

f ro m th e hypnoti st Th ey m ay und er most circu m
.
,

sta nc es b e abl e to
,
r esist b ut wh en al l surrounding s
,

ar e right th e will yi eld as r eadily as oth ers

,
y
44 QU AL I F I C AT I ON S OF A sum .

I t is untru e tha t a good su bj ect is al ways w eak

m ind ed and has no s elf control
-
The fact is a p er son
.
,

who h a s ab sol ut e control ov er hi s own m in d an d is ,

a b l e to r end er hi m s elf p er fectly passiv e an d ent er

into th e full spi r i t of th e ph enom enon o f h ypnotism .

alw ay s mak es th e b est subj ect B ut su ch a p erson .

cannot easily b e p ersuad ed to allow h ims el f to b e

hypnotiz ed H e u sually wi sh es to p er f orm th e work
.

of hypn o tizing oth ers .

Wh en we con sid er the ph ilosophy of hy pnoti sm ,

and that it involv es th e prin cipl e O f m en ta l i mpr es

sions b eing mad e upon a passiv e min d b y ca usin g

that mind to conc ent rat e all thought up on a si ngl e

id ea we g et a t the k ey to choosing goo d sub j ect s
, .

The m od ern factory h and fi lling a su b o rdi nat e

,

position has b een accustom ed t o im pli citly ob eyin g

“
,

th e com mands o f his boss H e has l ea rn ed to co n

.

c entrat e his th ough ts u pon o ne id ea an d to d riv e all ,

oth er id eas from his m in d wh il e a t wo rk H e has

“
.

”
l earn ed th es e th ings through fea r O f losin g his j o b
“ ”
an d through the con stant driving O f the boss to
g et a s much work from him a s possi bl e M ani f estly .

h e m ak es a good hypnotic subj ect a nd wi th n o d is ,

cr edit t o h i m s elf I t is his habit O f li fe th at r end er s

.

h im such .

N otic e how quickly a n army o f la b ori n g m en can

b e sway ed by th e i m pr essiv e s ta tem ents o f a l ead er ,

and infl u en c ed to p erfo r m acts t ha t th ei r cool j udg

m ent on r efl ection would not count en an c e Jail .

deliv eri es l ynchin g s an d the li ke ar e exa m pl es o f

, ,
 Q U AL I F I C AT I ON S OF A S U BJ EC T . 45

such i n flu enc e I t is no indica tion of a lack of i nt el

.

l ig en ce but si m ply a natural r esult of tra ining M ob s

,
.

l ook fo r a l ead er who m th ey m a y follow The .

maj ority O f tho se composing mob s ar e employ es

a ccu sto m ed to O b ey ; th ei r ra sh acts ar e manifesta
tion s of hypnoti c influ enc e With equal ca se th ey .
‘

could b e infl u en c ed to d esi st fro m d em onstrations O f

a ll k ind s Let a m a n of i nfl u enc e accusto m ed to
.
,

command an d to h av e h is co m m ands ob ey ed st ep ,

fort h and r esolut ely ord er qui et and a r eturn to

r ea on
a

s ,
n
f
a
A
l u“ W‘
b ‘
Lu C
‘fl h $0 1
LL .
q L I 1
11 1 D LU J D I U L .

A n umb er o f y ears ag o wh en th e fa m ous and ,

v en erabl e editor M urat H a l st ead was propri etor O f

, ,

th e C incinnati Com m ercial a strik e O f consid era b l e ,

p roport ions occurr e d a m ong th e print er s o f th e city ,

who m et an d in angry fra m e of m ind su rround ed

, ,

th e C o m m ercial o ffic e and m ad e ugly d em onstration s

.

a n d viol ent th r eat s I t was a t umultuou s m ob on

.

th e verg e of cr eating ruin S udd enly th e i m posin g .

form of Murat H al st ead app ear ed standing upon a ,

ch ai r in th e doorway of th e o ffic e facing th e mo b , .

Th ey wer e r eady to d estroy his whol e plant ; but

with a wav e of th e hand h e attra ct ed th ei r a tt ention
an d w ith a r esolut e look in his ey es and th e utt eranc e
”
of the singl e word sil enc e in a commanding voic e , ,

h e in stan tly h ush ed th e viol ent d emonstration s ; th e

crowd r espectfully list en ed to his short explanation s
an d assu ran c es and upon his ord er to go qui etly to
th ei r h om es and r ea son ov er th e m att er awhil e the ,

m ob q u i etly disp er sed All h e said and m or e had.

46 Q U ALIFI C ATI ONS OF A SU BM .

b een r ead b y ev er y one pr es ent i n the m o r n i ng s ’

pap er ov er his si gn at ur e without eff ect H is p r es

, .

enc e hi s a ctions an d h is voi c e and hi s m en tal pow er

,

ov er mi nds a ccustom ed to O b ey work ed the cha nge .

F arm la b or ers a r e no t so r eadily pla c ed un d er hyp

n otic co n trol Th e ch ar act er of th eir w o rk g iv es
.

th em mor e tim e to th in k and r eq ui r es l ess con een

tra tion o f thought N O on e can gu ess wh at i s passi ng
.

th rough the min d o f the b oy on th e farm as he driv es

the pl ow o r per fo r ms his o th er work H e m ay be
.

day dr eami ng o r l ayin g pla ns o r sch emi n g f o r the

f utur e H e is the b oy who i s ap t to b e h eard o f in
.

a ft er y ears a s a gr eat fi na nci er o r g en era l o r st a t es

m an . Th er e is a spirit O f ind ep end enc e ac q ui r ed on

th e farm that i s d eni ed th e city f actory han d F a rm er s .

ar e not easily cont roll ed b y politi cal bo ss es ; th ey ar e

u sually in d ep end ent vot ers Th ey ar e no t easily hyp

.

notiz ed b eca us e th ei r h a b its o f l ife h av e not limi t ed

,

th ei r m enta l activiti es Th ei r t en den cy is to diffu

.

sio n o f thought and no t to con c entrat ion I t is dith .

c ult to r end er th ei r mi n ds p assiv e b ut wh en the

'

hypnotist plac es th em u n d er his con trol th ey b ecom e

g ood su bj ects b y p ractic e .

I t should b e m ent ion ed th at out of th eir nat ur al

,

envi ronm en t the f ar m ers ar e mor e r ea dily hypno

tiz ed . Fo r instanc e i n c omi ng to a ci t y the un u sual

, ,

sc enes and th e m ultitud e O f sounds an d o bj ect s to

which th ey h av e not b een a ccusto m ed cr eat e confu ,

sion O f th ought in the min d wh ich is th en r ea dil

y
48 QU ALI F I CATI ON S OF A SU BJ E
'

XBT
'

wom en tha t is in r eality a hypnotic contro l S u ch

,
.

m en cannot usually control oth er m en with any sa tis

faction .

I n hypnotizing wom en ex tra p r ecaution s m ust b e

,

tak en to a voi d unpl ea sant r esult s Th ey ar e mor e .

emotional than m en and a r e liabl e to giv e way to

,

t h ei r feeling s in th e m id st of an exh ibi tion I n sta nc es .

ar e not in fr equ en t wh er e wo m en hav e fai nt ed wh il e

und er the i nfl u enc e of hypno si s— so m e esp ecially sad

or ha rrowing sigh t having b een sugg ested Again .
,

it is po ssibl e to thr ow wom en in to hyst eri cal condi

tion s Th ey sh ould n ev er b e sudd en ly awa k en ed
.

from hypnosis whil e i n th e m idst o f exciti ng su gg es

tion for th ey a r e extr em ely liabl e to
“go into hys
,

ter ics an d cr eat e a sc en e U nd er such con d itions

.
,

b ef or e awak ening th em always ma k e som e pl easing

,

sugg estion so that the min d will b e cal m up on a wak

,

ening .

I t may b e m ention ed h er e that wom en accu sto m ed

t o Sp ell s O f h yst eric s may b e most app ropria tely
t r ea ted through hypnotis m By m ental i n flu enc e a
.

q ui etud e of m ind m ay b e s ecur ed an d by p rop er sug

g estion s futur e a ttack s of hys terics m ay b e av er ted .

P er sons who ar e ea sily i m p r ess ed by occu rr en c es

and r end er ed em otional by sli ght excit em ent m a k e ,

g ood su b j ect s Th e1 r m i nd s b eco m e accu stom ed t o

.

quickly con c en trati ng th eir thoughts u pon o ne id ea

to the exclusion of all oth er s Ev erythin g el se is
.

l ost sight of whil e und er th e influ enc e o f som e su dd en

j y
o o r g ri ef or un usual si g h t .
 Q UA LIF I C A T I ON S OF A SU BJEC T . 49

A TI ON A LI TY N .

N ationali ty en ters into hypnoti c su sc eptibility .

Th e F r ench S paniard s an d I talian s m ak e good

,

subj ects and th e larg e m a j o r ity of th es e p eopl e can

,

b e ea si ly hypnoti z ed .

T h e D ut ch or i nhabitant s o f H olland ar e as a rul e , ,

di fficul t subj ect s Th ey a r e stoical and un emotional.

an d r esi st att em pt s at co er cion pr id ing th em selv es w

upon th eir ind ep end enc e and t h ei r ability to m ain

tai n th eir steadfa stn ess O f purpos e .

T in : Ql iin ia n l fll a h/ n “C e
“ n
'
‘
fi fl r q v r n l c e 0 xv n o n fl §~
g
fi fl c
{
o
o g v N V M A A M A A A M v A M A "" A l h V A 5 1 V A CL Q U M J A A v y AA M l L L

subj ects al though in m o st of th em i t tak es consid

,

c rabl e practic e to b e abl e to duc e profound h yp 111

n osi s with ea se .

Th e inhabitan ts of th e Ea st Indi es a r e b y all m eans

th e mo st d esi rabl e of subj ect s ; th ei r habit s of lif e and
dispo sition s and cli m ati c and soci al infl u enc es all
b eing mo st conduciv e to th eir susc eptibili ty to hyp
n o tic control .

A m erican s a s a rul e m ak e good subj ec ts wh en

, ,

th ey agr ee to b e hyp n otiz ed and aid th e op erator ,

b ut th ey can s eldo m b e fo rc ed i nto th e hypno tic stat e

against th e will as th eir i nd ep end enc e of though t ,

an d action m u st b e r egard ed as un favo ra b l e influ enc e .

Still A m erican girls who ar e o f a ro m antic t urn of

,

m ind p rov e to b e mo st exc ell ent subj ects .

A g e a ffects th e qualifications O f a su bj ect B etw een .

fi ft een and tw enty o n e y ear s O f ag e p ersons ar e -

usually most susc eptibl e to hypnoti c influ enc e .

Althou g h young childr en o ft en yi eld r ea dily to

IO Q U ALIF I C AT I ON S OF A SUBJ N T .

gen e ar l hypnosis th ey cannot al w ays b e u s ed as sub

,

j ec ts f o r th e pro f ound s ta g es such,

as ca t al e s
py and
l eth a rgy I t is b est not to exp er im ent upo n yo ung
.

chil d ren except und er necessity as p ar ent s an d

,

fr ien ds ar e a pt to b lam e the op er ato r for a ny sub se

q u ent sickn ess or p eculiariti es that migh t o ccur ,

wh ich would in no way b e a r esult of hypnotic

influence .

ca n GR E C IA N M IR R OR.
 CHAPT ER I V .

F A V OR ABLE AN D UNF A V OR ABLE I N FLU ENCES .

Cir cum stances and sur r ounding s —H ypnotiz in g stubb or n sub ~

j eeta- I nfluence u po n oth er s—A void a nce or f ail ur es— N ew

exper im ents —Th e exper im enting r oom -

I nfluence of l ig h t
and d ar k ness—S unl ig h t an d Tem per a tur e—I nte
coior s—

h eat a nd dr a f ts of a ir —Exa m pl es— Ph ysi cal suff er i ng

A gr eeab l e a nd disa g r eea b l e od or s —Per i nm es—Tob acco

sm ok e —Loud a nd d iscor d ant sound s—M usic—Lul l ab y
C h ants—M onotonous sounds- Mel ody—Musie b oxes—S in g
i ng of A n gel s— S ooth ing influence of m usic —I nsanity a nd

m el anch ol y —N oise an d —H ypnotizing

q uietud e n ew sub

j ects— Per sonal com f or t—P osition- Th e —

Ch air C l oth i ng
—R ecum b ent position
—Em otions—Fear or b eing h ypno

tized—Fascination or R eptil es—R ecogn ition of super i or

p ower —D om estic — —
gr ief A ng er Tr anq uil l ity of m i nd
Cond ition of th e sk i n—Dr ynes —
s I nfiu ence of tim e.

C ircum st anc es an d surroundin g s hav e g r eat influ

ence in favoring o r pr ev enting hypnosis and i t i s ,

w ell t o b ecom e thoroughly familiar with esta b lish ed

fact s in thi s conn ect ion N ot in f r equ ently a good
.

hypnot ist fi nds it almost if not altog eth er impos si b l e

, ,

to cont ro l a su bj ect whom h e knows to b e su scep

ti b l e— the fai l ur e b eing due to imp r op er c ir cum
stanc es o r surroundings .

I t is n ot al ways n ec essa ry to hav e th e con dition s

"

e r f ect f or v ery f r equ en tly hypn o sis is ea sily pro

p ,
52 FA V OR A BLE AN D UN F A V OR A BLE I N FUE N CES .

duced und er the m ost un favo ra b l e influ enc es But .

i t is a lways easi er upon th e op erator an d mor e sati s

factory to all parti es con c ern ed to tak e advantag e of
ev ery favorabl e influ en c e . To say the l ea st i t is ,

vcx atio us for a n op erator to hav e to b attl e w i th a

subj ect .I f h e is a b eginn er he los es con fi d en c e in

,

h i m s el f which is fatal t o go od r esults and h e

, ,

exhaus ts his n erv o us en ergy .

To striv e to hypnotiz e a stub b orn su bj ect with ,

d etermina tion that i t must b e don e st ra ins the ,

m ental pow ers j ust a s th e physical pow ers a r e

strain ed by ex ertion s exp en d ed in accom pl ish i ng
r esult s that r eq uir e the full l imi t of mu scula r eff ort .

Anoth er important r eason for ha ving circu m

stanc es as favorabl e as possi b l e is th e in fl u enc es O f

succ es s or failur e upon oth ers Th er e a r e a lways

.

m any sk eptica l p ersons anxiou s to exagg erat e ev ery

s eeming failur e and fo r an op erat or to manif est h is

,

in a bility to p erfor m what he cla ims to b e abl e t o

acc o mpli sh is disastrous B esid es shaking th e faith
,
.

of oth er s i n h is pr et en tions i t l ow ers h is pow er s i n

,

th e esti m ation of many wh o m h e might d esi r e to u se

a s sub j ect s a nd so m etim es shak es his con fi d en c e in
,

h i m s elf N oth ing succ eeds so w ell a s succ ess i s a s

.
,

tru e in h ypn oti sm a s it i s i n ev er y oth er lin e o f a ctio n .

To mak e a r eputation as a hypnotist it is n ec ess ar y

,

that th er e should b e n o failur es in pu b l ic D O not .

und er tak e b ef ore oth ers what you feel su r e you

c a nnot accomplish Try n ew exp erim ents priv at ely
. .

The followin g influ en c es favo r abl e and un favor a b l e

 F AV OR A BLE A N D U N FA V OR A BLE I N F U ENCES
’

. it

to hypnoti c con trol should b e studi ed car efully Th e .

f avorabl e influ enc es a r e not all n ec essary but thev

,
a r e al l conduciv e to
“mak ing good subj ects and a
”

“
,

”
subj ect onc e w el l mad e can with r ar e exc eption s
, ,

b e succ es sfully exhibit ed in pu b lic ev en und er the ,

mo st u nfavora b l e circu m stan c es .

T H E EXPER I M EN TI N G R OOM .

I n conducting exp eri m ents esp ecially wit h b egin

,

n er s it is b est to hav e a r o o m iso la ted a s m uch as

,

p o ssibl e fro m th e r est of th e hou se so as to avoid ,

i n terruptions and th e distraction of th e subj ect s ’

m ind b y th e n oi ses o f th e h o u sehold Fo r thi s r eason

.

al so th e roo m shoul d b e r em ot e from th e str eet th e ,

walk ing of p ed estrians and the m ov em en ts of v ehi

cl es b eing liabl e to int errupt the p erfectly p assiv e
stat e O f m in d wh ich is r equisit e to succ essful hyp

n o si s .

Th e furnitur e of th e room should b e plain and no

unu sual pictur es o r b ri c a brac should b e di splay ed
‘

- -

"
to attract att ention Carp et on the floor will p r ev ent
.

~
ah y nois e fro m walki ng or fro m the m ov em ent O f
ch a irs W hen th er e is no carp et rubb er buttons
.
,
°

should b e plac ed on the l egs of chairs It is v ery .

an noying to g et a subj ect al m ost und er control a nd

t h en accid ent ally arous e him b y the nois e of a movi n g
o r cr eakin g chair .

Wh it e gl aring wall s ar e not g ood n eith er ar e

,
r

bri lli ant or grot esqu e h angi ngs Plain unfig ur ed wa ll

.

p ap er o f a su b d u ed tint wi ll b e f ou nd m o st f avo r ab l e .
54 F A V ORA BLE A N D UNF A V ORA BLE IN F UEN CES .

INFLU EN CE OF LI GHT .

A m il d,
s ub du ed ligh t a i d s the hyp noti c i nfluence ,

whil e a strong and b righ t l igh t is a p r on o unc ed

h i nd rance R ed and y ello w ar e esp eciall y u n f avo r
.

a b l e col or s and such gl ob es o r lamp sh ad es shoul d

no t be us ed for th ey giv e a gla r e to ev eryt h i ng

,

in the r oom and tir e the ey es S u ch l ights in a roo m .

m ak e o rdinary sl eepin g di ffi cult a nd th ei r eff ect in

del ayin g the s ecur em ent o f hyp n oti c sl eep w ill b e

found ver y n oti cea b l e .

A so f t b lu e light wi ll a id th e O p erator
, I t r est s .

the ey es a nd co n s eq u ently r ests th e b r a in a nd m o r e ,

tha n a ny o t her li g ht i t favo rs sl eep D O not use a

, .

d ar k b lu e shad e for that wo uld a ttra ct att entio n b y

,

its p eculiarity I f b lu e is not o b tai na b l e a pal e gr een

.
,

m ay b e u s ed O f cou rs e the su bj ect i s not to l ook

.
,

d ir ectly at th e ligh t ; he is si mply to r ea li z e th e b enefi t

o f the di ff us ed sof t to ne ca st a b o u t the r oo m
, .

B right sunli g ht sh o ul d not be a dm itt ed I n the .

daytim e a ro o m w ith nor t h wi nd ows is b est and ,

clo udy d ays ar e mo r e favora b l e t ha n b rig h t ones .

When sh ad es ar e us ed b lu e o r gr een ar e to b e pr e
,

fer r ed A lw ay s all ow pl enty of l i gh t in the r oom so

.
,

th at the s ubj ect need n ot m ake a n effor t to l oo k at

obj ect s to wh i ch you cal l h is a ttentio n But never .

a d m it a str ong l i ght .

INFLUENCE OF TEMPER ATURE

A com or ta b l e t em per atur e between 68 degr ees

f ,

a nd 78 d egr ees w ill b e fou nd

,
m o st f a vo r a b l e for
u F A VOR A BLE A N D UN F A V OR A BLE I N FU EN C ES .

window p en ed by the j anitor for th e sak e O f v ent il a

o

tion The O p era tor as so on a s h e r eali z ed th e cau se

.
, ,

o rd er ed th e window clos ed and i m pr essiv ely stat ed

to hi s subj ec ts N o w you a r e all war m an d com

, ,

”
fo r table .

The abov e instan c e w ell serv es to illu stra te a p een

l i a r f eatu r e o f th e hypnoti c condition Actu al phy si .

cal su ff ering or disco m fort such as m ay b e cau sed

,

b y h eat o r cold i s r eadily and oft en m o st acut ely

, ,

exp eri enc ed by th e hypnotiz ed sub j ect u n l ess th e ,

op erator h as sp ecifically impr es sed upon him that h e

do es not exp eri enc e it And again wh en th e tem
.
, ,

e tur e i s norma l th e sub j ect may b e mad e to thin k

p r a ,

that it is int en sely cold o r in t ens ely hot w itho ut ,

control ov er him b eing l ost S ugg esti on can ov er .

co m e th e eff ect O f th e m o st int en se su ff eri ng a n d ,

unl ess sugg estion of eas e i s m ad e physical s u ff ering ,

may cau se a wak ening fro m the hypnotic s tat e .

I t is esp ecially n ec essary for an op erator to r em em

b er th es e facts wh en subj ec ts ar e und er h is cont rol .

Various ci rcumstanc es m a y occu r to caus e un pl easan t

p hysical s ensa tions and th,ese must b e quick ly
r ea liz ed and hypnoti c sugg estions mad e a ccordingly .

I N FLU ENCE OF O DO R S .

U npl ea s ant
odors in a room may d elay o r ent ir el y
p r ev ent the pro duction of hypnosi s Tobacco smok e .

is esp ecially anta gonistic to thos e not accust om ed t o

it and ev en a ft er such su bj ects ha v e b een hypnotiz ed
,

they ar e liab l e to aw aken or b ecom e unm a na g eab le ,

 FA V OR A BLE A N D UN F A V OR A BLE I N F U EN C ES . 81

wh en so m eon e n ear th em comm enc es to sm ok e .

U n d er such circu m stanc es if th e O p era tor r ealiz es

,

th e caus e O f the di sturbanc e h e should m ak e so m e

“
,

su ch sugg estion to th e subj ec t as Can yo u sm el l

,

that d elightful inc en se burning " I t is a d eligh tful

O dor . Th ese word s wil l b e su ffi ci ent to at onc e

.

ov ercom e th e phy sica l di sco m fort caus ed by the

sm ok e .

An o p erator esp ecially a b eg inn er m ust b e con

, ,

tin u al l y on th e al ert to a vo id anything and ev erythin g

tha t m igh t po ssib l y in terf er e with h is succ ess Fo r .

ins tan c e r em em b er tha t p eopl e do not lik e to d etec t

,

th e O dor of oni on s or garlic on th e br eath of oth er s .

N ev er eat such articl es if you int end to hyp n otiz e

subj ec ts Th e di sagr eeabl e sen sation cau sed by the
.

O dor m ay ov erc o m e you r hypnotic i nfl u enc e or

r en d er it di fficult to plac e th em und er con trol Whil e .

th e s en sa tion can b e ov ercom e by sugg estion if the

subj ect is di stu rb ed by it whil e und er control su g es

g ,

t io n is of no av ail b efor e hypn o si s is produc ed .

A s di sagr eeabl e o do r s ar e d etri m en tal to hypnoti c

con trol so agr eeabl e or pl easan t O dors a r e exc ell en t
,

a u x ill a r ies in producing hypno sis Strong sw eet .

,

O dor s a r e esp ecially u seful P erfu m e sprinkl ed abou t

.

th e roo m wi ll aid th e o p er ator and th e p r esenc e o f

,

fragrant bloo m ing flow ers wil l a lways b e found us eful .

T h e h eliotrop e is o ne O f th e b est plants i n thi s con

n ectio n and a nu m b er of th em in th e op erating ro om
,

will giv e a h eavy sw eet odor profound enough to b e

, ,

agr eeably opp r essiv e and in a m ea sure tranq uill iz e

,
58 FA VOR ABLE AN D UNF A V ORA BLE INFUEN CES .

the tend ency to n er vo us i rrit ab i lity so often expe

r ien ced b y p ersons sub j ecting th em selv es to hy pn oti c

in flu enc es f or th e fi rst tim e Lil acs an d tu b er os es a r e

.

eq ually as us eful as th e h eli otrop e Many p erson s

.

cannot a t any tim e inhal e the odors f rom t h es e

flow ers witho ut b ein g sooth ed and r end er ed d r ow sy ,

esp ecially wh en in an atmosph er e of q u i et ude or

so l emn ity .

I N FL U ENC E OF M U S I C .

I f m u s ic h ath cha r m s to sooth e the sava g e b r east

it a ls o h as th e p o w er t o sooth e th e minds of b al l su o

je cte d to its i nflu enc e

. A few soft m elod
,
ious t o n e s

r epeat ed ov er an d ov er again in lulla by fashio n wil l

, ,

gr eatly ai d the production of hypnosis S u ch sou nds .

h av e b een employ ed for c enturi es b y the so ca l l ed -

”
ch a rm ers o f ani m als an d r eptil es an d th ei r em
,

p l oym ent b y th e mod er n hyp n otist is o f r e c o gn i z ed

ad v a nt ag e in many cas es .

Lou d and bo ist erous m usi c o r dis cor dant sounds

hav e a di stur b ing in flu enc e and will u sually i nt er f er e
wit h the in exp eri enc ed oper ator s succ ess A case
’
.

is r epo r t ed wh er e a youn g wom an was und er g o i ng a

sur g i ca l o per atio n whi l e u nd er hyp no tic i nfluence ,

wh en sud denly a b and o f m u si ci ans b ega n to pl ay

in the st r eet a nd sh e was q uickly awakened U po n .

such a n o ccurr enc e th e o p erato r sh o uld hav e r es

p
“
ence of m ind eno ugh to say: Li st en to the m usi c it ,
”
is beauti ful or m a ke som e si m il ar st a t em ent Ther e
, .

a r e alw ay s pr em oni t o ry si gns O f awakenin

g w h ic h ,

g i v e Opp o r tu n ity fo r ac tio n a

,n d on e o f th e im p o r ta nt
 FAVOR A BLE A N D U N FA V OR ABLE I NFU EN CES . 59

it ems in conn ection with hypnoti sm is to constantly

w atch th e su b j ect and r ecogn iz e th ese sign s and act
p romptly in the right mann er to avoid unti m ely
awa kening The signs of awak ening a r e giv en els e
.

w h er e .

I n hypnotizing young childr en th er e is no aid so ,

eff ectiv e as lullaby m usic Thi s is naturally us ed b y

.

a l l m o th ers savag e and civiliz ed whil e rocking th ei r

, ,

b a b es to sl eep .

Th e m or e m onotonous th e m u sic th e m or e effec ,

tiv e it w ill b e provid ed it is m elodio u s and not dis

,

cordan t o r ha rsh I t is the low so ft si m pl e m elody

.
, , ,

co m pos ed of a few not es and r ep eat ed ov er and ov er

,

a gain that h elp s to induc e hypno sis

,
.

Exp ert hypnot i sts who d esir e to practic e th ei r ar t

a s a p rof es sion should provid e th em selv es wi th ev ery
ai d p ro curabl e so as to ena b l e th em s elv es to hypno
,

ti ac the larg est n umb er pos sibl e o f th e p erson s who

p r es ent th em s elv es Th ey should provid e a prop er
.

r oom as d escrib ed an d b eco m e fa m iliar with ev ery

, ,

known m eans o f influ enc e A us eful arti cl e for such

.

a p erson is a m usi c box of good manu factur e Thi s

“
.

”
can b e set to som e simpl e ai r such as Sw eet H om e , ,

an d plac ed in a ch est or clos et or muffl ed in som e

way so that th e sounds ar e extr em ely soft lik e
, ,

whisp eri ngs of music r ep eat ed innum era b l e tim es

,
.

Th e soft n ot es o f a flut e play ed by a thi rd p erson in

,

an adj o ining room is oft en advantag eous but th e

, ,

tones must b e continu ed with out in terrup tion until

co mpl et e hyp no s i s is produc ed O th erwis e th e pr e
.
60 FA V OR A BLE A N D U N FA V OR A BLE I N F U I N C I I u

m a tu r e c essa ti on o f th e soun ds would b e v ery li a b l e

to sudd enly undo th e partia l influ en c e o btai n ed .

O n e o f th e m ost int er esting sight s con n ect ed wi th

a hypnotic exh ibi tion i s to look upon a n u m b er o f
subj ec ts to who m th e o p erato r has said so m e su ch
wo rd s a s th es e :
“Li st en th er e is b eautiful m u si c A ng el s a r e .
,

singin g and playing upon th eir harps .

Th er e co m es ov er th e subj ect s a n ecstasy t hat

can no t b e pr o duc ed in any o th er wa y S o m e will .

st ri k e th e m o st g r ac eful a ttitud es o f list en in g a nd ,

all wil l w ea r an expr ession o f sw eet co n t en t an d

raptu r e that w ill r end er th e m os t ho m ely fac e ch arm
ing . I t w ell illustrat es th e soothing i n fl u en c e o f
m u sic u p o n th e h u m an m ind an d th e pos si bi li ti es th a t

m a
y co m e fro m its em ploym e nt .

T h e sugg esti o n of m u si c sh ould alway s b e m ad e

to subj ect s b ein g tr ea ted for m elanch oly o r i nsan ity
i n any fo r m I t giv es positiv e r eli ef in ev ery in st an c e
.
,

a n d wh en of ten r ep eat ed its b en efit s will p ro v e per

,

man en t a n d so m eti m es cfl ect a po sitiv e cu r e

’
.

I N FL U EN C E OF Q U I ETU D E .

It is
us el ess for a b eginn er to t ry to hyp no ti ze a
n ew su b j ect in th e m id st of noi se O ccasion all y th is
.

can b e don e wh en the subj ect i s v ery su sc eptibl e o r

wh en he sees b efor e him a nu m b er of hypno tiz ed
p er son s and b eco m es convi nc ed th at h e al so m ust
succu m b .

Q ui etu d e is always to b e d esir ed a n d a q u i etud e,

 F A VOR A BLE A N D U NF AV OR A BLE I N FLU EN CES . 61

that is so profound tha t yo u can h ear a pin drop

is b est I n fa c t a d eathly stilln es s is on e of th e gr eat
.
,

est aid s to hyp no ti sm w h en th er e is n o obj ect to d is

trac t the m ind N ot i nfr equ ently it ha s b een found
.

di fficult i f not i m po ssibl e to hypnotiz e a subj ect

, ,

b ecau se li ttl e no i ses cannot b e subdu ed The cr eak .

i n g of a door on its hing es the cr eaking of sho es , ,

w hi sp erin g s ticking o f a cl o ck an d any one of m any

,

oth er t riflin g n oi ses m ay co m pl et el y undo th e r esult

,

o f m u ch p a ti ent work .

An op erator wi shing to hypnotiz e a n ew subj ec t

for the a m u sem en t of a party should not att em pt to
do so unl ess h e ca n tak e th e subj ec t apart by hi m s elf
so a s to secur e a b so lu te qui et oth erwis e h e m ay ,

b ri ng up o n hi m self un m erit ed ridi cul e for his fai lu r e .

O f c o urs e th e m em b er s o f such a par ty ar e all

“
,
”
anxiou s to see how it i s don e b u t it is im possi l e ,

to k eep th em q u i et enough to warran t any a tt em pt

to hypnotiz e a n ew subj ec t i n th eir pr esenc e I t IS .

b ett er to r efu se positiv ely to ent ertai n th em than to

ru n the risk of p ersonal disco m fitur e .

I N FLU EN C E O F EA S E A N D C OM F OR T .

Th e sub j ect should b e plac ed i n an ea sy cha ir— o ne

that i s cu shion ed is b est Th e f eet should touch th e
.

floor with co m fo rt an d th er e should b e no po ssibl e

ca u se for any feelings o f un easin ess I f th e room is .

h eat ed arti fi cially h e should not b e n ear en ough to

th e so urc e o f h eat to f eel its m ark ed influ enc e n ei th er ,

should h e b e in a draugh t Th e stov e or op en flac

.
63 FA V OR A BLE A N D UN F AVOR A BLE INFU ENCES .

p l ac e or lamp s h ould no t b e seen b y h im a s these ,

thi ngs d istract a tt ention .

A lwa ys hav e th e clothing com f o r t ab ly loos e I t is .

not b est for a su bj ect to b e plac ed i n the hy pnoti c

stat e with the colla r or cors et o r any oth er a rti cl e
feeling t ight A good hypnoti st m ay d isr egard su ch
.

things without any b ad r esults b ut the sa fest pla n is ,

always th e b est pla n .

The auth or onc e exp eri en c ed c o nsi d era b l e di th

culty in g ettin g und er cont rol a sub j ect oft en pr e
vio u sl y hypnotiz ed and it was som e tim e b ef o r e th e
,

discov ery was ma d e t hat a tigh t pair o f sh o es wer e

p inch in g th e f ee t .

S ick p ersons unabl e to sit in a chai r without

,

fatigu e m a y b e hypnotiz ed in the r ecu m b ent p o s tur e

, ,

b ut un d er ordinary circumstanc es th e sitti ng position

wi ll b e found b est .

I N FLU EN CE OF T H E EM OTI ON S .

F ear o f the op erato r r end ers the su bj ec t m or e

pli ab l e P erson s who a r e not easily hypnoti z ed wil l
.

o ft en r eadily yi eld wh en th ey see oth ers i n the hyp

notic sta t e .Tha t is w hy it is co m parativ ely easy for
a hypnot ist during an exh ibition to su cces sful ly
, ,

ma k e subj ects o f tho se whom he h as n ev er m et

b efor e Th er e ar e always p ersons in the a udience
.

wh o a r e gr eatly imp r ess ed b y th e p er f o r m ance and

who ar e in constan t dr ea d l est th e hyp noti st shal l
exercis e h is in flu enc e ov er th em an d wh en h e ca ll s ,

for volunt eers th ey ar e usually the fi r st to r espond

, ,
04 F AV OR A BLE A N D U N FA V OR A BLE I N F U EN CES .

e nc e upon the prod uction of hypno si s T h e m in d at

.

p ea c e wi th all man kind b ecom es m o st r eadi ly pa ssiv e .

Lik ewis e th e m ental equi libriu m of th e op era to r h as

gr ea t i nfl u enc e upon the subj ec t T h e i rritab l e
.

m ot h er fi nds i t di ffi cult to rock h er ba b e to sl eep ,

whi l e th e m oth er wh o se m ind is a t p erf ec t ea s e expe

r ien ces no d ifli c u l ty
“ ”
Th e pu tti n g to sl eep of an
.

infant i s o ne for m of inducing hypn o si s .

C ON DI T I ON OF T H E BO DY .

T he O p er ator a s w ell as th e sub j ect sho ul d not b e

in a stat e of fatigu e i f th e b est su cc ess i s d esi r ed I t
, .

i s tru e that d eep hypn o si s m ay b e secu r ed i n a p erso n

wh o is co m pl etely
“tir d o u t
e — exh a u stio n b eing

r eally an aid in such cas es Bu t d eep hyp no si s is

.

not alway s d esi rabl e and it i s of ten v ery disa ppoint

,

in g to r ealiz e that a subj ec t sh ow s no di spo si ti on to

r espond to any o th er sugg estion than t ha t o f sl eep .

For an O p erato r to b e physica lly tir ed is fr eq u en tly

di sastrou s H is subj ect soon r ealiz es th e fact a nd
.

m a y fail to succu m b to the m o st a rd en t eff orts t o

hypnotiz e him . Wo r se than thi s wh en th e o p erato r

,

is fatigu ed an d the subj ect full o f en ergy a n d vigo r ,

th e op erator m ay actually hypno tiz e h i m sel f wh il e

end ea voring to g et h is subj ect und er control and
,

may by such a n a ct for ev er lo se cont rol ov er th e

sub j ect .

P a in may r en der hy pnosis di ffi cult by k eepi n g the

’
sub j ect s m ind constantly u po n h i m sel f B u t w h en
.

p ai n h as p roduc e d exha u stion t

,
h e su ff er er u su a ll y
 T h ese c h i l d r en a r e en tr a n c ed b y th e S ig h i
. of an
ge l s i n
k
th e s ies
.
 F AV OR A BLE A N D UN F A V OR A BLE I N F UEN CES . 65

yi elds without m uch di ffi culty Fev er is anoth er .

u nf a vorabl e condition a lthough m uch go o d can b e

,

acco m pli sh ed pla cing fev erish pati ent s und er control .

I n th e low grad es of f ev er hypno si s is m or e r eadily

i ndu c ed .

T h e condition of th e skin is i m portant A mod er .

a t ely war m and dry ski n is b est for both O p erato r

an d subj ect Sh ould ei th er b e ba th ed in per Spir a
.

ti o n th e r esult is liabl e to b e uns a ti sfactory

, Duri ng .

an exh ibi tion th e op era to r sh o uld hav e i n his pock ets

sev er a l h n d k erch i efs a n d occa sionally w i e h i
a
,
v i fi
n
l
l
s
C C ‘ U

h ands Silk ha n dk erc h i efs ar e b est A cold cla m m y

. .
,

skin m a y pr ev en t a ll action S o m e p er sons habit u

.
a

ally h av e th ei r h an d s in such a con dition and th ey ,

m ak e poor subj ec ts Cold f eet a r e al so d etrim ental

. .

I N FLU EN C E OF TI M E .

Th e ti m e of day is not i mportan t exc ept as it ,

conc ern s th e condi tion of th e body Early morning .

fi nds an em p ty sto m ach whi ch is n o t good and , ,

di r ectly af ter m ea l s find s th e a ct of dig estion at it s

h eight which is not d esirabl e La te i n the ev enin g
,
.
'

th e incl ination to sl eep m ay r end er hypnosis com

p a r a tiv el y ea sy but th en it m
,
ay b e di fficult to g et a
sati sfactory r espons e to any sugg es tion s b esid es thos e

o f sl eep From an hour to two h our s aft er m eals i s

.

u sually the m ost favorabl e ti m e for O p erating upo n

a subj ec t Thi s appli es to both th e subj ect and the
.

o p erato r An exp ert hypnoti st can su cc ess fully use

.

a tra in ed su bj ect at any tim e o f day .

 C H A PT ER V
P R EC A UT I ON S TO BE OBS ER V E D .

R eputa tion and sa f ety o f th e oper a tor — W elf ar e Of th e sub

Ject —D ang er s of h yp notism n o g r ea ter th a n or dinar y
Littl e evil a nd g r ea t g oo —
d C om p ar ed wi th d a n g er s of
oth er b r a n ch es of science— Exag g er ated r ep or ts of h ar m
-
P r esence th ir d par ty— cci d ent to th e oper a tor
of a A
D a ng er r ed uced to a m in im u m - R ar el y u sed u n l a wf u l l y

A voida nce of su dd en sh ock—C a uses of d a n g er — W ea k n ess

Of th e h ear t—C a ta l epsy— P h ysica l inj u r y— S ta r in g at th e
su n —C h ange f r om d ar k n ess to l ig h t— F a sci n a tion— F a l l s
and oth er ca uses o f i n j u r y—C o n tor ti on s— u m p i ng — V i o
J
l en t exer ci se—Ea ti n g inj u r i ou s a r ti cl es—
S u gg estion s of
d ea th — P ost- h yp n oti c ca nti on s— S u ttoca tion— H yp n otiz in g

th e f eeb l e m in d ed— I n sa n ity a nd cr i m e —Lia b il ity of excit

ing a n g er — A voidi n g m isu n d er sta n d in g s— R el iet f r om sug

g estions .

Hypn o ti sm m u st b e pra c ti c ed j ud ici ou sly fo r th e

r eputat ion and safety o f th e op erator a s w ell a s fo r
th e w el far e of th e subj ect The r eckl ess employ m en t
.

o f hypnotic influ enc e is n ot without its dang er j ust ,

a s th er e is dang er m th e r eckl ess em ploy m en t of any

oth er m ean s I t is ab surd to cond em n the sci en c e o f

.

hyp noti sm si m ply b ecaus e of th e ha rmfu l i n flu enc es

an d dang erou s cond i tion s m ad e possibl e th rough its

use. With j ust a s m uch propri ety could we con d em n

th e u se o f fir e for h ea ting pu rpos es b ecaus e it m i g h t
88 P R EC A U T I ON S TO BE OBS ER V ED .

a tor is a m a n and th e subj ect a y o ung gi rl or w o m an .

O ccasi onally mo st seriou s cha rg es m igh t b e pr ef err ed

by w ell m eaning or d esign ing p er son s a n d th ese ,

ch arg es m ight b e d i ffi cul t to r efut e Th e exp eri enc es

.

o f phy sician s and d en ti st s wh i l e ad minist eri n g chl o r o

for m o r o th er ana esth etics should b e r em em b er ed .

I t would b e consid er ed a manif estation of v ery poor

j udg m en t on the part o f a m em b er of eith er o f th es e
professions should h e admini st er a n an a es th eti c to a
pati ent witho ut the pr es enc e o f a thi rd party T he .

hypnoti st sho uld not fail to always ob s erv e si m ilar

pr ecautions .

So m e p er sons b eli ev e that on e o f th e gr ea t est

dang ers in hypnoti sm is th e po ssibili ty that th e O p er
a tor m ay su dd enly die or b ecom e in san e w h il e th e
'

sub j ec t is und er his control A n exp eri en c ed h ypn o

.

tist h i m s elf b ecam e pos sess ed with th e id ea o f th is

po ssibl e dang er and would not at any ti m e h yp n otiz e

,

a subj ect without th e pr es enc e of his assista n t a n d ,

wh en he had plac ed the subj ect compl et ely u nd er

cont rol h e would say
“N ow i f a nyth ing ha pp ens to m e you must ob ey
, ,

my assistant ; o r i f he in t errupts m e a n d o rd ers you

to do oth erwi se than what I hav e com m an d ed you ,

m ust o b ey h im and not m e .

Wh er e an op erator s eriously ent ertain s su ch f ea rs

as sudd en d eath sp ell s o f unconsciousn ess o r o f
,

in sanity h e m ight w ell o b s erv e such extrao rdi na ry

,

precaution although it w ould b e far b ett er fo r h im to

,

d esist f rom the pr a ct ic e of hypnoti sm alt og et h er .

 PR ECA U T I ON S TO BE OBS ER V ED . 00

Bu t it ust b e r em em b er ed tha t ev en sh o uld a ccid en t

m

o r d eath happ en to th e o p erator th e subj ec t w o uld ,

b e sur e to awak en in cours e of ti m e although th e ,

ti m e m ight b e v ery lon g sh ould th e o p er ator h a ve

sai d :
“ N ow you wil l sl eep v ery v ery so undly an d n o
, ,

”
o n e but m y self can a wak en you Wh en w e co n .

si d er al l th e circu m stanc es th e dang er is r educ ed to

th e m ini m u m an d sh o uld n o t b e con sid er ed a fac tor

i n any ca se .

Th e chanc es o f hypnoti sts induci ng hypno si s for

inn r o r al or u n l a w f u l pu r p o ses a r e ex tr em ely rar e .

I f suc h th ought s should ent er th e m in d of p erso n s

d esirin g to b e hypno tiz ed for cura tiv e o r oth er
r ea sons let th em em ploy an op erat o r o f known int eg
,

ri ty and th en in si st upon th e p r esenc e of a thir d .

p arty I t should also b e r em em b er ed th at few p er son s

.

can b e forc ed int o hypno si s for th e fir st ti m e a g ain st , ,

th ei r w ill and that und er the m o st favorabl e circu m

,

S “ ca o k n L &: 1 - 1‘
n a c
n
4 1 1 s‘ ' \ A 4‘ fi L.
1
A fi fl -n -
3
vs

"
1 ' s‘ o m n 4 5 A

Z u a l l n u c u u u u C d L
P J Q AQ I t
yy \: L O V A 1 t
1 8 V V )
O
,

w hi l e chloroform wi ll cau se ins en sibility in ev eryon e

to wh om i t is ad m in i st er ed and an exc es siv e quanti ty ,

o f it m ean s c er ta in d ea th .

AV O I D SUDD EN S H O C K .

I n h ealth und er m o st fav o rabl e circu m s tanc es

, ,

shock is in iu r io u s to th e m ind and body Th e su dden .

announ c em en t of th e d eath of a r elat i v e o r th e lo ss

o f fortun e has b een known to cau s e d eath in p erson s
a ffl ict ed with h ea rt di sea se or liabl e to apopl exy or
o th er dang erous conditi o n s G r eat frigh t has o ft en .
70 PR EC A U T I ON S T O BE OBS ER V ED .

unba lan c ed th e m ind an d viol ent ex er tio ns m ay pr o

,

duc e s eriou s condition s .

What ev er may b ecom e a sourc e of dang er at any

ti m e m ay b e mad e a sourc e of dang er by th e hypn o
tist I t m ust not b e suppo sed that b ecau se a p er son
“
.

”
is only hypnotiz ed he run s n o ri sk of da ng er
, Th e .

m ind and body ar e not chan g ed i n any way an d bo th

a r e susc eptibl e to in j ury for th er e is n o ch ar m a bou t

,

hypnosis .

I t m ay b e int er estin g to sp ectators to mak e a

su b j ect laugh an d expr es s th e gr ea test of j oy an d

th en sudd enly chang e h is em otion s to th os e of gr ea t

and vi ol en t gri ef But it is dang er o u s to do th is i f
.

the sub j ect ha s a w eak h eart o r if h e i s liabl e to

apopl exy To him th e shock is j u st as r ea l an d
.

i m p r essiv e a s i t would he w er e th e su dd en ch ang e

fr o m joy to gri ef an actual occurr enc e of r eal li f e .

C A T A L E P S Y should n o t b e sudd enly ind u c ed i n

a subj ect whos e h eart is w eak Th e shock o f r eal i z ing
.

tha t h e cannot m ov e h is m u scl es m ight po ssi b ly prov e

di sa strous I f it is at all d esirabl e to p rod u c e cat a

.

l ep sy i n such subj ects i t is b est to pr epar e th e m in d

“
,

for it by such words as : S oon you will r ealiz e that

yo u cannot m ov e a m u scl e of you r body T h e s en sa .

ti o n will b e a pl ea sant o ne and it will no t h arm you ,

for I wi ll giv e you th e pow er to m ov e again in a

short t im e .

P H I SIC A L I N JU R I ES .

j
'
It is not tru e
,
as m a n y cl aim that
, th e sub ect s
 PR EC A U T I ON S TO BE OBSER V E D H
‘
. .

body can b e m ad e to r esi st th e d estruction o f h eat ,

c old blows inj uri es etc

, ,
whil e un d er hypnotic influ
,
.
,

enc e . H e can b e r end er ed in sen sibl e to th e i m pr es

sions produc ed by th ese th ing s but h e canno t b e r en ,

d er ed proof ag a i n st th eir ac tual effec ts I t is cru el ty .

to co m m and a subj ec t to pick up a li v e coa ‘ He

m a y do it wi thou t su ff eri n g at th e ti m e i f th e su g ,

g estion is giv en that it will not b urn but th e c o al ,

w ill n ev er th el ess burn h is fl esh .

A subj ect m i g h t b e induc ed to sta r e wi th wid e

e n e es a t th e g l ar i n g su n a n d h e m i g h t O b ey
o
p y
w i th o u t m a n i festin g a n y d i sc o m f o r t b u t blindn ess ,

w o uld c er tainly r esul t fo r which th e hypnoti st would ,

b e r espon sibl e .

I t is a l so i n advi sabl e to chang e sudd enly fro m

darkn ess to bri g h tn ess or fro m b rightn es s to dark
n ess wi thou t fir : l u arni n g th e subj ec t by such w o rd s
.

”
3 N ow it is g oi n g to g et v e1 y light e
“
,

f
an
in s .
y,
i 4
( n ;
h
u
i
;
i
un
c
-

i ti s :
“
cw
i t au
-
i i
e au a a
“ a ve r s e
a au s
6 .

r em ov e th e o bj ec t o f fa scin a tion without sta ting th a t

you a r e ab o ut to d o so th e shock m ight oth erwi se ,

inj u r e h im .

I nj u ri es m ay b e r ec eiv ed during th e hypno ti c sta te ,

w hich m ay cau se th e d ea th o f th e subj ect o r crippl e

him fo r lif e It is tru e tha t hypnotiz ed p er son s and
.

so n u i a m b u lists ca n oft en wa lk in dang erou s plac es

’

withou t falling b ecau se th ey do not r ealiz e th eir

,

dang er and con s equ en tly do not lo se th eir pr esenc e

of m in d But if such p er sons should walk upon fr il
. a

support s th ei r h pnotiz ed stat e would not k eep th e

,
y
78 P R EC A U TI ON S TO BE OBS ER VED .

su ppo r t s fro m br eaking n ei th er would it l ess en the

,

dang er of walking on slipp ery plac es .

I t is a co m mon prac tic e fo r hypno tist s durin g an

exhibiti on to m ak e th e subj ec ts j u m p and l eap and

contort th ei r bodi es Th i s is all w el l provid ed tha t

.
,

ca r e is tak en to watch each o n e car efully so a s n o t to

p ermit a ny action that m igh t strain the m u scl es or
cau se ruptur e or any o th er i nj ury M o d era tion is
“
.

alway s b est I t m ay h e r emark ed tha t th ey k now

.

”
en o ugh not to h ur t th em selv es
,
Th i s i s no t tru
.
e

fo r th ei r whol e mind is occupi ed in carrying out th e

sugg es tion and do es not tak e th e l ea st conc ern for
,

p er sonal safety V iol ent ex erci se l o ses non e of its

.

inj urious effec ts upon a hypno tiz ed p erson .

S om e o f the most in ter esting exp eri m en ts m a y b e

m ad e by sugg esting tha t har sh a r ticl es such a s nails , ,

ston es etc
,
. a r e ar ticl es of food
, and di r ec ting that
,

t h ey should b e eat en Thi s is alway s an in di scr etion

.

and lia b l e to cau se troubl e T he sug g estion of eati n g

.

i m pli es swallo w ing and to swallow su ch ar ti cl es

,

m ea ns dang er Car e mu s t b e tak en also no t to

.
, ,

all o w th e m ou th to b e fill ed wi th p o wd er s pap er o r , ,

oth er substanc es that m igh t cau se strangulation wh en

swallow ed or inhal ed Such accid en t s a r e ra r e
.
,

b ecaus e hypnotis ts a r e u sually cautiou s about th ese

thing s A ttention is h er e call ed to th em fo r the pur
.

p o s e of m aking a ssuranc e doubly sur e .

I t i s w ell known tha t wh il e und er th e hypno ic t

in flu en c e subj ec ts can ea t m o st obnoxious arti cl es

,

without r ealizin g th eir un pl easant eff ects provi d ed ,

 P R E C A UT I ON S T O B E OBS ER V ED . 73

th e pr o p er sugg estion s a r e m ad e I t is po ssibl e to .

g i v e a subj ect a gla ss o f dil u ted a m m onia and sa y :

“H r drin k t hi gla s of m ilk and th u s
e e ,
s s g et h im ,

to drin k it B ut such an a ct w o uld b e gro ssly w ro n g

.
,

for th e a m moni a would i nj ur e th e throa t an d sto m

a c h ev en though it w er e n o t strong enough to cau se
,

str a n g ulatio n and ev en th o ugh h e exp eri enc e d un d er

sugg esti n a pl ea sur a bl e sen sation whil e swallow
,

ing it .

S U GGES T I ON S A BOU T DYI N G .

I t is a w el l kn o wn fact tha t an op erator can oft en

c o n tr o l th e pu l se r a te o f his subj ect by so m e such
s
u gg estion a s th e foll o wing
“ Y o ur p ul se is b ea ting v ery sl o wly Feel it a n d .

n o ti c e how slow it is Why it is down to fifty ; now

.
,

”
it is f o rty now i t is thirty etc
, , .

Thi s su g g estion m a y b e carri ed too far ev en to ,

th e p oin t of cau sin g th e h ear t to c ea se b eat in g a l to

eth er w hich woul d m ean d ea th B ut thi s would b e
‘

g ,
.

di ffi cul t to acc o mplish in m o st i n stanc es S ti ll it is .

w el l to b ear in m ind th e po ssibility of such a su g

g estion .

An o th er i m prop er sugg estion to m ak e w o uld h e , ,

”
d o n t fall o r d o n t do so and so for it will kill you
’

,
’

,
.

Thi s m igh t a ct a s a po st hypn o ti c sugg esti o n a n d

-

p r o v e di sa strou s sh ould th e subj ect ever m eet wi th

th e accid ent m ention ed Wh en a sugg estion o f
.

in abili ty is m ad e i t sh o u l d a l w a y s b e follow ed wi th a
“
.

”
r el ea se such a s ,
N o w yo u can do it
,
This will oft en .
74 P R EC A U TI ON S T O BE O BS ER VED .

pr ev en t unpl ea san t r esul ts for hypno ti c sugg estion s

,

ar e capabl e o f p roducing la sti ng i m pr essi on s .

Similar p r eca u tion s mu st b e obs erv ed in su g g es t

ing irr egula ri ty of b r eath ing It is dan g erous to sug .

g est that th e subj ect is su ff ocat in g and ca n t b r eath e ’

.

To do so may cau se actual suff oca tio n by allowi ng

insu ffici ent q uan ti ti es of ai r to en ter th e lun g s .

H Y N O I I N G T H E F EEBL E M I N D ED
P T Z -
.

I t is a co m mon b eli ef that f eebl e m ind ed per son s -

mak e th e b est sub j ect s This is not tru e bu t n ev er

.
,

thel ess p erson s O f w eak mind m a y p erh ap s b e r eadi l y

induc ed to sub m it to hypnosis an d an in exp eri enc ed ,

op erator m a y avail h i m sel f of thi s o pport u n ity to

secu r e a subj ect B u t thi s i s unwis e Th e par ent s
. .

or fri end s o f th e feebl e m ind ed p erson m a y no t

-

r ealiz e his m ental incapacity unti l af ter h e h as b een

hypnotiz ed and th en th ey a r e v ery liabl e to att ribut e
,

his m en tal infir m ity to the eff ect o f hypnotism O r i t .

m a y b e that ev eryon e m ay r ealiz e th a t th e sub j ect

’
is f eebl e m ind ed an d th e op erator s in fl u en c e ov er
-
,

him wi ll b e att ribut ed en ti r ely t o that ca us e w h ich ,

will not add anythin g to his r eputat ion a s a hyp n otist .

I t is b est un d er all circu m stan c es to l eav e feebl e

, ,

m ind ed p er son s alon e wh en lo o ki ng fo r hypnoti c

subj ects .

SU GGES TI ON S OF I N SA N I T Y A ND C R IME .

Itust b e ad m itt ed th at th e m ind m ay b e i nj ur ed

m

by making positiv e hypnoti c sugg estio n s of i n san ity .

It is unwis e to say th e l east to ca u se a su b j ect to

, ,
 CH A PT ER VI .

H OW TO H Y P N OTI Z E .

M enta l con d ition of th e O per a tor —C er ta inty of r esul ts —M en

tal str a in upon th e Oper a to r — P r in cipl e of a ction — Fir st
steps i n pr od u ci ng h yp nosi s— C oncentr a tio n of th ou g h t
I p
m r es si n g th e su b j ect—T a k i ng a d ar e—M ed i um of th e
senses—A ttr acti ng th e su bj ect s a ttention—O bj ects used
’

b y th e Oper a tor —Or i en ta l m ir r or —Th e S h ei k s pl a te ’

S na k es of I nd ia s i a k ir s—G l ass m a r b l e—C h i nese i d ol

'

M eta l d isk— R ubb er d isk— T h e a uth or s d isk— S ense of ’

h ea r ing Monotonous tones— Or ien ta l c h a n ts Pub l ic

spea k er s a n d p r each er s—C h a nting of sna k e ch a r m er s

Eff ect of m usic upon an i m a l s— U se of th e voi ce— F i r st su g

e o —
g s i n s Tone of
t th e voice—H yp n otiz ing sm a l l ch i l d r en
- Th e sense touch — M esm er ic passes— M esm er iz ing a
of

su b j ec t—R u bb in g th e fi ng er s— T h e sen se of sm el l — O d or s
— Tob a cco sm o k e—S ense of taste—Ea ting a nd d r in k ing
U se of or a n g e water .

I n ord er to corr ectly and qui ckly hypnotiz e a sub

j cet th er e m u st b e no ti m idity wha t ev er on th e part
,

of th e op era to r A t th e sta r t h e mu st m a nifest th e

.

gr ea test self co n fid en ce an d aggr essiv en es s an d such

-
,

charact er i stic s m ust not only be m ani f ested b u t th ey ,

must b e ac tual l y exp erien c ed A fal se as sumptio n .

o f s elf con fiden ce is q ui ckly r ealiz ed by oth ers and

-

is fatal to the succ essful p erforman c e o f hypn otic

ex eri m en t s
p .
s ucc essful— b eli eving not only that he m ust not fail ,

b ut that h e cannot fail H e is abou t to p erform an .

act that h as b een p erform ed by oth er s m any h un

dr ed s of thousand s of ti m es H e h as studi ed th e .

phi lo sophy of hypno ti sm and r ealiz es th e natur e o f

what h e d esi r es to acc o m plish H e h as l ea rn ed th e .

m ethod s by wh ich oth er s hav e hypn o ti z ed th eir sub

j e c ts Al l t
.h e pr e caution s hav e b een o bs erv e d an d ,

th er efor e succ ess m u st n a turall y follo w and will n o t ,

b e d ue to c h a n c e o r a cci den t Th er e is no m or e .

un c ertai n ty a b o ut it than ther e is about any of th e

d aily actions of lif e Th es e fact s th e op erator m u st .

u nr eserv edly r ea liz e and no t si m ply b eli ev e th em in

a p erfun ctory mann er .

Th e labor of p ro ducing hypn o sis fall s upon the

op erator and o n e who att em pt s th e work for th e
,

fi rst ti m e is v ery apt to b eco m e w eari ed by th e excit e

a fi I C I V G C S S ra i n i C i Q Cfl
‘
l ” l A I e 4 4 -1 n
0
m fi s ‘ f n a
6 IC U
' .

1 1 1 1 1 1. u I I t n e L LI n u su a l

m ental acti o n W e r ealiz e tha t any sev er e and

.

u n u sua l physical ex ercis e will tir e th e m u scl es a n d ,

i f carri ed too fa r w ill p roduc e exha u stion I n a,

.

si m ilar m ann er un u sual m ental ex erci se is fati uing

g
an d cannot b e indulged in too sev er ely without pro
d u cing b ad eff ects .

P er son s unaccu sto m ed to hypno tizing o th er s mu st

r em em b er th es e fa ct s whil e conducting th eir fi r st
exp eri m ents This do es not i m ply that hyp notis m
.

is an in j urious study and th at it is a pt to b ring a b out

p erma n ent m ental exhau stion I t w ill not produce .
any m o r e evi l eff ects tha n any oth er fo rm of m en ta l
labor H ow oft en do we h ear of lawy ers a n d m ini s
.

ter s an d public sp eak er s in g en eral b eing tir ed o ut

aft er som e un usual eff ort Th ey m a y b e i n th e habit

.

o f sp eaking in pu b lic fo r an hou r at a ti m e wi th

p erfect ea s e a nd yet exp eri en c e th e gr ea t est fat igu e
,
’
a ft er half an hour s earn est end eavo r to co nvinc e
dou b tful h ear ers o f the truths th ey wi sh to i m par t .

I t i s a sp eci es o f hypnotis m or m en tal con t r o l by

, ,

which a public sp eak er wins th e clos e a tt en tion o f

h is audi enc e and forc es the acc eptanc e o f h is i d eas .

Th er e ar e m any m ethods by which a subj ect ca n

b e hypnotiz ed Th ese m et hod s di ff er i n pa rti cular s
. .

but ar e ess entially th e sa m e i n principl e Th e fir st .

p r i nci pl e of ac tion is t o ai m to conc en trat e th e sub

’

je c t s mind upon som e o n e unim portan t th ough t to

th e exclu sion of al l oth er s Thi s though t m u st
. .

in d eed b e so unim portant that wh en i t is th e only

,

though t ent ertain ed the m ind is almost absol ut el y

pas siv e Wh en th i s condition is obtain ed th e s econd
.
,

g en eral pr inci pl e of a c tion m a y b e em ploy ed wh ich ,

consi st s in m aking sudd en and em phatic sugg est ion s

to the passiv e m ind .

TH E F I R S T S TEP IN P R OD UC I N G H YP N OT I S M .

CON CEN T R A T I O N or THO U GH T . By

words an d mann er the su b j ect mu st b e mad e to
r ealiz e that he is abou t to b e hypnotiz ed and tha t
th e op erator fully und er st a nds how and is per fec tl v

abl e to acco m plish the act Th e l eas t dou b t in the

.
 H OW TO H Y P N O I IZ E
' ‘
.

s ubj ect s m i nd in r egard to th is will r end er the 0p

’

D on t say
“N ow if I c
’
a to r s ta sk m or e di fficul t
’

“
.
, ,

”
succ eed in hypnotizing you or I f yo u a r e a g o
“
,

”
subj ec t or P erhap s I wi ll n o t b e abl e to h ypn ot
,

you th e fir st ti m e but I will tr y,

Su ch ex pr essic .

’
d estr o y all confid enc e in th e o p er ator s abili
S p eaking p ersonally i f you i ndulg e in such expr
,

sion yo u m u st exp ect fa ilur e o r at l ea st gr ea t di ,

culty in y o ur at tem pt s .

M a k e t n e subj ec t r ea u z e the i m por tanc e a

a l m o st sm c m n it of th e o cca si o n To look upo n 1
y .

p erfo r m anc e a s a trifl in g a ct will b e a h in dr a n

Let him u nd er st a n d that h e is to b e plac ed in
un con sciou s or sem i con sci o u s stat e and th at it m e:
-

m uc to h im
h C r eat e thi s f eeling o f awe and t
.

r est of th e work wi ll b e co m para tiv ely ea sy I f yc .

subj ect is not in earn est d o n ot a tt em pt to h ypno t

,

h im unl es s yo u a r e an exp ert an d ev en th en d o 1 , ,

att em p t it u n l ess th er e is so m e spec ia l r ea so n

doing so You will soon l earn to r ea l i z e quickly 1
.

fra m e of m ind of your subj ec t .

D o not for m er e self g r atifica tio n acc ept th e ch

-

“
l eng e of anyon e who says : I dar e you to h ypn ot
m e . I t is a wa st e o f ti m e and en ergy to trifl e w
p ersons who int end to r esi st y our effort s I t is b .

to t urn th em o ff w ith a laugh and so m e such r em :

“
,

’
as , W ell if yo u ll n a m e so m e futur e dat e I ll na
,
’

th e plac e and th en I wi ll hypnotiz e you

, If .

should acc ept th e prop o sition sel ect th e m os t qu ,

an d suitabl e roo m po ssibl e as d escrib ed in t ,

80 H OW TO H Y P N OT I Z E .

chapt er on I nfl u en c es and you will b e a b l e to

,

hypnotiz e him o r a ny o th er p er son An in sin c er e .

p erson is not apt to acc ep t th e propo si tion and if h e ,

should do so your self co n fiden ce an d h is volun tary

,
-

su b mi ssion to you r condi tion s wi l l r end er it ea sy to

hypno tiz e h im .

T h e c o nc en tra ti o n o f though t o r fir st st ep i n p ro
,

du cing hypnosi s m ay b e a cc o m pli sh ed th rough th e

,

m edium o f any o r all o f th e five sen ses— sigh t h ea r ,

in g touch sm ell ta ste Th es e a r e o f i m por tan c e in

, , , .

th e ord er na m ed and the imp r ess ion s m ad e thro ugh

th em m us t always b e cont inuous and m o st m od era te
in d egr ee .

Th er e is no circu m stan c e so w ell calcula ted to

’
dis turb th e subj ect s m ind an d pr ev ent hypno si s a s
at trac ting his a tt en tion to d iv er se and p ronoun ced
ob j ect s ; whil e on th e contrary th e gr eat est aid to
, .

hypno si s consi sts in riv eting th e at tention fo r a p ro

long ed l ength o f ti m e upon so m e o ne obj ec t— vagu e
and m ys teriou s i n chara ct er Any o n e of a gr eat
.

vari ety of obj ec ts m ay b e u sed so m e of wh ich will

,

b e m ent ion ed .

J
OB EC T S U S ED T O A TT R AC T A TT E N T I ON .

The ori en tals em ploy various ing enious d evis es .

A m ong th ei r favori tes is a m irror u pon whi ch ar e

fast en ed strips o f pa p er and on th es e strips of pap er
ar e writt en variou s charact ers said to b e the nam es o f

pow erful g enii wh os e influ en c e i s to b e i nvok ed in

produ ci ng th e d esir ed eff ec t U pon th o s e wh o b el i ev e
.
 H OW TO H Y PN OTI ZE . 81

in g en n and in the pow ers of th e m agician s th e eff ec t

m u st b e v ery m ark ed and upon thos e who ar e
,

sk epti cs or ab solut e unb eli ev ers the r esult is produc ed

by th e sigh t o f the poli sh ed surfac e of the m irror

p artly con c eal ed by the strip s of pap er whil e th e ,

sign s b eing i m po ssibl e of int er pr etati o n s constitut e

, ,

th e m y st ery .

Th e Eg y p tian S h eik s a s a rul e u se a p o li sh ed

, ,

w hi te pla te upon which vari o us d esign s and m ys

,

ter io u s sy m bol s m a y b e dra wn in black ink Whil e .

th e su oject g az es i n ten tly upon th e plat e h e grad ,

u a l l v di stingui sh es d arkn ess in th e c ent er which soon ,

b ec o m es a d a rk sp o t and th en chang es int o variou s

fan tistic figur es W h en thi s o ccur s h e is und er hyp
.

n o tic in fl uenc e and so profound a condi tion of hyp

,

n o si s ca n b e ob ta in ed i n subj ect s who i m plicitly

’
b eli ev e in th e op erat o r s pow ers that clairvoyant ,

a b ili ty is r eadily m anif est ed .

Th e fa kn f I di a
‘
I 1
el l
4 s o

tn e a t ten tl o n
as a

t i ve t
a

s o ri
'
hU l il l Ii C S

upon snak es which th ey p er m i t to stupidly m ov e

about a circl e Th ey al so use jar s or dish es into
.

wh ich th ey pour inc ens e whi ch b eing ignit ed pro , , ,

du c es slowly a sc ending s m ok e and an O ppr essiv e and

not unpl easant od o r a t the sam e tim e th ey chant
,

unint elligibl e word s in a m onotonous voi c e In thi s .

m ann er th ey em pl o y thr ee of th e s en ses sight h ea r -

,

in g and sm ell— all in a m odifi ed m ann er .

S o m e hypnot i st s co m m an d th e subj ect to star e

v a cant ly into spac e until a dark spot app ear s b efo r e
83 H OW TO H Y PN OT I Z E .

th e ey es, and th en to watch that spot d ev elop into

variou s shap es and siz es .

A n oth er plan is to plac e in th e subj ect s han d a

’

l arg e glass m arbl e i nsid e of which h as b een blown

, ,

so m e obj ect Th e m arbl e is h eld at arm s l ength until

.
’

the ey es and th e a r m b eco m e w eary .

A grot esqu e Chin es e idol was u sed wi th gr eat

succ ess by a fam ou s op era tor Th e fac t o f its b eing
.

an a ctual idol and its p eculi a r work m an shi p r en d er ed

it myst erious and valuabl e .

A bright m etal di sk p r ef erably of silv er w ith a

, ,

b right copp er bu tton in the c ent er is u sed by many

, , .

So m e b eli evin g tha t th e con tact of th e two m etal s

prod uc es an el ec tric infl u enc e that aid s h ypnosi s Bu t .

th e sa m e eff ec t m ay r esul t from a di sk m ad e of ha rd

b lack rubb er wi th a circula r pi ec e of wh i te or r ed
pap er fast en ed in th e c ent er .

A light ed candl e not to o brilliant is som eti m es

, ,

em ploy ed by hypn o tist s Th e candl e should b e h eld

.

abo ut two f eet fro m th e h ead and j u st far enough

upward to co m p el th e ey es to b e h eld in an unn et
ural and c o n sequ en tly a ti r eso m e po sition G azing .

upon thi s ligh t for abou t five m inu tes will gr ea tly
aid wha t ev er o th er eff ort s a r e mad e .

Th e op era tor s hand s h eld abov e th e l ev el of th e

’

su b j ec t s ey es wi ll oft en an sw er th e purpos e of a n
’

obj ect to fix th e a tt enti o n up o n I n d eed a gr ea t

.
,

many hypnotist s pr efer thi s m ethod el eva ting th ei r ,

outstr etch ed a r m s and allowi ng the hand s to d roop

f rom the wrist s whil e th e fing er s ar e separat ed .
 HOW T O H Y P N OT I ZE . 83

A s su m ing a p o si ti o n close to th e subj ect op er , th e

ator wi th h is hand s thu s plac ed m o ves back ward six
o r eight f eet co m m anding th e subj ect t o k eep his
,

ey es in ten tly fi x ed o n th e fin g er s S o m e subj ec ts .

w ill d ecl ar e th a t th ey can ex per i en c e th e m a gn eti sm

fro m th e tip s of th e fi ng er s drawing th em forwa rd .

A sligh t tr embl ing of th e h and s will oft en add to th e

eff ec ti ven ess of thi s m ethod .

L d-14 A “ : 4 fi-zn l fv v A
0(
Q n ee c e a n fl vvv A i r h a fi fl fl N A A D 0 a
a u Ll l U A VV A L AA LA U U u u o n e. 0 c
P S
'
Al b b A \¢ b Al a l A
J

a sp ecia lly contri ved in stru m ent I t con si st s of a .

black ci r cul a r di sk o f poli shed har d rubb er i n t ,

c en ter o f whi ch is fa st en ed an arti fi cial eye Th e .

b ack o f the di sk is fa sten ed to a sm al l m etallic rod

abou t two and a half in ch es i n l ength and th e thick
n es s of an ordinary l ead p encil Th e subj ect is .

i n struct ed to hold thi s in stru m ent by th e s m all rod ,

a t ar m s l ength a t a h eight slightly a bov e th e l ev el

’

of hi s h ead with th e front of th e d isk facing th e

,

sn b iec t w h o i s to l d tn k e ep h is ey es co n st a t1y 3 a __ i

th e ev e on th e di sk fo r ten m inut es I t seem s a lon g .

t i m e an d is long er tha n n ec essary Th e O p erator si ts .

di r ectly in front of th e su bj ect in th e position m en

tio n ed und er th e h eading of
“Po sition of the O p er
ato r “
I n a bo ut five m inut es h e say s : K eep your
ey es st eadily on th e di sk but your hand is growing ,

so tir ed t h a t I will ol t e di sk fo r y ou 1 1 Thi s con 11 .

v ey s th e id ea of w earin ess whic h 1 3 fully appr eciat ed

“
, .

Th en th e subj ect is told Y our ey es a r e growing ,

t ir ed looking so st eadily at the di sk wink t h em if ,

th ey ar e tir ed I n ev ery in stanc e w inking quickly

84 H OW TO H Y PN OTIZE .

co m m enc es and th e fi rs t stag e of hypnosis is r ealiz ed

“
.

It i s na tu r al n ex t to stat e that th e ey es ar e so h eavy

’
you can t k eep th em op en and th en th ey w ill clo se
,

and th e r est of the p erforman c e is co m parativ ely

simpl e .

TH E S ENS E OF H E R I N G
'
A .

N ext to riv eting the att ention upo n som e o bj ect

th rough th e sen se of sight th e u se o f soun d is th e
,

m o st i m portan t ai d in producing th e condi tion of

hypno si s I n fa ct v ery few hypnoti sts ar e abl e to

.
,

ex ert co m pl et e i nflu en c e ov er a su bj ect without in

so m e m ann er em ployin g th is aid .

Aft er th e con c en tration of thought ha s b een a t

l ea st part ially accomplish ed th en sound i s most ,

advantag eou s But wh at ev er sound s ar e m ad e th ey

.

s hould always b e g entl e and m on otonous D is .

cordant sounds will int errupt a hypno ti c sea n c e an d ,

int ermitt en t sounds ar e equally u nd esi ra b l e .

Let us tak e for exa m pl e th e si m pl est an d mo st

fr qu ent insta nc e of th e production of hypn osi s the
e —
m o th er putting h er b ab e t o sl eep H ow so f t a nd .

soo thin g is h er lulla b y sung i n monoton ou s ton es

,

ov er an d ov er again with the d esir e that h er bab e

,

shall sl eep a nd p erfect con fi d enc e in her own abili ty

to m ak e it do so .

O ri ental magicians who ar e exp ert h ypnoti s ts

, ,

inva riabl e chant unint elligi b l e words in m onot onous

ton es whil e placing th eir subj ects u nd er con trol S uch .

ch a ntin produc e s a m o st d esirabl e drow si n ess

g .
86 H OW T O H Y PN OT I ZE .

that ani m als and bird s can b e th rown into s tat es o f

.

ecstasy by r ep eating o v er a n d ov er aga in a seri es of

musica l sound s H ou s ehold dog s wi ll r em ai n undi s

.

tu r b ed during th e playing of an organ n ear th em ,

b ut wh en a c er tain pitch of m ono to nous n ot es a r e

play ed th ey will i n stan tly ris e up and m ak e m o st
,

a gon izin g howl s Cat s hav e b een known to do the

.

sam e things and a donk ey m a y som eti m es b e mad e

,

to b ray mo st un m ercifully by tooting a h orn m ono t

on o u sly in th e stabl e .

A ft er the subj ec t s at tenti o n h as b een su ffi ci ently

’

attract ed to secur e conc ent ration of thought th en it ,

is the prop er ti m e to u se th e voic e for th e produ ction

of monotonou s sound s wi th i m pli ed sugg estion s By .

looking at his ey es th e passiv e condition of hi s m in d

can usually b e a sc er tai n ed H e do es n o t ap p ea r wid e
.

a wak e b u t has tha t p eculiarly bla nk sta r e indicativ e

,

of di straction fro m obj ec ts and sc en es a b out h im .

Wh en that expr ession is r ecogn iz ed th en co m m en c e ,

to slowly and in a drawlin g ton e o f voi c e r ep eat

som e such sen tenc es a s th e following :
“Y ou a r e growing ti r ed Y our ey elid s a r e g etting .

h eavy 0 so h eavy you ca n ha rdly k eep th em op en

, , ,
.

Y ou r ey es a r e tir ed 0 so ti r ed you can t see d is

, , ,
’

tin ctly Your h ead feel s h eavy Y o u wan t to no d

. . .

Let your h ea d no d Y our ar m s a r e t ir ed 0 so v ery

.
, ,

tir ed an d so a r e you r l egs Th ey ar e h eavy a nd you

, .

can scarc ely mov e th em Your feet feel lik e l ead . .

Your whol e body is tir ed You w an t to go to sleep . .

”
Go to sl eep and sl eep so und .
 H OW T O H Y P N OT I Z E 87
‘
.

R ep eat c o n ti nu o u sly som e such word s as th e

abov e D o n o t ta lk m echanica lly b u t u se such a
.
,

ton e of voic e a s to con vey the i m pr es sion that you ,

your self can scarc ely k eep a wak e En tertain thi s

,
.

feeling and yo u will b e abl e to i m part it to th e sub

j c et
.

To subj ect s who h av e studi ed hypnoti sm to som e

ex ten t and ar e subj ec tin g th em sel ves to its in fl u enc e

for th e sak e o f inv esti g a tion it will b e b ett er to use

,

o th er lan ua g e a l thou g h th e sam e to n e of v o ic e and

g ,

g e n eral m ann e r s hould b e m aint a in ed Fo r in stanc e .

,

Y o ur i nd is pa ssiv e your th o u ght s a r e a n gon e

m , .

A ll yo u can think about is sl eep Y our n erv es a e

.
r

qui et and n ow th ey a r e r esting S oon you will b e .

a sl eep Y o u hav e no will p o wer l eft

. Y o u will go .

to sl eep in spit e of ev ery thing S l eep is co m ing

. .

O f c o ur se th e int ell ectual capa city of th e subj ect

m ust al wa y s b e tak en into accoun t and langua g e ,

us ed th at is sui tabl e to th eir u n d erst anding I gnorant .

p erson s a r e b est influ enc ed by m y st eri o u s m ethod s

a n d expr es sion s Th ey can b e ov eraw ed O n th e
. .

oth er hand su b j ects o f av erag e int ellig enc e a n d edu

,

cati o n do not tak e kindly to att em pts to impr ess th e

my st eri o u s upon th em Th ey r esen t i t a s a r eflec
.

tion upon th ei r int ellig enc e and feel that the op er

—

a tor do es not und er stan d th em and th er efor e cannot

hypnotiz e th em With tho se who a r e m aking a study
.

o f th e subj ect t echnical expr ession s a r e b est

,
T h ev .

can b e l ed to ta k e the gr eat est int er est in th e

ll H OW TO H Y P N OT I ZI .

m ano euv ers and m ethods of pr o c edur e and in t hin

m ann er t h ey will aid th eir own hypnosis .

I n hypnotizing s m all ch ildr en the word s conv ey

,

ing the id ea of sl eepin ess can b e advan tag eously sung

in a drawl ing m ann er With th em a ssuring words
.
,

inst ead of em phatic stat em ents should b e mad e a n d ,

the id ea should b e conv ey ed to th em that th ey a r e

feeling good and that it will b e v ery pl ea sant for
th em to go t o sl eep .

T H E S EN S E OF T OU C H .

M any p er sons can b e dir ectly hypnotiz ed by th e

n of tou ch wi thout sugg stion o r

se se ,
e ploy th e em ~

m ent of any o th er m eans and wh en a subj ect has

,

b een fr equ ently brough t und er control i t will not be

di ffi c ult to hypnotiz e h im by omitting th e con c entr a
tion of thought b y m ean s of a n obj ect of so m e kind
and a lso by omitting th e m onoton ou s an d continuous
sugg estions . M er ely touching a subj ec t of th is k ind
wil l oft en su ffi c e to thro w him into a condition o f
hypnosi s S till with an O p erator with w hom h e is
.
,

n ot a c q uaint ed he may prov e a m o s t obs tinat e subj ec t

a nd r equir e th e employ m ent of th e m os t im pr essiv e

m ethods b efor e he can b e influ en c ed .

The produ ction of sl eep th rough the sens e o f tou ch

is usually spok en of as m esm eri sm so call ed a fter ,
-

Fr ed eri ck An ton M esm er who employ ed t his m ethod

,

( 1 775) in his exp eri m ent s that r end er ed h is na m e

famou s and laid the founda tion for th e stu dy of
m od ern hypnotis m His m ethod con sis ted larg ely in
.
$0 H OW T O H YP N OT I ZE .

N ev er try to hypnotiz e a p erson in a roo m wh er e

th er e i s tobacco sm ok e and do n ot allow you r br eath
,

t o b e taint ed with onions garlic and si m ila r arti cl es

, ,

a s disagr eeabl e odor s d et ract th e min d and h ind er

hypnosis .

T H E S EN S E OF T A S TE .

Th e eating o r d rink in g by th e subj ect j ust b efo r e

,

th e seanc e o f anyth i n g th a t will l ea ve a pronou nc ed

,

ta st e in th e m ou th wil l m ak e hypn o si s mor e d i ffi cul t

,
.

O n th e oth er han d with som e p er sons esp eci ally

, ,

thos e who cannot gra sp the id ea of hypno si s i t i s a ,

good plan to giv e th em a v ery sm all d rink (a brandy

gla ss) of sw eeten ed wa t er con ta ining a few d rops of
“
essenc e of orang e and tell th em : Th i s is n ot a n ar
cot ic it is si m ply orang e wa ter but i t wil l h elp yo u
, ,

”
go to sl eep In th i s way th e v ery d eli cat e fl avor of
.

th e orang e h elp s to k eep u p th e sugg estion of sl eep ,

utilizing th e s ens e of ta st e for that purpos e .

 C HAPT ER V I I .

D EGR EES OF H Y P N OS I S .

A r b i tr a r y d ivision—J ’
ower of th e
, O per a to r — S uscep tib il ity of

th e su b ect—
j D r owsin ess— Lig h t sl eep— Pr of oun d sl eep

A b sol u te ob edi en ce —
S om n a m b u l i sm — Oatal epsy L eth

The e xt en twhi ch a p erson m ay b e pla c ed und er

to
hy pn o tic in flu en ce v a ri es a cc o rding to th e charac ter
of th e in di vidua l th e po wer of th e o p erator th e fr e
, .

qu en ey o f h ypn o si s a n d o t h er influ enc es .

A s a ru l e th e old cann o t b e so profou ndly influ

.

en ced a s th e young and an O p erat o r can ha v e th e

,

gr ea ter infl u en c e o ver a subj ect young er than hi m self .

and th e m or e fr equ ent the seanc es th e gr eat er will

b e th e con trol that m ay b e m anif est ed A n op erator .

who h a s hypn o tiz ed a subj ec t sev en or eight ti m es

h as p robably ga in ed a s gr eat a contr o l as h e can ev er
ex erci se ov er that pa r ticular subj ec t a s far as th e

p rofun di ty of hyp n o s is is conc ern ed .

Th e di v i sion of th e hypn o tic sta te in to variou s

d egr ees is nec essarily so m ewhat arbit r ary as the ,
92 D EGR EES OF H YP N OS II
’
.

tran si tion s fro m o ne d egr ee to anoth er a r e n ot

m ark ed by ab r u p tn es s By analogy th e divi sion may
.

b e c o m par ed to t e color s o f
h th e —
ra inbow o n e
bl ending in to th e o th er wi th no ab solu te dividin g
lin es S till i n th e sp ec tru m we r ecogniz e sev en d is
.

tinct color s co m m encin g with th e viol et and en din g

,

wi th th e r ed although b etw een th es e ex tr em es a r e

,

all conc eivabl e tint s and colors .

For all prac ti cal purpos es and for th e conv eni en c e

,

of d escribing and r ecording exp eri m en ts th e follo w ,

ing cla ssifica tion of hypno ti c ph eno m ena m a y b e

acc ept ed :
FI R ST D EGR EE- D r owsiness
Th e u bj ect r ealiz es an d m anif est s u ndoubt ed
s

sl eep in ess T he ey es seem h eavy a nd h e i s in th e

.

c o ndi tion of o n e wh o is i nclin ed to sl eep M any .

p erson s a r e th r own in to th is id en tical conditi on b v

th e i nfl u enc e of th e qui etud e of church s ervic e and

th e m ono tonous voic e o f a min i ster p r eaching a ti r e

som e ser m on H e fi nd s it hard work to k eep awa k e

.
,

although he r ealiz es all that is said and all that go es

on ab o ut him To tell h im in th is stag e that h e
.
, ,

’
couldn t k eep h is ey es op en wo uld b e to awa ken ,

hi m Any pronounc ed co m mand o r unfavorabl e cir

.

cum stan ce would quickly d est roy the i nflu en c e

obtai n ed a l though by favorabl e influ enc e th i s d egr ee
,

of hypno sis is ea sily in cr eas ed and pass es into th e

n ext d egr ee .
94 DEGR EES OF H YPN OS I S .

individuality and is a m er e automaton in th e han d s

of th e op era tor H e manifests nb inclination to fal ter
.

wh en com m and ed to act H e will op en a n d sh u t h i

. s

mouth ro tat e the hand s fas ter and fast er tal k o n

, ,

variou s topic s m ak e sp eech es sin g dan c e and per

, , ,

for m any action that may b e ordinari ly p erfor m ed

by him wh il e awak e and wh en awak en ed he will hav e
,

no r ecoll ec tion of wha t ha s tak en pla c e .

F I F TH D EGR EE—Som na m b ul ism .

I n thi s sta te all th e sen ses of th e body ar e un d er

control of th e op erator who by a m er e sugg est ion
, , ,

m a y caus e th e subj ec t to h ear ta st e sm ell see o r , , ,

exp eri enc e anyth ing h e pl eas es I t is in thi s sta te .

tha t ana es th esia or lo ss of s ensation may b e produc ed

and the subj ec t r end er ed capabl e of wi th standing
surgical op era tion s Th e pow er s of clairvoyanc e als o
.

b elong t o thi s d egr ee as w ell as th e ph eno m ena of

,

po st sugg estion
-
.

S I XTH D EGR EE—C a ta l epsy .

Th e produc tion of m u scular rigidi ty chara ct eriz es

thi s sta te Th e subj ec t can by em phatic sugg es tion
.
, ,

r end er any o r a l l of h is m u scl es rigid an d th e whol e

“
body m ay b e m ad e lik e a pi ec e of s ton e ”
I t is .

u sual and b est tha t th e o p era to r should m ak e fr e

qu en t pas ses during ca ta l epsy .

SEV EN TH D EGR EE—Leth ar g y .

Th er e is seld o m any occasion for anyon e b ein g

plac ed i n th e l etha rgic condi tion an d O p era to r s ,

should tak e th e gr ea tes t pr ecau ti o n durin g thi s dan

 D EGR EES OF H Y P N OS I S . 95

g er o u d egr ee I t is in r eali ty a sem blanc e of d ea th

s .
, , .

Th e r espiration a n d h eart b eat s a r e controll ed a n d ,

the subj ect m ay b e forc ed to r em ain m otionl ess and

appa r en tly d ead for al m o st any l ength of ti m e .

Lethargy m ay b e i nduc ed during d em onst r ation s f o r

sci entifi c purp o ses b u t its induc tion fo r th e sak e of
,

a m u sem en t cannot b e too hi g hl y cond em n ed .

T
H E P ER S I A N P LA TE .
 C H APT ER V II I .

CL A I R V OY A N C E
Second sig h t—O r ien ta l power —C l a ir voya nce com pa r ed with
el ectr i ca l m ea ns of com m u nica tion— No r estr ictio n up on
sig h t of cl a ir voya n ts— D ista n ce n o t c on sid er ed — F a m il i a r
m a ni f esta ti ns
o — I il ustr a tio ns— H ow to pr od uce cl a ir vo y
a nce - D ir ecting th e m in d of th e su b j ect— A sk i n g q uestion s
-C l a ir voya nce n ot m in d r ea din g— F in d in g h id d en a r ticl es
-

—C onfir m ing a cl a ir voya nt s '

sta tem ents —W h o ar e th e
best cl a ir voya nts .

Wh il e i n th e fi f th d egr ee o f hypn osi s known as ,

so m na m b uli sm m any p er sons can ex erci se th e pow er

,

of s eeing hidd en obj ects o r obj ects at a gr eat d is

tanc e This pow er is often spok en o f a s secon d
.
“
sight and ha s b een known for many c en tu ri es I n
, .

ori ental countri es its u se is qui te fr equ en t an d exh ibi

tion s of it a r e m ad e for th e en ter ta i n m en t of

stra ng ers a nd as a m eans o f liv el ihood I n ou r own .

land th er e ar e many un scrupulous p ersons pr et endin g

to practic e clai rvoyanc e w h o hav e n o knowl edg e
what ev er of th e art an d whos e stat em ents a r e mad e
to cr ed ulou s p ersons for th e sak e of a fee of gr eat er
o r l ess proport ion accordin g to th e n at ur e of the
,

i nfor m a tio n fur nish ed .

 T h e l i ps a r e sew ed tog eth e r w ith ou t th e su b j ect b e i ng
c o nsc iou s
o f th e fa ct
98 CLA I R V OY A N CE .

that wi r el ess t el egraphy is conduc ted by th e i nflu enc e

“
of curr ent s of el ec trici ty th rough the a tm o sph er e ”
,

and we can al so r ealiz e that its p erfectio n is si m ply

a m att er of a short ti m e To tho se wh o hav e giv en
.

any though t to th ese subj ect s th e pow er of seei ng

,

at a gr ea t di stanc e is no m or e r em arkabl e th an
w ir el ess t el egraphy and th e pow er o f vi ewi ng h idd en
,

thing s i s n o m or e w o n d erfu l than the r ev ela tion s of

the X rays
-
.

The ph eno m enon o f cla i rvoyanc e is in r eali ty th e

ext en sion to a gr eat er o r l ess di stan c e of o ur pow er s
, ,

o f ob serva tion I n g en eral the s en sa tion s con vey ed

.
,

by our five s en ses hav e b een confin ed en tir ely to

thing s about us and our m i n d s act wi thin a v ery
l i m it ed sph er e Bu t i t is po ssi bl e to r en d er o u r
.

m ind s p erf ectly pa ssiv e and to con trol th e action o f

o ur sen ses so tha t th ey m ay r ec ei ve i m pr ession fr o m

obj ec ts far r em o ved fr o m our bo di es O u r curr en ts .

o f th o ugh ts m a b o und o u t in to spac e u tt erly di st e

y ,

a r dl ess of all physical surrounding s and tran sm i t

g ,

to o u r m ind s conc ep ti o n s exci ted a t any poin t towa rd

w hich our though ts a r e pro p ell ed .

C LA I R V OY A N CE N OT U N CO M M ON .

Th er e a r e nu m erou s m anifesta tion s of thi s pow er

which hav e o ccu rr ed to p er son s wh il e in pr o found
slu m b er . N early every a d ult r ead er can r ecall ex pe
r ien ces wh er e sc en es hav e b een witn essed du ri ng
sl eep wh ich w er e af terward found to b e abs o lut e

fact s which occurr ed a t tha t ti m e T h e au thor has .

 CL A IR V OYA N CE . 99

ha d m any such exp eri en c es o n e of w hich will serv e

,

to illu stra te th e subj ect und er di scu ssion .

D uring th e spring of 1 884 a gr eat and m ost

d evasta ting flood vi sit ed th e O hi o vall ey Th e author .

r esid ed u pon o ne of the hi lls whi ch sur r ound the ci ty

of Cincinna ti r em o te fro m th e bu sin ess c en ter
, .

D uring th e night of th e high est stag e of th e flood ,

h e wa s awak en ed in th e m idst of wh at s eem ed to b e

a
“ ”
h o rribl e night m a r e at first but which soon
,

app ear ed a s a r eality H e a wak en ed th e m em b er s

.

of th e fa m ily a n d explain ed that h e had seen and

h eard a t erribl e explosion ; tha t a hou se had b een
bl o wn to a to m s and that Polic em a n M ack e had b een
k ill ed a nd m angl ed I t wa s so m e ti m e b efor e sl eep
.

c o uld b e r estor ed I m agin e th e p eculiar sen satio n s

.

con v ey ed to all wh en th e early m o r ni n g pap er con

veyed th e infor m a ti o n tha t during th e night th e
o ccu rr enc e had ac tually tak en plac e A m a n h ad .

ta k en a li g h ted candl e in to th e c ellar of a hou se six

m il es away fr o m th e author s r esid enc e Th e c el l ar
’
.

wa s fill ed with g a s cau sed by th e flood backing up

th e sew er s . Th e g as h a d explod ed and th e hou se
had b een blown to a to m s and Polic em an M ack e wa s
ki ll ed
.

Thi s wa s si m ply an in stanc e wh er e profound sl eep

“
p er m i tted th e m ind to wand er into spa c e and ”

r ec eiv e i m pr es si o ns at a di stanc e a s r ea dily a s th o ugh

m a d e clo se a t hand . I t is thi s c o nditi o n tha t is
call ed clairvoyanc e and it m ay b e pr o duc ed in so m e
,

hypnotic subj ect s wi th o ut m uch di fficulty .

100 CLA I R V OY A N C E .

H OW TO PR ODU C E C L A I R V OY A N CE .

To p roduc e clairv oyanc e hypnotiz e th e su bj ect

,

by any o n e of th e several m eth o d s and g r ad uall y

cau se h im to pa ss fro m o n e d egr ee to an oth er unti l
he i s profoundly und er hyp n o tic influ enc e i n w h at i s
t erm ed the so m na m bulistic stat e Mak e fr equ en t .

pa ss es fro m the h ead downward o v er th e body an d

t est the subj ect frequ ently to d em on st rat e hi s in sen si
bility to phy sical s ensation s wh en d esirabl e Th en
“
.

say to h im : You a r e now a cla irvoyant Th at i s .

,

y our min d is abl e to l eav e your body and go wh er ev er

you wi sh it to go Y o u can see what ev er yo u wan t

.

to you no matt er wh er e it is and wh en ev er you

, ,

wi sh it you r m ind can com e back into you r b o dy I .

want you to go and look at so m eth ing for m e an d

t ell m e all a bout it A r e you r eady
.

DI R EL I IN G T H E CLAI R V OYA N T
‘

Wh en th e subj ect answ ers Y es I a m r eady , , ,

th en proc eed t o dir ect him N ot a b ruptly but pro

.
,

g r essivel.
y For instanc e : I f th e subj ect should b e

in Chicago an d i t is d esir ed to hav e h im d escrib e a

sc en e in N ew York do not say :
“ G o to N ew York
,
'

Ci ty and t ell m e what is going o n in m y un cl e s

h om e Bu t in st ead l ead him th er e as follows :
, I
wan t you to go to N ew Y ork N o w you start out . .

You a r e going acro ss the S tat e o f In diana Yo u .

a r e at Indianapoli s b ut you will not stop th er e

, You .

ar e now in O hio an d passi ng th r o ugh Columbus on

your way t o Pittsburg N ow you a r e cros sing

.

P ennsylvania and going ov er th e m ountain s to Phila

1 02 CL A I R V OY A N CE
.

self hypnotism
-
. This may s eem impos sibl e to tho se
who hav e not seen it practically d emon strat ed but ,

without claiming to b e clai rvoyants many p er son s

hav e b een ab l e t o loca te lo st ar ticl es thr o u g h vi sion s
that ca m e t o th em during natural sl eep P ro .

found sl eep is a s el f in duc ed hypnoti c condi tion and

-
,

in som e p ersons it a m ounts to th e conditio n k nown

as so m na m b ulism in w hich stat e clai rvoyan c e is pos
,
~

sibl e .

Th e gift o f s econd sigh t was form erly m o r e g en

er al ly r ecogniz ed than i t is at the pr esen t day p rob ,

ably b ecaus e so many charlatans a n d i mpo st er s

m onopoliz e th e
“ ”
b u sin ess , and u se th ei r pow ers (if
th ey p o ss ess any )to convinc e p eopl e of th ei r a ssu m ed
abili ty to c o rr ect ly r ead the futur e .

Young subj ects u sually mak e th e b est cl a ir voy

ants esp ecially thos e o f a dr ea m y natur e T h e po s
, .

sibilities th at pr esent th ems elv es th rough th i s b ran ch

of hypnotis m a r e v ery gr eat and the spirit o f i nv esti

,

g a tio n wh ich p erm e at es the sci enti fi c wo rld wi ll ,

prompt discov eri es and exp eri m ents that will d emon
strat e th e gr eat b en efits to b e d eriv ed f rom th e pr ac
t ic e o f tru e clairvoyanc e .
 C HAPT ER I X .

S ELF - H YP N U I I S M— A U T O S U GGES T I ON
’
-
.

H yp noti sm a n a tu r a l en d owm en t— K eep i n g app oi ntm en ts

Bl i n d W t
etl in a tim Go i ng to sl eep is
‘
f fl e n a tu r a l
‘

.
sel f v

h ypn otism — S ei f h yp no tism ea sil y l ea r ned— H ow to pr ac

-

ti ce sel f h ypn otism — P r ol on g ed sel f - i n du ced sl eep of or i

-

en tai l s— Dea th of Bi sh o - i l n o tiz es h i m sel f a pch ur ch yp t

P r ol o n g ed h yp n o si s u n d esir a b l e —D isease a n d sel f - h ypn ot

ism — C o n ta g iou s d isea seS w H ea r t d i sea se — C on tr ol l i n g

h ea r t a ction-w H ar m th r o ug h im a g in a ti on —I m ag i n in g b en
efit f r om p c b
l a e o-
Fi sh m

stor i es— A b og u s a u th o r — A h im
a g in a r
y i n ven tor -
A i ds i n r estor i ng h ea l th — Li g h ten s sor
r ow— P r om pts f ea r l essn ess— I n cr ea ses g en er al h a ppi n ess .

W e all po ssess the po wer of self hypnotization I t -

.

i s a natural en dow m ent that is capabl e of b eing

d ev elop ed for m uch g ood To a c ertain ext ent we .

uncon sciously tak e a dvantag e of thi s pow er at m any

t i m es without cr eati n g in our selv es or oth ers th e
l ea t cau se for wond er m ent
s .

I f you should r etir e at ni ght wi th th e int en ti o n of

nt
' vé k i
o n t f
n tr l alg i o d er t o c atc h a five
n n r n
’
n n h fl r .

’
o clock tr a in and should i m pr ess upon your m in d
,

m o st em p hati cal l y th e n ec essity of your awak enin

g
a t th e d esi r ed ti m e you would b e pr etty sur e to fi nd
,

your self wi d e a wak e a t four o clock M any p ersons ’

.
1 04 S ELF - H YP N OT I S M— A U TO- S U GGE S T I ON .

cultiva te thi s contr o l ov er the m ind and can ea sily

awak en th em selv es a t any m o m ent th ey m ay d eci d e
upon b efor e going to sl eep I t i s a v ery u s eful form
.

of self hypnoti s m
-
.

By th e sa m e pr o c ess i t is po ssibl e to cul tivat e m ost

exact h a bit s of pro m p tn ess in k eeping appoin tm en ts .

S i m ply train your self to fix in your m ind wh er e yo u

hav e agr eed to b e at a c er tain ti m e and wh en tha t
ti m e arriv es you will b e involu ntarily pro m pt ed to
k eep the a ppoint m ent S om e p er sons will ev en fin d
.

th em s elv es h urri edly walking in a c er tain dir ec tion

and hav e no r ecoll ecti o n wh en th ey sta r t out wha t
plac e th ey in tend ed to go to b ut b ef o r e going fa r
,

the full particular s c o m e to th em Th es e a r e in stanc es

.

wh er e the ti m e and dir ecti o n w eer e i m pr essed u pon

the m ind and th e i d ea transf err ed to th e s eat of
physical action .

I n th e city of Cincinna ti th er e for m erly r esid ed a

blind man who s o ld pa p er s up o n th e str eet corn er .

By so m e unacc o un tabl e m etho d h e h a d train ed h im

s elf to fix in his m ind the ti m e of day N o m att er .

what th e hou r m ight b e wh en ever h e wa s a sk ed

,

for th e tim e h e would giv e it wi th th e gr eat est

ex actn es s .

GOI N G T O SLEEP .

I n th e m a tt er to going to sl eep we p erfo r m the

act of s elf hypn o ti sm and
-
w ithou t any though t of
thi s fact w e plac e o urs elv es und er th e in flu enc es m ost
fav or ab l e to hy pnosis and yi eld to t hem .W e seek
1 06 S EL F-
H Y P N OT I S M-
A UTO-
S U GGES T I ON .

and if po ssibl e l et it b e sc en ted by th e odo r o f flow er s

or d elica te p erfu m e Lie d o w n in th e m o st co m
.

fo r tab l e po si ti o n po ssibl e m akin g sur e tha t th e l ight

,

do es n o t shin e in th e ey es R elax ev ery m u scl e o f

.

th e body tha t i s let th e m u scl es f eel p erf ectly li stl ess

, , ,

a s though th ey had no pow er o r str eng th in th em .

Fix th e sigh t up o n so m e obj ec t a shor t di sta nc e fr o m

th e body in such a po siti o n tha t the ey es w ill b e com

p ed to look slightly upward

e l l Look stead fa stly a t
.

thi s o b j ec t and do n o t allow the ey es for an in stan t

to look at anyth ing el se D o n o t wink or sh u t th e
.

ey es until it is ab solut ely i m po ssibl e to k eep th em

O p en . B r eath e slowly and r egularly and do n o t

,

think o f your br eathing b eyond th e though t tha t t hi s

slow and r egular br ea thing is pr o ducing sl eep Con .

c ent ra te your m ind al tog eth er up o n th e o ne thou g ht

of sl eep an d tha t by looking at the obj ect with o u t
fal tering and br ea thing r egularly and slowly you a r e
gradually b eco m ing unconsci o u s Y o u will go to
.

sl eep .

A s you put yours elf to sl eep l et it b e with th e

th o ught that a t a c ertain ti m e you will awak en C on .

vinc e your sel f th a t you will sl eep soundly du rin g ten

m inut es or an hou r o r ten ho ur s o r ten day s or ten

w eek s Wh en you hav e compl et e control o ver your

.

self in producing self hypn o si s you can d ecid e up o n

-
,

any l ength of ti m e your sl eep will end ur e an d yo u

will n o t awak en un til that ti m e h a s elap sed I f you .

do not establish a c ertain tim e for aw ak en in g you

 SEL F II Y P N O
-
T I S M — A U O S U GGES T I ON
T -
.

can u sua lly b e ar o u sed by oth er s or by di sturbanc es .

such a s would a rou se any sound sl eep er .

S o m e o f th e o ri en tal s forc e th em sel ves to sl eep

w i th th e posit i ve au to sug g esti o n to sl eep durin g a
p eriod of six m onths or y ear s wi th out any on e b ei n g
abl e to awak en th em Th ey sl eep d u ring th e sel ec ted
.

ti m e a s tho u g h th ey w er e in a tr anc e (wh ich is th e

fac t)or as thou gh th ey wer e a b sol utely d ea d .

I t is clai m ed by the r el ati ves of Bi shop th e gr ea ,

m ind r ead er th a t h is a pp a r en t d ath wa s sim p a ‘

'”
,

ti a r c e l iks co n iti 1 1 i n to wnic n h e h a d ti o wn h im

‘
‘
1
~
1 1

self. Phy sician s findin g h im a ppar en tly d ead sei z ed ,

upon th e o ppor tuni ty to hold a po st m ort em for th e

purp o se o f exa m ining h is br a in an d it is clai m ed th a t ,

h is actual d eath wa s cau sed by th e kniv es of th ese

w ou l d b e inv estigator s Th e tru thfuln ess of th e clai m
-
.

ca n n ev er b e prov en but th e r elativ es can n ev er b e

,

convinc ed tha t h e wa s n ot m urd er ed in th e in ter ests

of sci enc e whil e in a tranc e .

Th e f o llo w ing it em is clip p ed fr o m a daily n ew s

pap er o f r ec en t dat e and is d ecid edly int er esting in
thi s c o nn ection
H Y P N OTI ZES H I M S ELF W H I LE AT C H UR CH .

Young M a n F r ig h tens F r iend s and k eeps P h ysic ia ns Busy

LU " vu
O U c Tu n e .

Clinton I owa M, ,
ay 4 —
Lind say S m ith o f thi s ci ty
.

h a s arous ed so m e curio sity by hypnotizing h i m self .

Fo r th e b en efit of s om e unb eli evin g fri end s h e plac ed

1 08 S ELF - H YN OT I S M— UTO- S U GG ESTI ON
A .

hi m lf und er self hypnoti c influ en c e whil e att ending

se -

th e M eth o di st Church
“
.

S ev eral of th e wom en wh o saw h is p rotrudin g

ey es an d rigid for m scr ea m ed an d phy si cian s w er e
,

call ed to work with th e young m an I t was so m e .

ti m e b efor e h e wa s arou sed

“H e is afraid to r ep eat the op era tion fo r f ea r of
.

”
b eing una bl e to arous e hi m s elf .

Th e production of profo un d sl eep fo r a gr eat

l eng th of ti m e by self hypnoti sm is n ot advi sabl e
-
.

N o t that th er e is any r eal dang er in curr ed but ,

b ec au se it is v ery apt to excit e alar m in oth ers and

cau se frigh t and po ssibly br ing r eproach upon the
sci enc e and practic e of hypnotism .

D I S EA S E BY S ELF- H Y PN OT I S M .

It is a w ell kn o wn fact that a p er so n can so com

-

p l etel y conc e ntrat e h is though ts up o n his liability

to sickn ess that th e l ea st sugg est ion will prod u c e in

him all th e di sc o m fo r ts o f actual di sea se an d n o t
infr equ en tly the di s ea se its elf .

P er so n s who during a smal l pox epi d em ic a r e

,
-
,

i n c o n stan t dr ead of ca tching th e di sea se ar e ,

ex tr em ely lia bl e to ca n tr a ct it upon exp o su r e .

Abundan t pro of of thi s h as b een furnish ed Th e .

mind h a s b een so co nc entrat ed u pon th e subj ect and

upon the sy m pt o m s o f th e di sea se th at th er e exi sts
no l o ng er any r esi stiv e p ow ers .

By con stan tly b eli eving that th ey h av e h eart

di seas e m any p er son s cau se th e h eart to b eat ir r eg u
,

la r ly and to palpi tat e Som e can r eadily control th e

.
1 10 S ELF H Y PN O S
-
TI M— A UT O S U GGE ST I ON -
.

by the sugg esti o n s of the op era to r tha t h e is wa r m ,

o r cold o r wet o r su ff ering T h e o nly di ff er enc e is

.

that i n th e cas e of self hypno ti sm th e su ff er er is th e

-

op er ator and subj ect c o m bin ed in o n e .

An i llu stra tiv e ca se o f au to sugg estion h a s r ec en tly

-

b een b rough t to the notic e of th e stud en ts a ttendin g

th e clinic of Prof L D R og ers . A g en tl em an wh o
. . .
,

had m ost probably exp o s ed hi m self to th e c o n ta c t

of dis ea se pr es en ted hi m s elf for tr eat m ent o f a po s
,

sibl e in fection H e was thoroughly exa m in ed an d

.

no evid enc e what ev er found t o indica te the l ea st

pathological condi tion H e con tend ed that h e ha d
.

n ea r ly all the sy m pt o m s of the di ffi cul ty f ear ed a nd

b eli ev ed that by so m e accid ent h e had con trac ted it .

H er e was cl early a cas e of i m agina tion bas ed upo n ,

undoubt ed exposur e Fea r had c o n c entrat ed th e

.

m ind upon th e singl e th o ugh t of con tr actin g th e

dis eas e and the su ffering wa s con sequ ently ex pe

r ienced a l though th er e wa s no phy sical evid enc e o f
,

wrong Aft er d ue con sul tation h eld b efor e th e

“
.
,

pati ent it was d ecid ed to giv e him N o

, a na m e .

giv en a plac ebo or si m pl e wat er supp o sed to b e a

, ,

solution of som e pow erful drug The stron g cha rac .

ter of th e pr eparati o n was i m pr es sed upon th e pa ti ent

a n d he was giv en dir ections h o w to u se i t A few .

days afterwa rd h e r et urn ed to the clin ic gr eat l y

i m prov ed but still suff ering fro m so m e of th e sym p
,
~

to m s b e imagin ed I t was d eci d ed in h is p r es en c e

“
.

”
t o g iv e him a m uch st rong er pr eparati o n call ed
“
,

No . which was to b e tak en wi th gr eat exac t

 SELF H Y PN OT I S M— A U TO S U GGE ST I ON
- -
. 111

n ess . Thi s pr epara tion wa s in r eali ty no thing but

di still ed wa ter b u t n ev er th el ess it had th e d esir ed
,

eff ec t .

I M A GI N A R Y S K I LL A N D A BI LI T Y .

Th e c o n stant d welling of the m ind up o n a n y o n e

subj ec t is v ery apt to pr o duc e a conc en tra ti o n of

t hou g h t that r esul ts in self hypn o ti sm -

So m e.

p er son s in ven t wond erful tal es o f wh a t occu r r ed to

th em on hunting or fi shing exp edi ti o n sand r ep eat
t h eir st o ri es o ver and ov er aga in so fr equ en tly th a t
th ey fi n ally a ct u a ll y b el i ev e i n th ei r tr u th ful n ess ,

al thou g h in r eali ty knowing th ey a r e m er e fabri ca

tion s .

A c er ta in g entl eman of lib eral inc o m e o b tain ed ,

t hr o ugh qu estionabl e m eth o ds b eca m e pos sessed o f

,

th e id ea tha t h e would lik e to b ec o m e f am ou s a s an

au thor H e c o uld no t writ e an ordinary l ett er cor
.

r ec tl
y and had no kno w l edg e wha t ev er of th e s u b
je c ts upon wh ich h e d esir e d oth er s to think h im an

a u thori ty H e th er eupon paid g entl em en o f lit erary

.

attai n m ent s a m eag er sum for wri ting book s fo r h im .

Th ese book s h e had print ed with his own na m e upon

th e ti tl e pa g e a s au thor Th ey m et with a r eady
.

sal e an d h e was fr equ en tly quo ted by variou s wri ter s

who had n ev er m et him and who w er e not ,

”

a cqu a i n t ed with m e fa ct s H is acquaintanc es how

.
,

ev er qui ckly r ealiz ed h is b o gu s author ship and took

,

d eligh t in carrying on conv er sa tion s with him upon

variou s topic s tr eat ed in his book s laughing to th em ,
1 12 S ELF H YP NO I S
- T M— A U TO S UGGES TI ON
-
.

s elv es at his crud e opinions that w er e at su ch varian c e

with thos e print ed und er h is na m e But the constant .

r efer enc e to him as an author i m pr essed it self d eeply

u pon h is m ind until h e gr ew to actually exp eri en c e
“
,

”
a r ealizing sen se of his ability and finally b eca m e ,

convinc ed that h e h ad exhaust ed his n ervo us syst em

by too much brain work exp end ed i n wri tin g h is
book s H e w o uld expatiat e upon his m any m on th s
.

of arduous li terary labor in the m id st of b u sin es s ,

and do it with such sinc eri ty that fri end s b ega n to

r ealiz e that h e la b or ed und er a m ental d elu sion H e .

h ad si m ply hypnotiz ed hi m s elf and as th er e is n o

,

count eracting in flu enc e h is condition will prob a bly

,

r em ain unchang ed until so m e o ne rud ely awak ens

him to the fact that h is bogu s auth orsh i p is g en erally
“
known a nd that h e ha s lon g b een a la u gh ing stock
,

to m any on account of it .

S uch incid en ts in v a riou s l in es ar e com m o n A .

m anufactur er who had s ecu r ed ov er a thou san d

,

pat ent s o n con tri vanc es d evi sed b y his em ploy es ,

b eca m e convinc ed that h e was on e of th e gr eat est

inv entor s o f the a g e a nd wa s m ad e an o fli c er in th e
Soci ety of I nv ent o rs al th ough th e only wo rk h e h ad
,

ev er don e in tha t lin e was to inv ent m ethod s o f secu r

in g withou t r em un eration the result s of th e g eni us

, ,

of h is em ploy es .

A D VA N TA GES OF S EL F H Y PN OT I SM -
’

S elf hypnoti sm i s a m o st int er esting study an d th e

-

b en efit s to b e d eriv ed fro m auto sugg estion a r e -

 T he need l e h a s been pu sh ed en tir el y th r o ug h th e c en ter
of th e tong u e with ou t pa in a n d w ithout l oss o f b l ood w h ich
.

is bl e a s th e to ng u e is f ul l
r em a r k a of sen sitiv e ner v e
s a nd

m any sm a l l b l oo d vessel s .
 C H APT ER X .

A CCID EN TA L D EVELOP M EN T OF H YP N O I I C P OW ER
’ ‘
.

Ca se of Ger tr u d e Pen n in g to n— P l a yi n g wh i l e a sl eep —C ase of

Mr c h a r l es Ga r d n er — P u t th e b a b y to sl eep— C o ul d n t
’
.

wa k e —
t e b b y M oth er s n atu r a l l y h yp notiz e th ei r b a b i es
h a

C a se of M a r gu er i te M cA l l ister — H ypn otiz in g

-
r estl ess pa
ti ents -
Th e cr ucifi x u sed to con centr a te th e th ou g h ts .

V ery m any p er so n s r ealiz e th ei r hypno ti c pow er s

b y accid en t an d a r e unabl e to ev en a ttem p t to
,

explain th eir a cti o n s N o t infr equ en t ca ses of ch ildr en

.

exhibi tin g m a rv elous pow er s of thi s k ind h av e b een

r eport ed and th ey m anif estly p erfor m ed th ei r work

,

withou t giving thought o f how th ey did it .

CA S E OF GER T R U D E P EN N IN GT O N .

G ertrud e P ennin g to n o f P enn syl vania b o rn an d

, ,

r ear ed in th e m o un tain s wi th b u t few co m panion s

,

and m o st m eag er condi tion s fo r m ental d ev el o pm ent ,

wa s by accid en t ob serv ed to p o ssess th e m o st

, ,

r em arkabl e hypn o ti c pow er s wh ich h er par ent s had

,

n ev er b efor e kn o wn to b e po ssibl e to any o n e havin g ,

n ev er h eard of hypn o ti sm i n any for m O n e da y h er .

fath er whil e working i n th e barnya rd no tic ed his

, ,
 A CC I DE N TA L H YP N OT I C P OWER . 11 5

fo ur c h i l dr en and thr ee o th er s en ter th e barn T h ey .

r em ai n ed fo r so m e ti m e a n d fo r a wh il e h e co uld h ea r
th ei r n o i se m ad e i n r o m pin g a n d pl a yin g a m es .

S udd en l y all b ec a m e qui et an d r em a in ed so fo r so

lo n g a ti m e th a t h e b eca m e a la r m ed l est so m e acci
d en t h ad b efa l l en th em H e ent er ed th e barn a n d
.
,

cli m bing qui etly to th e l o f t he was so a m az ed a t wh a t

,

h e saw b ef o r e h im that h e stood m otionl ess fo r so m e

ti m e b efo r e d em a nding an explanation .

G er tr ud e fo urt een v ear s ol d th e o ld est o f th e

, ,

c h il d r en sto o d e ec t W i th ha n ds o u tstr etch ed to wa r d

,
r

th e oth er s who w er e lyin g in vari o u s p o siti o n s i n a

,

d eep sl eep Sh e fr equ ently r ep ea ted th e wor d s

“S l eep ch ildr en sl eep ” After awhil e sh e said : “
.

, ,
. It
”
is ti m e to g et up Th ey all aro se an d m ad e m otion s
.

a s thou g h th ey w er e dr essing and th en wa shing th eir

fac es and co m bi n g th e hair Th en sh e told th em

“B r ea kfast s r eady a n d th ey sa t d o wn ar o und
.

larg e b o x and ac ted pr eci sely as though th ey wer

eating a h earty m eal .

M r P enn ington could n ot r estrain h is cur io sitv

.

any long er and m a d e his pr esenc e known by exclai m

“
ing : Wh at on ear th ar e yo u childr en d o ing " Ger ”

“
trud e at o nc e cri ed o u t in a shrill v o ic e : Childr en ,

”
st o p it st0p it
, and loudly clapp ed her hand s Th e
,
.

oth er s seem ed startl ed st o pp ed th eir i m aginary m eal

, ,

an d a ssu m ed an air of guil ty sh eepi shn ess G er trud e

“
.

th en sai d to h er fa th er W e w er e only playing we

, ,

won t do it a gain
’
.
’

T hi s unu sual f o r m o f play and th ei r evid ent di 5

11 6 A CC ID EN TA L H YP N OT I C POWE R .

com fitu r eb eing di scov er ed l ed to th e fa th er an d

at ,

m o th er both m aking inv estigation s and doin g a gr ea t

d eal of qu estionin g fro m which th ey found out tha t

,

”
fo r so m e ti m e G ertrud e had b een playing this wa y
w i th th e child r en an d that th ey s tood in gr eat a we
,

of h er in c o n sequ enc e So m etim es sh e would l et on e

.

or ano th er wa tch th e oth ers act and tho se wh o per ,

fo r m ed th eir part s d eclar ed th ey d id not kn ow wha t

th ey w er e doing af ter G ertrud e put th em to sl eep .

”
Th ey call ed th ei r spor t playing i n our sl eep Mr . .

Pen ning ton did n ot fancy thi s k ind of play a nd

o rd er ed th em to
“n ev er do it again but n ever th e ,

l ess h e had fr equ ent o cca sion s aft erward to puni sh

G ertrud e for di sob edi en c e on this account S h e .

enj oy ed th e play an d so did th e childr en and a t a

m er e nod and sugg estion th ey w o uld follow h er to

so m e seclud ed spot to
“play i n ou r sl eep ”
.

C AS E OF C H A R LES GA R DI N E R .

Ano th er in stanc e of th e accid ental d i scov ery of

hypnotic p o w er wa s the ca se of M r Charl es G a rd i .

n er ,li ving i n a suburb of Cincinnati H e an d h is .

w ife had plann ed to att end an ev en ing ent ertain m en t ,

a nd b efo r e l eaving th e hou se M rs G ard in er .

at tem p ted to put to sl eep th ei r thr ee y ea r old ch ild - -

,

tha t the o ld er child r en would not b e both er ed by

doing 50 B eing in a hurry and con sequ en tly

.

n ervous sh e fail ed in h er eff or ts and th e ch ild got i n

,

a sta te fr equ en tly kn o wn a s th e tantru m s a nd ,

r esi st ed all effor ts m ad e to q ui et her M r G ardin er . .

118 ACCID EN TA L H Y P N OT I C POW ER .

no sis fro m which th e child in ti m e naturally awak en s ,

b ecaus e i t is not profound .

CA S E OF MA R GU ER I T E M A LI S TE R
’
.

M i ss Margu erit e M cA l ister o f C hicago for y ea r s

, ,

had a gr eat r eputation for b eing a m o st succ essfu l

n urse and co m m and ed the high est sala ry fo r h er
,

servic es S h e wa s of ten sp o k en o f a s a wo m an who

.

had a p eculiarly soothing influ enc e ov er pa ti ent s S he .

privat ely infor m ed m e that h er succ ess lay al most

altog eth er i n her hypnotic ability which sh e had d is
cov er ed by accid ent in a p eculia r m a nn er a nd sh e ,

had k ept h er secr et to h er self l est p er son s migh t

,

obj ect to h er o n a ccount of it .

At o ne ti m e sh e had for a pa ti en t a very s en si tiv e

and i rri tabl e young wo m an su ff ering fro m a brok en
l eg . This cau sed h er to worry gr ea tly about h er
work sh e b eing a school t each er and f ea rful l est sh e
,

should los e h er po si tion Th e wor r y cau sed lo ss of

.

sl eep for s ev era l nights and th r eat en ed to bring o n

b r ain f ev er from inso m n i a and exhaustion M i ss .

M cA lister t ell s th e sto ry i n th es e word 5 °

“M y pati ent was a d evout Catholic an d o ne nigh t ,

aft er ev ery effort to qui et h er and in duc e natural

sl eep had fail ed I sudd en ly d eci d ed t o try t o a ff ect
,

h er th rou gh h er fai th in r eligion I pick ed up a li t tl e

.

cruci fi x and fa st en ed i t to the b ed po st at the foot

o f the b ed and told her to look at it st eadily for ten
minut es and to think o f nothing b ut that h er Sa vior
wo uld allow her to go to sleep I k ept m y w atc h in
.
 ACCIDEN TA L H Y P N OTI C P OW ER . 119

my hand to notic e wh en th e ten m inut es should b e

up S he k ep t h er ey es o n th e cruci fi x st eadily
.

throughou t th e whol e ti m e and at th e en d of ten

m inut es I said : N ow shu t your ey es and you ll go
‘ ’

’
to sl eep . I no soon er said it than h er ey es clo sed
ti ghtly and sh e sl ep t soundly all n igh t I had n o .

t h o u g ht of hypnoti z ing h er wh en I co m m enc ed but I ,

soon r ealiz ed wha t had b een don e for I had r ead a ,

gr ea t d eal on th e subj ect The n ext nigh t I r ep eat ed

.

th e ex peri m ent and wh en th e ten m inut es o f looking

N ow you ar e
‘
at th e c r u cifix had expir ed I sa id : ,

going to sl eep an d after thi s ev ery night that you

, ,

l ook at the crucifix thi s way you wi ll hav e a good

n i g h t s r est and so sh e did
’ ’
.
,

M i ss M cA l ister said tha t wh en sh e had Catholics

for pati en ts she always u sed th e crucifix in this way
wh en th ey w er e sl eepl ess a n d it alway s brought
,

a b o u t the d esir ed eff ec t N i th o th er s she would

‘
.
,

call th eir att enti o n to s o m e obj ect for th e r equir ed

spac e of ti m e t elling th em
, that such a plan h ad
a lways br o ught sl eep to r estl ess p er son s sh e had

n urs ed and sl eep wa s sur e to follow und er th e com

,

b in ed infl u en c e of th eir st eady gaz e and h er emphatic

a ssura nc e and h er hypnotic influ enc e which she cul ,

tivated with m u ch ea rn estn ess ta king pain s to k eep

,

all thought s of hypnotis m fro m h er patron s l est ,

pr ej udic e m ight injur e h er r eputation as a succ essful

n urs e Happily such prejudi c e is fa st giving away
.

to public appr o val of such m ethods .

 CH A P T ER X I .

THE H YP N OTI ST S S EC R ET
'

U npub l ish ed f acts—H ow h yp nori c power is d evel oped— F ocus

i ng th e m in d— F or ci n g su bj ection—Expel l i n g th o u g h ts
O ver com ing th e subj ect s r esista nce—Pr acti cing o n d um
'

m ies—U sel ess a l er ts—P r acticing sel f -con tr o l — I n cr ea sin g

h ypnotic power —R ea l iz ing i nd ivid ual influ ence—Over com
—
i ng i nd ivid ual h a b its C ur in g per sona l d isor d er s- M a k ing
f r ien d s — Over power in g en em ies—F or esta l l in g events

S ph er e of h yp notic infl u ence .

Th er e a r e i m portant fac ts in conn ec tion wi th hyp

no tism that hav e n ev er yet b een publi sh ed Th ese .

ar e usually consid er ed th e secr et s of hypnoti st s that

mu st b e taught by the teach er to h is pupil o r l earn ed

by exp er i enc e That a knowl edg e of th em is a b so
.

l utely n ec essa ry for th e succ essful production of th e

variou s d egr ees of hypnosis will b e r eal iz ed by all
who und erta k e th e practic e of hypnotis m .

The most importan t knowl edge to b e ob tain ed in

this conn ection is how to d ev elop hypnoti c pow er .

The stud ent may r ealiz e th at h e poss ess es this po wer

in a dorma n t stat e and m ay exp eri enc e a s en sation
a s th ou gh h e w er e b ein g r estr ain ed by som e invisi b l e
 T HE H YPN OTI ST S S ECR ET
’
123 .

and look at you Wh en you d esir e any thing a t th e

.

tabl e m en tally a sk for it and you will s o on b e a sk ed

,

i f you d esir e it Pract ic e will sh o w you r em arkabl e

.

in stanc es of oth ers f eeling your m ental d em and s .

Wh en you hav e a subj ect b efor e you d evo te a ll ,

your m ental en ergy to co m p elling hi s subj ect ion to

your influ en c e D o not only d esir e that h e sha l l ob ey
.

y o u or hop e that you may b e abl e to influ en c e him ,

but ent er tain no shad o w of doubt of you r ability to

c o ntrol him . M entally forc e him to ob ey your sug
g estion s with as m uch con fi d enc e as you would f eel
in v er b ally commanding a child .

EXP ELLI NG Tu m ou r s — A pas siv e m ind is the fi rst

r equi sit e of a good subj ect and a good op erato r ,

m ust lik ewi se b e abl e to m ak e h is own m ind passiv e

b efo r e h e can conc entrat e his thought s su fli cien tly

to control oth ers C on tinually prac tic e making th e
.

m ind passiv e in th e sa m e m ann er tha t yo u would

em ploy in driving th o ught s fro m your m ind wh en

end eavoring to g et to sl eep at nigh t wh en i nclin ed

to stay awak e Si m ply en tertain no th o ught I t is

. .

a good pla n to s eat yours elf in a comfortabl e position

and star e vacantly into Spac e for sev eral m inut es at a
tim e Lo oking at a blank wall or a mi r ro r too hi g h
.

to show your own r efl ection will oft en aid th e expul

,

sion o f thought Mak e your mind a blank v ery fr e

.

qu ently This i s one of the b est m ethods of gaining

.

compl et e control ov er your m ental pow ers .

O m noom m R xsxsm ncm — A t tim es y ou r sub

.

j cet wil l seem ingly r es ist your mo st a rd uo us efior ts to

‘
 TH E H Y P N OT I S T S S ECR ET
’
. 1 23

control h im I t m ay seem to you that your n erv e

.

forc e th ro wn o u t fro m y o ur m ind is striking again st

, ,

a ston e wall In such a ca se do n ot aband o n yo u r

.
,

eff or t if you ha ve ev er b efo r e hypn o tiz ed th e subj ec t .

M ak e your m ind pa ssiv e a s p o ssibl e fo r a sh o rt ti m e

whil e th e subj ect is b efo r e yo u Thi s will m entally .

thr ow him off his guard Th en sudd enly c o nc en tra te.

v o ur th o u g h ts up o n the o n e id ea o f o verc o m ing his

r esi sta n c e fo cu s y o ur m ind and m a k e th e a ttack
, ,

su c cessfu l l v .

D U M M I ES .lar g e b o l ster o r pi l low pr o pp ed u p

"
A ,

in a c h air , ser ve a s a du m m y u p o n which to

prac tic e p osi ti o n and o th er hypn o tic eff o rt s Thi s .

m a y seem to b e ab surd b u t it can b e d o n e with gr ea t

,

b en efit O f c o ur se it tak es con sid erabl e ex erci se of

.

i m agina ti on ; but the i m a gi nati o n m u st b e fr equ en tly

ex erci sed in th e practic e of hypn o ti sm .

U SEFU L Br i on s — Th er e a r e ti m es wh en ever v
t

eff o r t of a b eg inn er to hypno tiz e a subj ec t m eets wi th

failur e ev en und er th e m o st f avorabl e ex tran eou s

,
”

condi tion s o n accoun t of m en tal o r physical p een

,

l ia r ities of th e subj ect practic ed upon Th e exp er t .

hypn o t i st quickly d etec ts such p eculiariti es al m o st

by in tu i tion I t is i m p o r tan t to r ea liz e th e p r ob abili ty
.

of failur e in ti m e to av o id u sel ess eff o r t fo r ardu o u s ,

end eavor s to hypn otiz e a subj ec t foll o w ed by fai l ur e , ,

alwa y s w eak en s th e O p er ato r and di m ini sh es h is

abili ty to quick ly hypno ti z e oth er s .

To m aintain c o nfid enc e in y o ur o wn hy pn o tic

abili ty is of vi tal i m por ta n c e an d for th at r ea so n ,
 TH E H Y P N OT I S T S S ECR ET
’

1 24 .

n ev er c o nc ed e d efeat ev en to your self I f you ent er

,
.

tain any f eeling s o f doub t c o n c erning your abili ty to

hypnotiz e any par ti cular subj ec t do n o t a ttem pt to ,

do so I f aft er c o m m encing th e si tting yo u b eco m e

.
,

c o n sci o u s of ti m idi ty upon your part or r ea liz e th e

subj ec t s stubborn r esi stanc e
’
quic kly m ak e y o ur
,

m ind pa ssi ve a s m en ti o n ed in th e paragraph

,
on
ov erco m ing r esi stanc e and th en m ak e o n e short
,

eflo r t
‘
. I f you r ealiz e your ti m idi ty ha s di sapp ear ed
and tha t the subj ec t is w eak ening proc eed an d yo u ,

will b e succ essful I f yo u d o n o t r eal iz e th es e thin gs

.
,

aba nd o n th e att em pt with th e stat em ent to the su b

j cet tha t you m u st p o stpon e th e sit ting until h e is
i n ano th er fra m e of m ind .

P R ACT I C E S ELF CO N T RO L — I f yo u ca nn o t c o n tr o l
-

y o ur self yo u m u st n o t exp ec t to con tr o l o th er s .

P erson s who ar e unabl e to exclud e un pl ea sant

th o ugh ts or to k eep th eir m ind s upon o n e thin g at a
ti m e cann o t b eco m e good hypno ti sts Cul tiva t e th e .

habit o f dri ving fro m y o u r m ind every thou gh t tha t

is not di r ec tly c o nn ec ted wi th th e work yo u a r e per
for m ing Let thi s b e your con stan t habi t ev en in
.
,

th e most tri vial m att er s I f you a r e upon a pl easur e

.

trip or at an en ter tain m en t of any kind l et only self ,

enj oy m ent in what is taking plac e b e you r a im Po si .

tively exclud e though ts of busin ess o r do m esti c

m a tters wh en you ar e n o t pa r tici pa ting i n th os e

du ti es o f li fe and wh en att ending to bu sin ess th ink

, ,

o f nothing els e Conc entra tion of thought is the

.

k ey not e of succ ess in hypno ti sm .

1 26 TH E ’ ’
SECR ET
’
H YP N O I I ST S .

you r own d ev elop m ent o f pow er N ev er mak e hyp

.

n o tism a trivial ma tter . Whil e gr eat a m u sem ent can

b e aff o rd ed oth er s at th e exp en se O f your subj ects ,

you should avoid m aking a mount ebank of your self .

Let ev eryon e r ealiz e th e impor tanc e of th e pow er you

a r e abl e to di splay and r ealiz e that i m portanc e your

self . I n thi s way you pr eserv e y o ur dignity and

incr ea se y o u r hypno tic abili ty wh ich would by any
,

o th er cours e b e lik ely to diminish .

R EA LI ZI NG I NDI VI D UA L I NFLU EN CE —N otic e a m on g

your fri end s which on es pay you r esp ect not only ,

fo r the sak e o f polit en ess but fo r your ow n sak e

,
.

N o tic e what p erc en tag e of p er so n s a r e actually int er

ested i n what yo u sa y and a r e wi l ling to ch eck th ei r

own d esir e to sp eak wh en you co m m enc e to talk .

Cultivat e th e m ann er s of acti n g and t alking that will

incr ea se th e nu m b er o f p er son s you can infl u enc e .

It is surpri sing how quickly yo u can incr ea se the

nu m b er by m aking a habit of l o oking ev eryon e in
th e eye t o wh o m you sp eak and by d ev eloping self
co n fid en ce. C o m m en c e by ch o o sing subj ec ts o f con
v er sati o n tha t will in ter est o th er s and by m ak ing

r em ark s that a r e o f p erso nal in ter est to th em Th is .

m eth o d will cau se you to r ealiz e that att ention is

b eing paid to you r word s a nd will accustom you to

b ein g a sp ea k er ra th er than a li st en er It is th en .

tha t y o ur in di vidual influ enc e ov er oth er s will b e

rea l iz ed and th e cultiva tion of i t will b eco m e easy .

O VEBCOM I N C I N DI VI DU AL B u r r s — A bad h abi t is

alway s a sp eci es of slav ery and a slav e m ak es a good
,
 TH E H Y P N OT I ST S S E CR ET 1 27
’
t
.

hypno tic subj ect but a poor op erat o r A stud en t,

.

of hypno ti sm cannot m ak e a b etter b eginning th a n

by ov erco m ing his o wn b ad h a bit s H e m u st b e abl e .

to infl u enc e h is o wn though ts and ac ti o n s by th e

'

ex erci se O f will p o w er If h e canno t do so h e wi l l

.
,

h ardly b e abl e to ov erco m e th e individual will pow er

o f o th er s .

C U R I N G P ER S ON AL D I S OR D E R S — A good hypn o ti st .

m u st hav e a sound body D y sp ep sia indig esti o n.

, ,

constipa ti o n n euralgia an d al l o th er c o m plaint s m u st

, ,

b e cu r ed By cu r i n g th em is n o t m ean t o ver co m in g
.

th em by narco tic s poi so n s h a r sh ca thartic s ar tificial

, , ,

dig estan ts etc S u ch th in gs a r e p o or excus es fo r

,
. .

m edicin es Th ey m ay ind eed forc e variou s organ s

.
, ,

to a ct o r d estr o y th e sen sitiv e pow er s of th e n erv es ,

b ut th ey w eak en th e b o dy A void p o i son s an d nar .

co ti es Th er e a r e hu nd r ed s o f har m l ess ag ent s that

.

can b e u sed to a id n a tu r a l effort s to ward r estori n g

h eal th ; and in a ddi tion pur e air pur e wa ter ex erci se , , ,

an d ch eerfuln ess w ill w o rk wond er s in th e way o f

curin g p er sonal di so rd er s I n valid s sh o uld not .

a ttem p t to b eco m e hypn o ti st s th ey should ra th er ,

po se a s subj ec ts .

M AK I N G FR I END s — Cultiva te th e habi t O f in Spir.

in g ch eerfuln ess in o th er s M ak e your pr esenc e .

d esirabl e and r efrain fro m going wh er e you ar e n ot

want ed S uch a practic e will giv e you an air of
.

fr eedo m that will aid you in d ev eloping hypnotic

p ow er Th er e is n o r estrain t a m ong fri end s and th e
.
,

m or e fri end s you hav e about you th e m or e a ccu s

1 28 THE H Y P N OT I S T S S EC R ET
’
.

to m ed you will b ecom e to b eing fro s lf con fr ee m e -

scio u sness which is fatal to hypnotic succ es s

,
.

V
O ER POWE R I NG E N EM I ES — Anyon e po ss essin g in
divid ual ity will sur ely hav e en em i es b u t l et th e hyp ,

notist b ewa r e of falling into th e hand s of h is en emi es .

Avoid d efeat for it low er s your own estimation o f

,

your individual pow er K eep yourself fro m entangl e

.

m ent s with oth ers that m ight t er m inat e di sa stro usl y .

I f you can ov erpow er your en em i es by cool j udgm ent

or r efrain ing from di spu tes you hav e incr ea sed your
s elf poss ession and pow er
-
.

FOR ES TA LLI NG EVENT S—I t is a wis e m a n wh o can

for esee evil and pr epar e to succ essf u lly m eet it M ak e .

a habit O f looking far ah ead in ev eryth in g you und er

tak e so a s to b e r eady for any em erg en cy th a t m ay
,

ari se S uch a ha b i t will giv e you tranquility of m in d

.

and self co n fiden ce I t w ill eng end er i n you a feelin g

-
.

tha t you can ov erco m e di ffi culti es wh en ev er th ey

ari se I t is that stat e of m ind tha t favor s hypnotic
.

pow er .

S P H ERE or H Y PNO T I C I NFLUENCE — Th e b eginn er s

’

sph er e of hypnoti c i nflu enc e is sm all bu t th e exp ert ,

hypnoti st ca n influ enc e n early ev eryon e with whom

he com es i n contac t I t i s importa n t to continually
.

stri ve in daily li f e to in flu en c e o th ers

, , fo r go o d .

R ealizing that you r influ enc e has induc ed action will

incr ea se you r d esir e to con trol oth er s and thi s wil l ,

incr ea se you r pow er to do so Af ter you hav e suc .

cessfull y hypnotiz ed sev eral subj ect s you should co n ,

 TH E H YPN OTI S T S S ECR ET 1 29
’
.

sta n tly e
nd eavor to turn you r pow er to goo d u se for ,

th e m or e good you can b e th e m ean s of acco m pli sh

ing th e wid er will b eco m e you r sph ere o f hypnoti c
,

infl u enc e .

T H E A U T H OR S D I SK
’
.
 C HA P TER X I I .

D EV EL OPI N G J
A S U B EC T .

Do n ot a ttem p t too m u ch a t o n ce —C h oosin g a su bj ect— A void

m enta l su p er ior s— Lea d g r a d ua l l y to sub m issi o n—T h e b est
bj
su b
ect f or eg i n n er s- P r iva cy d esir a b l y —Th e fi r st sea n ce
— D r owsiness H ow to p r o d uce
-
h yp nosi s— H OW to th i n k
an d act— Th e o bj ect— T one of vo ice —M a k i n g pa sses
W ea r l ness pr o d u ced — S econd sea nce —H a nd m ovem en ts
T h ir d seance —M uscul a r —Op en in g th e
su gg estion s eyes
F our th sean ce—T h e sen ses— S om nam b ul ism — F i f th sea n ce
-
Dancl n g A na esth esia—P ost sug g estio n
-
C l a ir voya nce
—S ixth. sea nce—C ata l epsy— Th e p er f ect subj ect - L eth a r gy
.

B eginn ers in th e prac tic e of hypno tis m of ten mak e

th e gr eat m is tak e of att em p ting too m u ch a t th e fi r st
s eanc e Wh en th ey r ealiz e tha t th ey hav e a ctually
.

hypno tiz ed a subj ec t th ey u sually b eco m e so m ewhat

,

exci ted and ar e v ery a pt t o try to acco m pli sh ev ery

thing at onc e Exp ert O p erators und er favorabl e

.
,

ci rcu m stanc es ca n so m eti m es forc e a new subj ect

,

th rough all the d egr ees of hypno ti sm durin g th e firs t

seanc e but such a p erfor m anc e should not b e
,

att em pt ed by b eginn er s I t involv es a gr eat d eal o f

.

labor and is t ir eso m e to th e op era to r an d exc eedi ngly

lik ely to fail and failur e m ean s di scourag em en t an d a
,
1 32 D EVELOP IN G A J
SU B ECT .

that cau ses you to pay him d efer en ce Fo r if you .

r ea liz e inf eriori ty in any r esp ec t you canno t a sser t

,

th e air of sup erior pow er tha t is ab so l ut ely n ec essary

to the succ essful hypnoti st .

Ha ving sel ect ed a subj ec t tha t accord s w ith yo ur

id ea it is a go o d plan to l ead him gradually t o sub
,

m i ssion I ncid entally t ell him o f y o ur hypn o tic

.

kn o wl edg e and r elat e exp eri enc es of O th ers and a ss er t

boldly tha t you hav e b een studying the sci enc e and
hav e d ev elop ed hypno tic p o w er DO not l et h im.

know h e is you r fir st subj ect Th en dar e him to l et

.

you hypnotiz e h im I t is b est to comm en c e on so m e

.

y o ung m an abou t six teen y ear s o f a g e wh o is accu s ,

to m ed to working und er a hard bo ss for li ttl e pay .

H e is accu sto m ed to o b edi enc e and will b e glad O f a

chanc e to b ec o m e con spicu o u s and can ea si ly b e
induc ed to sub m i t hi m self by pro m i sing hi m a quart er
o r half d o llar for b eing hypno tiz ed
“ N o hypno ti sm
.
,

n o pay will urg e h im to car efully ob ey in struc tion s

,
.

T H E F I R S T S EA N C E .

Af ter yo u hav e ob tain ed th e con sen t of a p rop er

subj ec t do n ot und er tak e to exp eri m en t wi th him i n
,

th e p r esenc e O f b y stand er s but mak e so m e priva te

-
,

a rrang em en ts wi th h im and a s far a s po ssi bl e secu r e

th e influ enc es na m ed in Chapt er I V I t is n o t su p .

po sed tha t a b eginn er can hav e ev ery thin g in h is

fa vo r but m any o f the favorabl e infl u enc es ca n b e
,

—
pr o vid ed q ui etud e b eing by far th e m os t ess en tial .

S p eak to you r subj ect in so m e such m ann er as

 D EVELOP I N G A J
S U B E CT . 1 33

foll o w s : As thi s is th e first ti m e you hav e b een hyp

n o tiz ed I will pro m i se you not to put you v ery so und
,

to sl eep Fir st I will not put you to sl eep a t all but

.
,

I will find out how ea sily you can b e in fl u enc ed .

Ha v e him stand up in fr o nt of you Plac e you r .

ha nd s upon his should er s and star e into his ey es

and a sk h im to l ook st ra i g h t at you By h is eX pr es
.
‘

si o n you will soon r ealiz e that h e is sub servi en t .

K eep staring into his ey es un til th e star e b eco m es

tir eso m e an d m oi stur e is seen in his ey es th en su d
“
,

d en ly r eli eve th e sil enc e by saying : Y ou r e all righ t

’
.

I can hypnotiz e you without any troubl e N ow sit .

,

down in th i s chair put your f eet clo se tog eth er tak e

, ,

thi s di sk i n your righ t hand h o ld it a t ar m s l ength

’
,

a n d l oo k at it st eadily.

S p eak to him in a m ann er th a t conv ey s to h is m ind

that yo u a r e thorough m a ster of th e S i tuati o n tha t ,

you ar e per fectly fam i l i a r with ev ery d etail and th at

th er e is no el em ent o f doubt anywh er e The fact that.

h e w ill r eadily do ju st a s you t ell him to do is th e

acco m pli sh m ent of th e fir st st ep towa rd hypno sis .

You a r e the op erator ; h e i s th e subj ect Y ou ar e .

co m m a nding ; h e is ob eying Sa ti sfactory r esult s

.

m u st follow .

Af ter h e h a s st eadily h eld for five m inut es and

gaz ed a t th e di sk or any articl e si m ilar to tho se
,

n am ed i n Chapt er V I seat your self qui etly in front of

,

h im plac e o n e hand on top of his upon h is kn ee

,

and wi th th e o th er ta k e fr o m him th e di sk saying

“ ll tak e this now your arm is g etting tir ed Keep
,

I
’
; .
1 34 D EV ELOP I N G A S U BJ EC T .

looking at it st eadily till your ey es get tir ed too ,

.

N ow th ey r e g etting ti r ed
’
Wi nk th em i f you w ant .

’
to S hu t th em
. That s it N ow yo u r e drowsy
.
’
.
,

v ery d row sy GO to sl eep G o to sl eep K eep yo ur

. . .

”
ey es tight shut G o to sl eep
. .

T he subj ect w ill go to sl eep P erhap s no c fully . .

H e m ay sm il e and al m ost l ead you to think h e is

sham m ing H e know s what you a r e sayi ng and
.

doing What i f he d es
. o " H e is ob eying you an d
’
will ob ey you s till m or e D on t m ak e a sudd en .

d em and upon him but gradually l ead h im o nwa rd

,
.

M ak e pas ses ov er th e h ead from the b ack forwa rd ,

.

K eep telling him to sl eep and sl eep soundly U se a .

drawling ton e of voic e and ent er in to th e spiri t o f

drow sin ess K eep h im in this conditio n a t l ea st ten
.

minut es I f he should sudd enly awak en show n o

“
.
,

discom fitur e b ut quickly say : W ell that s enoug h

’

, ,

for to d a y You r e a good subj ect and we w ill do

.
’

th is again soon ; on ly n ext ti m e we w ill go a li ttl e

”
farth er .

Th e chanc es a r e that th e subj ect will n ot awak en

o f his own accord esp ecially i f you say to h im :
“
,

Sl eep ti ll I t ell yo u to wak e up H e m ay b e per .

fectly conscious and yet wi ll m an if est his drowsin es s

in an un m istakabl e m ann er I n that ca se ca rry th e .
,

exp eri m en t a littl e farth er and mak e som e farth er

sugg estion For insta nc e : Your ey es a r e so tigh tly

.

’
clos ed tha t you can t o p en th em S hut th em tigh t er .
,

N ow you can t op en th em
’
tight er tight shut
, .
, .

”
Shut th em t ight H e w ill sh ut his eyes very tight
.
1 36 D EV ELOP I N G A J
S U B EC T .

hands go lik e a wh eel R ound and r o und and round

.
.

Fa st er fa st er fa st er fas ter
, ,
N o w th e oth er wa y
,
.
.

N ow back again N ow the oth er way

. N o w stop .

th em .

All your sugg es tion s will b e ins tan tly carri ed o ut ,

and your m ind m a y th ink o f a gr ea t m any d iv er se

ac tion s that will r equi r e mov em ent s o f th e hand s ,

wi thout i nvolving the low er par t of th e body I t .

may b e probabl e tha t during the secon d seanc e th e ,

m o st profo und hypn o si s can b e pr o duc ed b u t it is ,

b est not t o a ttem p t m o r e than h as b een m ention ed

a t thi s tim e .

T H E T H I R D S EA N CE .

Th e third ti m e you plac e th e subj ec t und er you r

hypnotic infl u enc e you can g o to gr ea t ex tr em es
,

w ith safety and p erf ec t confid enc e .

H e will n ot op en h is ey es unti l you tell h im t o do

so and i t is b est for h im to k eep th em shu t d uri ng

the p erformanc es o f at l ea st the fi r st second and ,

third exp eri m en ts The third trial will b e b est

.

adapt ed to mu scula r sugg estions .

Mak e pass es ov er th e for eh ead and pr ess th e th u m b

“
betw een th e ey es and t ell h im : You can t op en ’

”
H e will try in vain
’
your ey es try it you can t do it
“
, , . .

Th en say : N ow you can op en th em but sh u t th em ,

”
a gain M ak e pa sses fro m his should ers to h is wr ist s
.

and t ell h im to fa sten his hand s tog eth er and th at h e

’
can t tak e th em apar t Aft er h e has struggl ed i n
“
.

Vain to do so t ell h im : ,N ow you ca n ta ke t h em ,

 D EV ELOP I N G A J
S U B ECT . 1 37

apar t. M ak e pa sses fro m h is h ead to his kn ees and

tell h im he can t g et O ff the chair
’
Th en t ell him :
“N ow you ca n et up ” A ft er h e is up you ca n
.

, g .

m ak e h im danc e or walk or st a n d i m m ovabl e o r d o

al m o st any thing that is not dang er o u s or ridiculou s .

I t is b est not to sugg est anythi ng laughabl e until th e

fourth exp eri m ent Ju st b efor e ending the third
“
.

sea n c e say: N ow s tay asl eep but Op en your ey es

, , .

L o o k at m e st eadily and wh en I count thr ee th en

“
,

”
wak e up Count thr ee and th en sa y l o udly : All
.

right wak e up ; wak e up Yo u r e all righ t

. .
’
.
’

T H E F OU R TH S EA N C E .

The fourth seanc e m a y b e charact eriz ed by th e full

li m i t o f hypn o si s but it is b est to confin e it to th e
,

p r o du cti on o f so m n am buli sm Af ter r ep eating th e ,

p erf o r m anc es of th e fir st s econ d and thi rd seanc es ,

and a ft er having th e subj ect op en his ey es and k eep

th em op en sugg estion m ay b e m ad e that will gi ve
,

evid enc e O f ab solut e control ov er his five s ens es It .

is b est to m ak e such sugg estion s as will gradually

l ead fro m o ne of the s ens es to the oth ers Fo r .

exa m pl e :
“ T h e day is cold You ar e shiv ering H er e put
. .
,

on thi s ov ercoat S ee th e snow is falling li st en to

.
, ,

th e sl eigh b ells H er e c o m es a sl eigh Ju m p in and

. .

tak e a rid e Thi s is d elightful O h my th e sl eigh

. .
, ,

h a s u ps et Y ou h av e inj u r ed y o ur a r m
. I t is pai n .

ing you H er e is so m e a m m onia l ini m ent Sm ell it

. . .

’
Lo o k out it i s strong N ev er m ind it won t b ur n
,
.
,
1 38 D EV ELOP I N G A SU B ECT J .

you R ub it on your a r m N o w th e pain is s topp ed

. .
,
.

Tak e a li ttl e of thi s ging er a l e to war m you up N o w .

you f eel b et ter Let u s g et in th e sl eigh again All

. .

”
righ t now h er e we go
,
.

By such a train of sugg estion s you hav e i nfl u enc ed

th e s en ses o f f eeling s eeing h earing sm el l ing a n d
, , ,

tast ing and we hav e m ad e h im r ea l iz e th e di sagr ee

abl e s en sati o n of pain and hav e bani sh ed it an d al so
excit ed in h im th e em o tion O f j oy H enc efor th yo u .

can m ak e him r eali z e anythin g you m a y sugg est .

Yo u hav e him und er ab so lut e control .

It i s alway s b est to conn ec t the s en ses i n ha r m o

nio ns r elation ship and n o t excit e th em individually
and abruptly .

T H E FI F TH S EA N CE .

Th e fifth seanc e m ay b e giv en ov er to various

exp eri m ent s charac teri stic of th e so m na m b uli stic

sta te ; such a s singing dancing d ecl a im in g fa scin a

'

, , ,

tion ana esth esia po st sugg estion etc

, ,
-
Cla irvoyanc e ,
.

b el o ng s to th e so m na m buli stic stat e but i t s h o uld ,

n o t b e at tem p ted un til a ft er th e subj ect has b een

und er your infl u enc e m any ti m es and th en i t wil l ,

n o t b e succ essful u n l ess th e subj ec t is esp ecially

adap ted to it See Chap ter V I I I

. .

T H E S I X TH S EAN CE .

The six th seanc e m ay b e d ev o ted to inducin g th e

ca tal ep ti c c o ndi ti o n After bringing th e subj ec t i nt o
.

th e s o m na m buli sti c sta te sugg est tha t h is m u scl es

,

and j oint s a r e g ett in g so sti ff that h e cann o t mov e

1 40 D EVELOP I N G A SU BJ ECT .

can e ex rcis e such pow er b ut it is w is est not to do so

, ,

exc ep t fo r pur ely sci enti fi c r easons an d th en only

with th e full con sent of th e sub j ect .

You m ay b e abl e to d ev elop su bj ects in two or

thr ee s eanc es but the d eep er d egr ees o f hyp nosis
,

a r e n o t u sually d ev elop ed until th e fourth or fi fth

.

With rar e exc eptions you wil l in six or sev en

,

s ea nc es gain a s ful l control ov er your subj ect as it

,

is pos sibl e fo r you ev er to s ecur e though you may

,

d o b ett er with a di ff er ent su b j ect

.
 CHAPT ER X I I I .

A N IM A L M A GN ETI SM— M A GN ETI C H EA LI N G .

Lon g b y ph ysicia n s— D r A l va Cu r ti s- P h il osoph y

r eco g n iz ed .

of a n i m a l m a g n eti sm — N eu r a u r a I m pr essi b l es
m
istin
ni eb i n m en ta l o w e r — H ow to r ecog niz e i m pr essib l es
g g p
M eta l r od — Or g an s n ot eq u a l l y i m pr essib l e— H ar m on i ou s

an d a n ta g on i sti c o r g an s— R estor in g m enta l b al a nce Di

a gn osing d isea se— R el ief o f p a i n— C u r in g h ea d ach e— Re
l ievin g tooth a ch e a n d n eu r a l g i a R el icvi n g in war d pa in s
H

-
Pr od uci n g sl eep in insom nia— S upp r essing r espi r a tion

R eg ions of b r a in—P er cep tive f acul ties— I ntel l ectu al

th e
fa c u l ti es P-
r o p el l i n g f ac u l ti es— U nb al anced an d wel l b al
a n ced b r ai s
n — D oct r in es o f m a g ne tic h a
e l i n —
g P r ecau tions
to b e o b ser v e d — H O W t o m a g n e tiz e a p e r son— M esm er ic
- Exper im ents in a n im al m agn eti sm —Exam in i n g
p asses
—
d isea sed p er son s M a g n e c
ti h ea l er s— M ag netic in fluence
exer ted b y ph ysicia n s .

Th e employ m an i m al m agn eti sm in th e tr ea t

e nt of

m e nt o f di sea se h as con s ti tut ed an i m portant p a rt in

th e g en eral practic e of a nu m b er of pr o m in ent physi

c ian s for m any y ear s Th es e physicians hav e not as
. ,

a rul e m a d e a conspicuous display of th eir knowl edge

,

o f th e subj ect r ealizing that th e publi c in g en eral

,

w er e not pr epar ed to su ffici en tly di ffer entiat e

b etw een th eir m ethod s and thos e em ploy ed b y igno
142 A N I M A L M A GN ET I S M — M A GN ET I C H EA LI N G .

ran t Charla tan s N ev erth el ess th e gr ea t succ ess that

.

a ttend ed th eir eff ort s to r eli ev e su ff ering through

what we now call hypno tic influ enc e l ed th em to ,

i m p r ess upon th eir pr o fessional br ethr en the i m por

tanc e o f a mor e th o r o ugh study of this va luabl e
branch of m edicin e .

A m ong th e fir st i n A m erica to employ ani m al

magn eti sm in m edical practic e was Alva Curti s , ,

A M M D a highly educat ed and tal ent ed phy si

. .
, . .
,

cia n who di ed i n 1 881

,
H e attribu ted h is r em ark
.

abl e succ ess in p ractic e to the sci entific u se o f n o n

poisonous r em edi es and the m en ta l in flu enc e h e was
abl e t o ex ert ov er his pati ents Whil e n o t clai m ing
“
.

”
to b e a m agn etic h eal er h e n ev erth el ess p rac tic ed
“
,

and taught to h is cla sses th e art of m agn etizing ,

a n d as early as 1 84 6 h e publi sh ed th e for m ulat ed

,

principl es of ani m al m agn etis m tha t hav e ev er sin c e

form ed th e ba si s of th e practic e of m agn etic h ealing .

Th e auth or l ik e m any oth ers i s gr eatly ind ebt ed to

, ,

th e g eniu s and erudi ti o n of th is r em arkabl e tea ch er

wh o d evot ed his life to th e am elioration of his f ellow
m en .

P H I LOSOP H Y A N D M ETH OD OF DR . C UR T I S .

Thebrain is a compound organ t o th e distin ct ,

portion s of which is a ssign ed th e p erfor m a nc e of

sp ecial m ental func tion s Th es e s epara te por tions
.
,

or organs can b e r eadily excit ed by th e to uch of th e

,

hand and can b e m ad e to p erfor m not only th e p een

,

liar functions of th e brain but o f tho se of all th e ,

144 A N I MA L MA GN ET I S M— MA GN ET I C H EA LI N G .

( much lik e that of th e li m b g o in g to sl eep ) cr eeping

up h is w ris t a r m an d should er a n d p erh ap s i n to h is
,

body So m e hav e d escrib ed it a s r esem blin g a

.

charg e o f el ec tri city wh en in sulat ed I f no i m pr es .

sion should b e m ad e ei th er th e subj ec t is not v ery

,

impr essibl e or yo u ar e n o t a good op erator B ut if .

impr essibl e at a ll his organ s a r e no t all equally so

, .

Th o se organ s a r e th e m o st i m pr essibl e whi ch h av e

b een th e m o st fr equ en tly and pow erfully irritat ed
and infla m ed I f th e irri tation and infla m m a tion
.

hav e b ec o m e chronic th e eff ect is o f a d epr essi n g

,

charact er an d i n propor tion to th e r ecov ery o f a

h ealt h y ton e thi s i m pr essibility w ea rs awa y I n oth er .

w o rd s th e subj ect acqui r es m or e p o w er to r esi st th e

,

i m pr ession s of th e o p erators .

Ev ery o r gan in the brain a s w ell as the body h as

, ,

its a n atg o nistic organ which is kn o wn th rough th e

,

study of ph r en o logy All th es e organ s a r e con stantly

.

working in oppo sition to on e an o th er so that a ,

man s cha rac ter is not d ecid ed by th e s tr en g t h o r

’

activity of eith er one of th es e b u t by th e b a lanc e o f

,

p ow er b etw een th em .

Th e i m pr essibl e subj ect f eels v ery mani festly ,

wh eth er pl easan tly o r pain fully the in flu enc e of th e

,

organ with which h e is brough t in contact To pr e .

v ent thi s influ enc e ffom b eing disagr eeabl e h e sh ou l d ,

alway s keep o n e hand n ear th e an tag o ni st o f a n

o rgan w h en exa m ining i t with the oth er so tha t i f ,
 ANI MA L M A G E IS
N T M— M A GN ETI C H EA LI N G . 1 45

a di sagr eea bl e i m pr ession is ab o u t to b e establi sh ed ,

h e ca n so to uch th e an tagon i st and r estor e his

balanc e .

H avi n g fo und a suitabl e that is a v ery i m pr essibl e

, ,

subj ect h e can d et er m in e by f eeling on oth er h ead s

, ,

th e locality o f a l l th o s e organs tha t a r e v ery activ e

o r m uch d epr essed and thu s a sc ertain th e extr em es
,

of ch a r a ct er o r o f di sea se m uch b ett er than h e can

,

th eir m id d l e g r o un d I m pr essibl es can O p era te o n

.

t h em selv es so a s to r eli ev e th eir own pain s and

,

ac h es.

T O R E LI E VE H E A DA C H E .

A sc er ta in wh er e th e pa in is Plac e your self on

.

th e o pp o si te sid e ; pu t th e p o int s of th e fing er s o f

bo th yo ur h an d s on th e seat of th e pain Th en bru sh .

quickly but lightly fro m tha t point t oward you and

, ,

outward occa sionally putting your hands on th e

,

org an s an tag o ni stic to th e seat o f th e pain till th e ,

h ead app ear s to b e equally exci ted ; that is a s full ,

o f blood and h ea t in o n e part a s in an o th er wh en ,

you should bru sh downward and outward unt il th e

eff ect i s produ c ed I f th e f o r eh ead ach es stand
.
,

b ehind th e pati en t and bru sh backward I f th e b ack .

o f th e h ea d is a ff ec ted stand b ef o r e h im and bru sh

,

forward I f th e to p should ach e bru sh downward

.
, .

I f o n e sid e ach es bru sh toward th e o th er sid e I n

,
.

n early ev ery ca s e thi s will giv e quick r eli ef and if th e ,

h eadach e is du e to m ental disturbanc e the r eli ef wil l ,

b e p er m an ent .
1 46 A N IM A L M A GN ET I S M — MA GN ET I C H EA LI N G .

T O R E LI E
V E T OO TH A CH E .

Bru sh wi th o n e hand fro m th e poin t o v er th e tooth

in th e dir ection of th e n erv e toward th e ea r an d pr ess ,

wi th th e o th er hand pr et ty hard on th e organ s of

con sci en tiou sn ess fir m n ess self esteem and app ro
, ,
-
,

b ativeness till th e eff ec t is pr o duc ed

, Thi s m ust b e.

con tinu ed for five m inu tes to an h o u r according to ,

the i m pr essibili ty o f th e pa ti en t and th e sev eri ty o f

th e tooth a ch e Al m o st any too th a c h e m a y b e tem

.

po ra rily r eli ev ed by thi s m eth o d ; al th o ugh o i c o ur se , ,

it will n o t gi ve p er m an en t r eli ef i f th e di fficul ty is

caus ed by c o ld or expo sed n erv es .

T O R EL I EV E BOD I L Y P A I N S .

Pain s in any part o f the body m ay oft en b e

r em ov ed by a si m ilar m ethod Wi th o n e h a n d bru sh
.

fro m th e sea t of th e pain to O ppo si te par ts o f th e

body and at th e sa m e ti m e plac e th e o th er hand up o n
th e r estraining o r g an s of th e h ead fir m n ess sel f
-
,

est eem ,
con sci en tiou sn ess and a pprob a tiv en ess ,

a m ong which the poin t b etw een c on sci en ti o u sn ess

and cautiou sn ess seem s th e m o st pro m i n en t S li g h t .

pr essur e o n thi s r egi o n wi l l r em o ve any feeling o f

d epr es sion in any par t of th e body as si ckn ess in th e,

sto m ach pain in th e b o w el s o ppr essi o n of th e lun g s

, , ,

pain ab o u t th e h ear t sen se of su ffo ca ti o n p ain in th e

, ,

sid e etc
, .

T O P R OD U CE S LEEP .

To pro duc e natu ral sleep plac e yo ur hand up o n

,

th e for eh ead wi th th e for e and second fing er a strid e

,
1 48 A NIM AL MA GNETI S M— M A GN ETI C H EA L I N G .

M or e pa rti cularly low er portion of the front

, th e

of the h ead con tains th e p erc ep tiv e facult i es ; whil e

th e int ell ec tual faculti es a r e con tain ed in th e u pp er
por tion of th e fron t o f the h ead Th e c entral and .

upp er portion s of th e h ead ar e m oral and r eligious ;

th e back a nd upp er p o rtions of th e h ead a r e a ff ec ti ve

whil e th e low er an d back p ortion s a r e prop elling .

T h e ba ses O f th e back portions control th e ani m al

a c tion s a n d th e ba ses O f th e fr o nt po rti on s gov ern
,

th e in ternal organ s .

Ev ery par t of th e brain r ec eiv es i m pr ession s from ,

or throws influ en c e to so m e part or por tion of th e

,

b o dy I m agin e c en tral poi n ts in th es e r egion s radi

.

a ting toward on e anoth er in exact proportion s and

you can conc eiv e a w ell balan c ed brain U nu sua l

-
.

r ela tion sh ip di spla y s an un ev enly balan c ed b rai n .

R ealizing th e faculti es controll ed by th e variou s

r egion s it is th en ea sy by m anipulation s to equali z e
action by pa ss es fr o m any r egion to its an tagoni st ic
r egi o n — fro m i n tell ec tual to ani m al fo r in stan c e ,
.

D OC T R I N ES OF M A GN ETI C HE A LI N G .

1 . Every
p erso n is su sc ep tibl e to m agn eti c in flu
enc e and al so capabl e of succ essfully r esi sti ng a
,

d egr ee of it equal to h is own m agn etic pow er an d ,

of su staining a high er d egr ee so far as to b e lit tl e

,

a ff ec ted by th e m agn eti sm of anot h er .

2 . Ev ery p er son is capabl e o f co m m uni catin g

a ni m al m agn eti sm to o th er s ; b u t if th e p er so n to

who m h e a ttem p ts to co m m uni cat e it po ssess es a s

 A —
N I M A L M A GN E T I S M M A GN ETI C H EA LI N G . 1 49

h i gh a d egr ee of a th e s m e p o w er a s h e do es no ,

di sti nct m anif estati o n of th e influ enc e will b e per

c eived .

P e r so n s po ssess a t di ff er ent ti m es di ff er en t
3.

d egr ees of m agn etic pow er and al so di ffer ent d eg r ees

,

of i m pr essibili ty Con sequ en tly th e sa m e cla ss of

.

exp eri m en ts by th e sa m e p er son s will so m eti m es b e

, ,

succ essful and so m eti m es f a il .

4 . Exp eri m ent s wi th th e sick if j udiciou sly co n ,

duc ted seldo m fail to a ff ord r eli ef ; a n d if di sea se

,

sh o u ld b e en ti r el y o f a n er vo u s charac ter p er m an en t ,

r ecov ery will u sually f o ll o w .

5 I
. f s u sc ep tibili ty to ani m a l m agn eti sm is a

qu a lity o r po wer of th e n erv es th em selv es it is al way s ,

i m prov ed and r end er ed m o r e acu t e and di sti nc t by

ex erci se I f th e su sc eptibili ty is th e r esult of dis ea se
.
,

it g en erally di m ini sh es a s th e pati ent r ec o v er s I n .

o th er wor ds i t r equir es m or e m a g n etic pow er to

,

influ enc e a h ealthy organ than it do es to influ en ce

a di sea sed organ .

6 T h e m o st i m portant facul ty i n an op erator is

.

h is ability to conc entrat e h is m ind Fo r want of th is .

abili ty m any who po ssess a high d egr ee of animal

,

m agn etis m a r e v ery poor op erat o r s wh en th ey should ,

b e m ost su cc essfu l Th e po w e of conc en tration of

.
r

m ind m ay b e gr ea tly incr ea sed by p ers ev ering pra e

tic e .

7 By . j udici o us sci enti fi c exp e rim ent s in a ni m al

m agn et i sm ev ery d epr essed part of th e body m ay
,

b e b rou g ht into a c o ndi tion of natural activity ind e ,

1 50 AN IM AL MA GN ET I S M— M A GN ETI C H EA L I N G .

p end ent of the action of oth er orga n s and m ay b e ,

forc ed to p erfor m its par ticular funct io n in a n atural

m ann er without int erf ering w i th o th er o rgan s Tha t .

is it is po ssibl e to sti m ulat e a d epr essed org a n wi th

,

o ut ov er sti m ulating organ s that ar e working n a t

-

u r a lly .

8. Thr o ugh ani m al m agn eti sm th e s eat and char

act er of di sea se m ay b e a sc er tain ed and the p r op er
m eans of r estora tion indicat ed Also th e i m prov e
.
,

m ent o r d eclin e of th e p a ti en t s conditi o n may b e

’

not ed from day to day .

I . Do n o t op erat e upon p erson s who a r e s eriou sl y

a ff ect ed in the vital o rgan s unl ess you a r e your self
stron g an d in g o od h eal th ; o th erwi se thr o ugh y o u r ,

own impr essibili ty you m ay r ec eiv e fro m th em th e

,

sy m pto m s of th eir di sea ses in stea d of co m m u n ica t

,

ing to th em the b en eficial infl u enc es of your O wn

syst em .

2 . I n tr eating di seas ed p ersons i f you wish to ,

stimulat e or a rou se to ac tivi ty any sp ecial organ tha t

is d epr ess ed whil e di r ecting your magn eti sm to tha t

,

o rgan , always k eep o ne hand n ear the antagon i stic

org an of th e pati ent or of a sound an d h ea l thy
bystand er .

PR ECA U TI ON S TO BE OBS ER VED .

3 . I f O p erating upon p ersons w h o a r e passionat e

by natur e or easily ang er ed b e ca r eful no t to excit e

,

th eir organs of comba tiv en ess d estructiv en ess etc

, ,
.
,

unl ess provid ed with a ssistanc e to control th em I f .

by accid ent or desi gn you sho ul d happ en to excit e

1 52 A N I MA L
‘
MA G E I
N T S M— M A GN ETI C H EA L I N G .

hands with th e pal m s ou tward to th e to p o f th e h ead , ,

wh enc e you sh o uld proc eed as b ef o r e occa sionally ,

makin g pa ss es down th e br ea st .

The pass es of the hand should b e light Th ey m ay .

not ev en touch th e body or th ey m ay sl igh tly bru sh

,

it and o cca sionally r est a few sec o nd s on th e

should ers br east o r sto m ach until the subj ect is i n a
, ,

d eep sl eep This m a y b e kn o wn by th e action of his

.

hands which will b e at trac ted to your own a s a

,

n eedl e to a m agn et ; or by th e fact a s a rul e th a t , ,

h e will not an sw er any qu estion s put to h im by any

oth er p er son than the op erat o r So m e subj ect s wi ll .

sl eep alth ough n ot v ery prof o undly and n o t exhibi t

, ,

th es e sign s I h g en eral the subj ec t b ec o m es rigi d

.
_ ,

in h is li m b s b ut to thi s rul e th er e ar e m any ex cep

,

tions W h en v ery r igid th e t en sion sh oul d b e

.
,

r eli ev ed by r ev ers e pa sses .

EXP ER I M EN T S I N A N I M A L MA GN ET I S M .

Wh en you r subj ect is asl eep you m a y tak e into ,

your mouth anything tha t ha s a p eculiar ta st e a n d ,

h e will tast e a s you tast e ; an d if h e is fami liar wi th

th e articl e h e will giv e you its na m e wh en h e
,

aw ak en s Cl ean se your mou th thoroughly a nd ta st e

.
,

of som ething els e and he will feel and act as b efo r e

, ,

as long as you hav e your self a di stinct p erc eption o f

the articl e I n th es e exp erim ents th e mild est and
.

most volatil e ar ticl es should b e chos en fi rst as a pow ,

er ful and p er ma n ent s timulant tak en fi rst wi ll r emai n

wi th th o se tak en lat er and co nfu se th e impr essio n s

th ey m ay m ak e .
 A N I MA L M A GN ETI S M— M A GN ETI C H EA LI N G . 1 53

I f yo u inflict pain up o n y o ur self in any w a y th e ,

subj ec t will f eel and d escrib e it I f yo u sh o uld b e .

gl o o m y o r happy irri tat ed o r cal m your subj ect wil l

, ,

b e lik ewi se I f you ar e di sea sed you ought not to

.
,

m ag n etiz e anyon e it wi l l inj u r e you a s w ell a s th e

,

subj ect ; not seriou sly but unpl ea santly I f you

,
.

cannot a t all ti m es u n d er th e m o st pr o vo king cir

c u m sta n ces k eep your o wn tem p er and r etain a n
,

ev en balanc e o f all your f eeling s you a r e not a pr o p er,

p er so n to exp eri m ent with the influ enc e of ani m al

m a gn eti sm upon o th ers Fir st cul tivat e th e pow er
.

o f self c o ntrol and

-
th en pra ctic e m agn eti sm U pon
o th er s .

TO EX A M I N E D I S EA S E D P ER S ON S .

I n ord er to diag n o se di sea se through th e influ enc e

of ani m a l m agn eti sm thr ee per son s m us
,
t b e p r esent
a t th e si tting na m ely th e op erat o r th e subj ect and
, , ,

th e pati ent I t is th e du ty of th e o p erator to plac e

.

th e subj ect in a d eep sl eep by th e m ethod s g i v en ,

an d to th en m a k e m a g n etic c o nn ection b etw een th e

sl eeping subj ect and th e pati ent .

Af ter th e subj ect h as b een thoroughly plac ed

und er th ein flu enc e o f a ni m al m agn et i sm h a v e th e ,

pa ti en t tak e a seat b esid e h im and th en j oin th ei r

h and s G en tl y by pa sses wi th th e h a nd s bru sh fro m
“
.
, ,

”
th e sl eepin g subj ect th e m agn eti sm in to th e
pati ent in th e m ann er of m akin g th ese pa sses as
,

abov e d escrib ed and continu e d o in g so u ntil th e

,

subj ec t will an sw er fr eely any

q u esti o n s p u t to h im

by th e pati en t c on cerning h is c o n dition of h eal th I f .

1 54 A N I M AL M A GN ET I S M— M A GNETI C H EA L I N G .

the subj ec t should b e a sk ed by th e pa ti ent : What .

is the m att er wi th m e "”

th e r eply would not b e
“ ”
dir ec tly : You hav e a canc er or what ev er might ,

be the difli cul ty H e will avoid dir ect an sw er s and

.

e rhap s paus e o r r efus e to r eply until l ed on by

p
“
indir ect q uestion s such as : How a r e m y lung s m y
, ,

sto m ach my liv er kidn ey s etc

,
na m ing th e vario us
, ,
.

organs and structures slowly givin g him t i m e to

“
,

r eply t o each To su ch qu estion s h e will r eply : Thi s

” “ “
.

organ is infla m ed Tha t is inac tiv e Thi s is ulc er

“ “
.

” ”
a ted . Tha t is hard en ed Th is is i m prov .
~

”
ing . That is growin g wor se I n m any
in stanc es if the sl eeping subj ect should b e fa m il ia r
,

w ith m edicin es h e will advi se th e u se of c er tai n r em

,

edi es of a h ar m l es s natu r e I t s eem s r em arkabl e

.

that th e diagno si s m ad e by subj ect s th rough m ag ~

n etism is u sually c o rr ec t and of ten arriv ed a t v ery

q uickly although
, phy sicians had p r evio u sl v

att empt ed in vain to arriv e at a sa tisfac tory conclu

sion .

Through the g en eral use of animal m agn eti sm ,

w h er e the physician i s the o p erator and th e pati ent

i s th e subj ec t m uch go od can b e a ccomplish ed I n
, .

n ervou s di sturbanc es it is esp ecially valuabl e H ys .

ter ica l p er sons ar e much r eli ev ed and q ui eted by sui t

abl e pa sses; wak efuln es s is ov ercom e an d r efr esh in g
sl eep is s ecur ed and d el irium oft en sp eedily an d
,

eff ectually subdu ed m uch m o r e r eadily th an by th e,

u se of m edicin es I n th e cours e o f fevers thi s m eth od

.
,

of q u i eti ng r estl essn es s is extr em ely val uabl e and

 CHA PT ER X I V .

O ER C OM I N G H A BI T S BY H Y PN OT I S M
V .

N a tu r e of h a b its— D r u gs of n o a va il —S ugg esti on th e b a sis of

S a ni ta r i u m tr ea tm en t— M o r ph in e a nd a l coh o l cu r es— H ow
h yp n otism over co m es h a b i ts— C ur r ents of n er ve f or ce
M em or y a n d post h yp no u sm
- — F r ig h ten ed h or ses— T o b acco
‘

h ab it cur ed —C a u se a n d cu r e or sta m m er i ng —C ig ar ette

sm o k ing— C ur e of oth er h ab its.

A habi t is th e m ental inabilit y to pr ev ent th e fr e

q u en t r ep etitio n of an action P er son s w ho su ff er .

fro m bad habit s would a s a rul e gladly ov erco m e

, ,

th em i f th ey could but th ey cannot do so w i thou t

,

h elp Puni sh m en t wi l l not h elp th em fo r th a t o n ly

.
,

incr eas es th eir m ental inability by forcing upon th em

th e consciou sn es s of th ei r w eakn ess Wh en anyon e .

addic ted to a habit b eco m es convinc ed of his ab ility

to ov erc o m e i t h a l f th e bat tl e is won a lthough wh en
, ,

h is eff ort s a r e follow ed b y failur e his s el f co n fid en ce -

soon vani sh es .

M edicin es ar e o f n o avail in curing ha b its I t is .

tru e that m o st exc ell ent r esult s hav e occa si onally

b een ob tain ed in the tr ea tm en t o f the O p ium h abi t ,

th e liquor ha b it etc but the car eful inv estigati o n of

, .
,

th o se cas es would show that the pa ti en t s w er e

usua lly und er rigid con trol for w eeks or mo n th s;
 V
O ER C OM I N G H A BI T S OF H Y P N OT I SM 1 57
'

tha t th ey w er e gi ven no opp o rtunity to r ep eat th ei

inj uriou s action s and that th e m edi cin es u sed w er e

em ploy ed for corr ecting th e abn o rm al conditi o n s .

r esulting fro m th e bad habit s and not for the purpo se

“
o f curing th e m i nd .

I n so m e m eth o d s of t r eating bad habits strychni a ,

and oth er n erv e d estroy er s ar e u sed for th e dir ect

p ur po se of d estroying functi o nal ac tivi ty of th e
n ervou s sy st em Th ey m ak e wr eck s o f th e m ind and
.

b ody and cannot b e call ed cur es .

A gai n m any p er sons addic ted to th e m orphin e or

,

li qu o r h a bi ts vo lun tarily plac e th em sel ves in sani ta

r iu m s o r r etr eat s wid ely a dv er ti sed a s plac es wh er e
,

th ese habi ts ar e p o si tiv ely cur ed I t is a fact th a t .

m any a r e b en efit ed by going to su ch in stituti o n s b u t ,

th e r eal b en efit o b tain ed is du e to th e sugg esti o n s

i m p r essed upon th e m ind Ev ery thing sugg ests to .

th e pati ent a cu r e o f h is hab it Th e adv er ti sem en ts .

h e r ead po si tiv ely a sser ted that h e could b e cur ed .

th e l etter s h e r ec eiv ed fro m th e in stit ution t o ld him

in em pha ti c t erm s that all he had to do wa s to
“co m e and b e cur ed ” he w ent and the doctor s and
;
th e n ur ses i m pr ess ed up o n him that a cur e was cer ~

tain an d h e b eca m e c o nvinc ed and und er th eir influ

“
,

"
h i s “fl “ C
0 .

14 IN A In
en ce he r CS tf a I P
°A
u
t
.
0
a u
”
u
A A
t/C C a I u
A m
C
A
C u
A
ri u
1

u c u t,
A "l
l "

an d if h e was cur ed it wa s ther esu lt Of fo rcibl e ac tion

'

u pon h is m ind I n fact it was a cu m b er so m e pro

.
, ,

tract ed and exp en si v e m ethod o f o v erco m ing his

h abi t which m i g h t hav e b een ea sily and quickly c u r ed
by hypno ti sm I n th ese sani ta riu m s o u tsid e of th e
.
,
1 58 ovEn CoMtN G H BI TS A or HYPN OTI SM
.

t r ea tm en t o f the body giv en to ov erco m e the eff ect s

,

o f th e bad habits th e on ly actual b en efit giv en th e

,

pati ent in his m ental eff orts is the sugg est ion o r ,

s em i hypno ti sm forc ed upo n him D ir ect hypnotis m

-
.

is far m or e eff ectiv e and it is encouraging to kno w

that the m edical pr o f ession is gradually r eal izing its
pow er in th ese ca ses T he futur e is f ull o f p r o m i se to
.

tho se w illing to avai l th ems elv es of th e advantag es

of thi s m arv elou s sci enc e .

H o w do es hypnotis m ov erc o m e a habit " To

an sw er th e qu es tion sci ent ifically would r equ ir e th e
u se o f m uch t ech nical languag e to und er stan d wh ich ,

would n ec essita te a c o m pl et e knowl edg e o f th e phy si

ology o f the brain and n ervou s sy st em B u t as thi s .

work was not co m pil ed for the exclu siv e u se o f

physicians and sci enti sts a si m pl e answ er to th e,

qu estion can b e gi ven in fi g urativ e langua g e .

O u r volun ta ry ac tion s a r e controll ed by ou r

though ts and our thoughts can b e l ik en ed t o
, cu r
”
r ent s of n erv e forc e m aking i m pr essions upon brain
,

ti ssu es W h en th ese curr ent s r ep ea tedly flow in th e

'

. .

sa m e m ann er up o n th e sa m e ti ssu es la stin g i mpr es ,

sion s a r e mad e and th e ac ti on s th ey p romp t b ec o m e

,

al m o st involun tary D uring th e sta t e of hypno si s

.

th e m ind is ab solu tely pas siv e an d th e O p erato r can

’
dir ec t th e subj ec t s curr en t of though t i n any m an n er
h e m ay choo se By sudd en and fo rcibl e su g g estion
.

h e can turn th e curr en t abrup tly o u t of its w ell w o rn -

chann el and by r ep eti tion s of th i s fo rcibl e sug g es

,

tion he is enabl ed to cau se th e cu rr en t of tho ught to

 V ER COMI N G
O H A BIT S OF H Y PN OT I S M
.

th o ught to flow in tha t d eep groov e O nly consta n t .

eff o rt or so m e coun teracting in flu en c e can di sa s

so cia t e the id ea O f th e ob j ect and th e th ough t o f fea r .

OU R ED T H E TOBA CC O H A BI T .

A g entl em an fro m I owa M r John T B o y er a few

,
. .
,

y e ars ago cal l ed upon m e for th e m edi c al tr eat m en t

of his wi fe wh ich n ec essitat ed th ei r r em ain ing in

,

the ci ty for s ev eral w eek s H e was a n i nv et era t e

.

ch ew er of tobacco and expr essed th e m o st ard en t

d esi r e to ov erco m e the habit H e had m ad e many .

va in att em pt s to do so an d had fru itl essly us ed

various anti tobacco pr epara tion s I n th e cour se O f
-
.

a conv er sa tion with h im upon the subj ec t o f hyp h o

tism I m a d e th e em phatic a sser tion t hat th rough
th e hypnotic m eth o d I could co m pl etely cur e h im
of hi s habit b efor e his wife sh o uld b e abl e to r eturn
hom e H e agr eed to r emai n w i th h er an d submit to
.

m y h ypnoti c i nflu enc e .

Fo r so m e r ea son M r Boy er was hard to hyp h o

.

tiz e m y fi rst and s econd att em pt s exha u st ed m e

,

without ind ucing hypno si s in him but th e third ,

att em p t was succ es sful Aft er first g etting h im into

.

the pr o found stag e I gav e h im

, a pi ec e of plug
tobacco to ch ew informing h im that i t was a sp ecia l
,

bran d fro m Cuba H e r eli sh ed it i m m en sely S o o n

. .

I in fo r m ed h im th at although it was such a sup erio r

,

to b acco it po ss ess ed the p eculia ri ty tha t h e could n o t

g e t it out of his m outh T hi s sta r tl ed him fo r awh il e
.

and th en with a broad grin on h is fac e h e ch ew ed

furiously I n a short tim e I sa id
.
 OVER COMING H A BI T S OF H Y P N OTI S M .

“
W ell ’
you can t g et tha t out of your m outh that s ’ '

, ,
’
cer tain and you can t stop ch ewing it ; b u t you v e
’
,

mad e an awful m i stak e— th e to b acco i s nothing but

”
ca t fil th
. .

T h e sc en e that follow ed was ludicrous H e con .

to r ted h is fac e frightfully turn ed up h is no se, gagg ed

,

h i m sel f twis ted his body walk ed back and forth

, , ,

th r ew h i m self on the fl oor and finally r each ed a ,

stat e of agony wh en I sudd enly exclai m ed

“N ow you can stop ch ewing n ow you can Spi t
,

;
i t o ut o f you r m ou th H er e wa sh out your m outh
.
,

”
with th i s wa ter .

H e l o st no ti me and eag erly c l ean sed h is m outh

,

w ith th e i m aginary wat er which I pr et end ed to han d

to him in a g l a ss Aft er h e had qui et ed down I
.

em phatica lly stat ed in slow m onoton ou s ton es

“
, ,

Ev ery p iec e of tobacco that you m ay try to ch ew

w ill h a ve ca t fil th in it It wi ll mak e you d eathly
.

”
sick ; l eave it alon e .

Th en by th e cu sto m ary m ethod I awak en ed him

, , .

Th e n ext ti m e I plac ed him und er the infl u enc e

I o ffer ed h im i m aginary ch ewin g g um an d th en ,

told him that h e could not stop ch ewing and that

i t wa s to b acco and not ch ewing g um and fi nally ,

th at th e tobacco contain ed cat fil th Thi s plan I ‘

adopt ed in all m y work upo nh im Altog eth er I hyp .

,

n o tiz ed h im tw elv e tim es in four w eek s B efor e .

he l eft th e city h e was entir ely cur ed of the to b acc o

habit although h e had n o r ecoll ecti o n of his exper i
,

en c e whil e in th e hypnotic stat e I t was v ery .

1 62 OVER COMI N G H A BI T S OF H Y PN OT I S M .

grat ifyin g a s w ell a s a m u sing to wa tch him wh en

, ,

o ff er ed a pi ec e o f to bacco H e would look a t it in

.

such a p ec u liarly su spicious m an n er a n d sn i ff its

‘

odo r wi th evid ent di sgust and th en han d i t b a ck ,

with th e r em ark
“ I r eally don t car e for it ; i t s eems to m e it wo uld
’

”
mak e m e sick i f I should try to ch ew it .

M r B oy er s av ersion to tobacco ha s r emain ed

.
’

with him ev er sinc e and m y succ ess in h is cas e has

,

aid ed m e in ov erco m ing th e h a bi t in ot h er s .

A S A C UR E F OR S T U T TER I N G .

Wh en d efor m iti es o f the organ s of S p eech c a us e

stutt ering hypnotis m cannot b e u tiliz ed a s a m ean s
,

of cu r e ; but wh en stutt ering is d u e to h ab i t o r

n ervou s condi tions th en hypno ti sm can confid en tly
,

b e r eli ed upon and is probably th e o nly eff ec tive

,

m ethod tha t giv es pro m p t r esult s I n m o st ca ses .

’
two or th r ee w eek s t i m e em bracing ten or t w el v e
,

sitting s will b e su ffici ent

,
M y m eth o d o f cu ri n g
.

stu tt eri ng th rough hypnotis m is w ell ill u st ra ted by

th e ca se o f D ani el M cI n tyr e a youn g man n in eteen ,

y ear s o l d who ha d stutt er ed ev er sin c e h e wa s six

,

y ear s old Th e habi t was m o st lik ely for m ed b v

.

a sev er e scold ing and whippin g giv en to h im a t th a t

ti m e by h is fath er for so m e trivial o ff en s e I t to ok .

m o st p er si st ent inquiry to asc ertain thi s fact ; b u t i t

is alway s impor tant t o r ealiz e th e origin of th e habi t ,

fo r such knowl edg e m ay b e an aid i n eff ec ti ng a

cur e .

Young M cI n tyr e had follow ed th e u sual co ur se

 OV ER COMI N G H A BI TS OF H YPN OTI S M
.

th es e si ttings D urin g th e fi r st two w eeks wh en

.
,

not und er hypnoti c control h e s eem ed to stu tter

,

wor se than ev er b u t during th e third w eek i m p rov e

,

m ent was rapid and aft er th e sitting in wh ich h e

,

won the priz e h e had no fur th er trou b l e .

S elf consciousn ess whil e sp eaking is th e most com

-

mon caus e of stutt ering and stutt er ers cannot shak e

,

O ff th e f eeling tha t oth ers a r e criticising th ei r lan

guag e Th er e com es to my m ind the r ecoll ection

.

of a marri ed man who was n ev er kn own to sp eak

corr ectly until he was onc e ov erh eard talking gl ibly

and corr ectly to his infant child wh en h e th ough t

no one els e was n ear H e kn ew th e child could not

.

critici se hi s la nguag e and lost his s elf consciou sn ess

,
-
.

Proba b ly no b ad ha b it is easi er to ov ercom e by

hypnot ism than th e habit O f cigar ett e s m ok ing
‘

which h as b ecom e w id espr ead and f raught with gr eat

dang er to bo th min d and b ody The subj ect s ar e
.

usually hypnotiz ed v ery ea sily and r eadil yob ey post

,

hypnoti c sugg estions I n th es e ca ses o n e pr ecaution

.

m ust b e observ ed : D o n ot plac e the subj ec t in th e

l etha rgi c o r catal eptic start e The h eart is usual l y
.

too w eak to p erm it this condition w ith safety I n .

g en eral the br eaking o f the cigar ett e habit b y hyp

,

n o tism i s es sentially th e sam e a s th e m ethod adopt ed

for the cur e o f the to b acco ha b it .

V arious oth er bad habit s could b e m ention ed th at

hav e b een quickly ov ercom e a nd any o ne who has
,

ma st er ed th e ar t of hypnotism can acco m plish gr ea t

good in th is l in e of work I f the sci enc e w er e val u
.
 O ER COM I N G H
V A BIT S OF H Y P N OT I SM . 1 65

a b l e fo r no oth er purpo se its study should b e

,

encourag ed . B ut wh en we r ealiz e th e m ultitud e of

oth er b en efit s to b e d eriv ed froo m hypnoti sm we ,

cannot b ut r egard it as o n e of th e gr eat est of all

th e branch es of sci enc e and th e futur e O p en s a m a r
,

v el o u s fi eld of u sefuln ess to thos e who int ellig entl

y
study its philosophy and practica l application .
 C H A PT ER X V .

C R I MIN AL H YPN OT I S M .

H yp n otism d oes not cor r u pt m o r a l s — S ensa tional n ewpa per

a r ticl es— S tol e wh il e h yp notiz ed — M el an ch o l y in d u ced b y
a. d isca d ed s i t
r u or — El opem ent du e to h ypn oti c i n fl u en ce
S ensa tiona l r epor ts— T r ai ned cr im i n a l s— H yp n o tism an

excuse—A d r ug cl er k ’
s er r or — Possib il ities of cr i m e —P ossi
b il ity of b od il y h ar m —C on fi d ence i n th e O per a tor .

The clai m that hypnotism i s fr equ ently u sed to

produc e cri m inal s and to aid i n th e p erp etuation o f
cri m e is ba sed m or e u pon the imagination th a n up on
fact I t can no m or e corrup t th e m oral s en ses O f
.

tho se subj ect ed to its in fl u enc es than i t can instil l

con sci enc e m orali ty an d int egri ty i n to th e h uman
, ,

cha ra ct er .

Th e ter m Cri m inal H yp notism i s on a pa r w i th

su ch evid ent m i sn o m er s as cri m inal a stron o my cri m ,

inal ch em i stry cri m inal m echanic s etc

,
Th es e ,
.

sci enc es do not produc e the d esir e to co m mi t cri m e ,

al though th ey i m part knowl edg e that an evil m in d ed -

p er son migh t r eadily u se fo r such p u rpos es Fo r .

instanc e an astrologi st wh o actually p oss ess ed an

,

a ccurat e knowl edg e of a strono m y m ight so i m p r ess

a cr edul ou s p er son a s to m ak e him b eli ev e that th e

r elation shi p o f th e variou s plan et s to his lif e m a d e
1 68 CR I M I N A L H Y PN OT I S M .

l ar y H e was a rr est ed Thursday n ight by O flI cer M a

’

lon ey as he wa s l eaving th e r ear do o r of B u r ton 8 :

’
H ook er s d ry good s stor e 26 3 W est Third S tr eet
, ,

ca rrying wi th him s ev eral bolt s o f silk d r es s good s .

H is nov el d ef en se was th e sta t em en t that h e had

b een for two days und er th e c o n trol of a hypnoti st ,

who had paid him a dollar a day for th e privil eg e of

exp eri m enting up o n him H e said h e had call ed upon
.

the hypnotist two hour s b efor e h e wa s a rr est ed and

had allow ed hi m self to b e hypnotiz ed af ter w h ich ,

h e could r ecoll ect no thing un til awa k en ed by th e

shock of arr est H e could no t giv e th e n a m e o r
.

addr es s of th e hypno tist wh o h ad in duc ed h im to

co m m it the c r im e H is ca se was giv en a c o ntin u
.

an c e un til n ext Thur sday in o rd er to aff ord hi m a n

,

O pportunity to r ecall th e ev en ts an d plac es tha t could

enabl e him to prov e h is cl a i m of inn o c enc e an d fix

”
th e guilt upon th e party who hypnotiz ed h im .

R EM A R KA BL E H Y P N OT I C P OW ER .

M inn i e T euf el ag ed n in eteen wa s y est erd ay sent

, ,

to th e insan e a sylu m su ff ering fro m profoun d m el

,

an ch o l ia induc ed by th e hyp no tic pow er o f a for m er

,

suitor wh o m she had r ej ec ted S h e h as b een in

.

this condition for six w eek s I t wa s brough t u pon

.

h er sudd enly a s sh e pa ssed th e un scrupulou s hyp

no ti st in th e str eet S h e l eft h er ho m e in the b est
.

of spirits and r etu rn ed i n th e sa d c o ndi tion which

now ruins h er li fe Th e hypno ti st l eft th e city af ter
.

p erforming his evil work an d fri ends of the girl

,

thr ea ten dir e v eng eanc e upon him w hen h e r etur ns,
 CR I M I N A L H Y P N OT I S M . 1 69

unl ess h e is abl e to r estor e M i ss T euf el to h er right

”
m ind .

H OME W R EC K E D BY H Y PN O T I S M .

A sa d ca se of th e evil influ enc e that can b e ex er ted

by an un scrupulou s hypn o ti st h as l a tely startl ed th e
a ri stocratic suburb of Clifton and whil e it s erv es ,

w ell to illu strat e th e dan g er to soci ety mad e po s

sibl e by thi s la test fad it al so serv es to explain m an y
,

in cid en t s that hav e l ed to th e cond em nati o n in stead

o f th e pi ty o f its v icti m s About a m o n th ago Clifton
.

so ci ety m i ssed th e pr esenc e of o n e of its m o st pO pu

lar l ead er s wh o se na m e is wi thh eld for o bvi o u s

,

r eas o n s I t wa s r ep o r ted th a t sh e was vi si ting r ela

.

tives in th e ea st and would sh o rt l y r eturn H er .

h u sband a pro m in en t bu sin ess m an and h er r elativ es

, ,

w er e th e only on es who kn ew h er abs enc e to b e

d u e to h er el o p em ent wi th a w ell known at torn ey -
.

H er r eturn th e l a tter p a rt of th e w eek wa s brough t

about by h er r eali z ation o f th e t erribl e m i stak e sh e
“

h a d m ad e and r em or se for h er act I t seem s that .

th e youn g att o rn ey who wrought such h avoc in h er

ho m e ha d m uch l ei sur e ti m e on his hands and ,

em ploy ed it in studying the occul t sci enc es a m o ng ,

whi ch wa s th e art of hypnoti sm which h e r ea dil v ,

m ast er ed N o t c o n tent to practic e it up o n subj ect s

.

hir ed for th e p u rp o s e h e end eav o r ed to br ing h is

,

fri end s und er h is influ en c e and succ eed ed so r em ark

,

ably w ell tha t h e wa s so on m a kin g boa sts of his

p o w er o ver th e nu m er o u s l adi es who favor ed h im
with th e hospitalityof th eir ho m es Th e pro m in enc e .
1 70 CR I M I N A L H Y P N OT I SM .

and popularity of th e pa r ti es c o nc ern ed forbi d th e

sta tem en t o f particular s but en o ugh h as b een said
,

to expla in th e fa scination that l ed a wif e an d m o th er

to d esert hu sb and an d childr en and w r eck h er h o m e

and b rin g di sgrac e upon h er sel f and family Th a t .

such havoc can b e w rough t by hypnoti sm ev en in ,

a singl e in stanc e d em on strat es th e dang ers run by

,

tho se who a r e introducing i t into soci ety a s a fad

and a m ean s of a m u sem ent .

Th e colu m n s of a daily n ewspa p er n ec essarily con

tain m uch that is writt en by in co m p et en t p er son s .

but th e i nflu enc e of its art icl es is gr eat S uch a rtic l es .

a s a r e quot ed ab ov e hav e had m u ch to do i n ca u sin g

gr eat m isund er stand ing conc erning th e pow er s and

u ses o f hypnoti sm I t ca nnot b e prop erly j udg ed
.

by the stat em ents of tho se i ncomp et en t to explai n

its pow er s and th e rash and sen sation al s tat em ents
,

of n ew spap er r eport ers should b e tak en for what th ey

a r e worth and not b e giv en cr edit for sci enti fi c
,

accura cy Th e av erag e r eport er is n o mor e comp e

.

tent to explai n the subj ect of hypnotism than h e is

to explain the oth er bran ch es of sci enc e .

I t is of cours e po ssibl e for a d esi gn in g p erso n

, , , ,

skill ed in th e art of hypn o ti sm to i nduc ed trai n ed

,

subj ect s to co m mit cri m es for which th ey sh ou ld n ot

b e h eld altog eth er accountabl e b ut su ch instances

,

ar e extr em ely rar e and a r e always a ssoci at ed w it h

,

fac ts that explain th em I t is no argu m ent aga inst

.

hypnoti sm to a ss ert or ev en to prov e that it can b e

advanta g eou sly u sed for criminal purpos es The .
1 72 C R I M I N A L H Y P N OTI SM .

not for th e g en eral cla m or for th e sensat ional i n any

form .

Whil e it is tru e that th er e is no such th ing as

cri m inal hypno tism yet it is n ec essary to r ealiz e
,

th e po ssibili ti es of cri m e in conn ec tion with th e pra e

tic e o f th i s art A ba se and criminal natu r e alway s
.

s eeks m eans of sati sfying it self and a p er son d esi rou s

,

of doing wrong will end eavor to l earn m eth od s tha t

will aid h im i n so doing A ll arts and sci en c es ca n
.

b e us ed for b as e purpo ses and ev ery innoc ent a m u se

,

m en t can b e utiliz ed a s a gam e o f chanc e ; yet th e

arts and sci enc es and popular a m u sem en ts a r e

encourag ed ev erywh er e K nowl edg e cannot of it sel f
.

d ebas e anyon e b ut a m ind alr eady d ebas ed may

,

use knowl edg e to the in j ury of oth ers Th e sci enc e .

of hypnoti sm is no exc eption to the rul e and th e ,

few who use it fo r di sr eputabl e purpo ses cannot

d etract from its gr eat valu e to m an kind i n g en eral .

The mor e it is und ersto o d th e gr eat er w i ll b ecom e

,

the b en efi ts to b e d eriv ed fro m it .

I t is pos si b l e for a hypno ti st to so compl etely

g ain control ov er his subj ect a s to co m p el o b edi en c e
to hi s d em and s o f a cri m inal nat ur e o r to ca us e su b ,

mission to bodily har m B ut w e ar e cons tan tl y

. .

placing ou r liv es into th e hands of oth ers and r elyin g

u pon th ei r int egri ty for p ersonal safety Th e phy .

sician could ea sily caus e th e d eath of h is pati en t with

o ut suspicion , the nurs e could d estroy the li f e o f

her charg e and in innum erabl e oth er ca s es crim es
, .

coul d b e committ ed b y thos e with w hom we asso

 C R I M I N A L H Y P N OT I S M . 1 73

ciat e I t is our confid enc e in th ei r in tegri ty tha t

.

cau ses us to think of n o evil a l th o ugh the o ppor

,

tunities for doing har m ar e ev er pr es en t I n con

.

n ectio n wi th hypn o ti sm such o pp o rtuni ti es a r e v ery

infr equ en t and n eed n ev er occur

, .

U n til th e practic e o f hyp n o t ism b eco m es mor e

g en eral and a ssu m es its plac e a m ong m ethods co m
m o n l y em ploy ed for variou s purpo ses it is advi sa bl e
,

fo r th e hypn o ti st to con stantly guar d a g ainst th e po s

sib ility o f f l se a c cu sa tio n s
a th ir d
pa r ty sh o u l d
alway s b e pr es ent and a subj ec t should n ev er b e
hypnotiz ed wi thout h is p ersonal con sen t or th e con
sent o f h is fri end s . N ev er m ak e a m yst ery of h ypno ~

tism and always l et your r ela tionship with th e subj ect

b e a b ov e su spicion .
 C H A PT ER X VI .

H Y P N OTI S M A N D D I S EA S E .

I nfluen ce of m ind over h ea l th R esistin g con ta g ious d isea ses

-

I m m un ity or n u r ses —C on cen tr a tion of th o ug h t— D i sp en sa

tl on s of P r ovi d ence—P r o tecti on a. n a tur a l l a w— M en ta l d e
ter m ination— C a se of Dr Ta n n er — M a i n ten a nce of h ea l th
—N o tim e to g et sick— Da n g er in r etir in g f r om b u sin ess
.

I m a g ina ti on a n d d isea se— F ea r of ten ca uses d isea se—I m

a g i na r y h yd r op h ob ia— I d l en ess i n vi tes d i sea se H ypoch o n
-

d r ia—A ppl i a nces to wa r d of"d isea se—Bel ts a n d ch ar m s

El ectr ic b el ts Pil g r im a g es M ir a cl es per f or m ed a t
sh r i nes .

Th e gr eat est po ssibl e b en efits to b e d eriv ed fro m

hypnotis m a r e th o se in conn ec tion wi th di seas e T he .

m ind ex ert s a w o nd erful influ enc e o v er th e h eal th

o f th e body and p er son s subj ect ed to th e m o st d ebil

,

ita tin g influ enc es and su rroun d ed by th e m o st u n h y

,

g i en ic c o ndi tion s hav e b e

,e n abl e to ward o ff di sea se

b y m ental eff ort .

Th er e is no pr ev entiv e a gain st contagion so eff ect

ive a s an ab so lu te s ens e of secu rity I t is oft en
“
.

ask ed Why do n o t phy sician s contract con tagi o u s

,

d i sea ses fro m th ei r pati en ts "”

O cca siona lly th ey
do b u t a s a rul e th ei r fa m iliari ty wi th dis eas e giv es
,
1 76 HYP NOTI S M AN D DI SEA SE .

cia l d ecr ee o f Provid enc e " How much grand er

app ears th e supr em e wisdom of the Al m ighty w h en
we r ealiz e that it is a na tural law that has b een
ob ey ed and that a natural con sequ enc e has fol
,

low ed Through th e study o f hypno ti sm we ar e

.

enabl ed to g et an in sigh t into th es e laws a nd to

plac e o ur selv es und er th ei r contr o l .

V ir tu e bring s its o wn r eward as a n at ural co u s e

q u e n c e . B eing u n se lfi sh a n d thinking n o t of our
,

own selv es wh il e stri ving to b en efit o th er s w ill gi v e ,

u s i m m uni ti es fro m m any thing s o th er wi se d eem ed

in evi tabl e M is si o nari es ha ve labor ed for y ear s in

.

the l ep er c o loni es wi thout con trac ti ng th e loath

so m e di sea se th ei r m ind s b eing wh o lly o ccupi ed in
“
,

r eli eving th e su ff ering s o f o th ers K eep up cou

.
r

”
a g e is the watchword tha t h a s su stain ed m any foo t

worn trav el er s and expl o r er s through th e dir est

ex tr em iti es .

The m ental d et er m ina tion and r esol ution t o attain

notori ety pr eserv ed D r Tann er durin g h is fa m o us
.

fa st of forty day and night

s s — a fast un equal ed b v

mor tal m a n and ut terly i m po ssibl e und er any ci r

cu m sta n ces ot h er than m en tal enth usias m Let a .

m a n b e forc ed again st h is will to ab stain from food

for half that l ength o f ti m e and h e could n ot survi v e

, .

The maint enanc e of h ealth by m ental d et er m ina

tion is within th e pow ers of all who h av e ordina ry
physical at ta in m ent s Th e r eso lutio n no t t o b e sick
.

h as sav ed m any per sons fr o m a tta ck s of dis eas e .

Th e cultivation of thi s sp eci es o f s elf hypnoti sm can

-
 T he need le ha s b een pu sh ed en tir el y t h r o u
g h th e cen ter
of th e to ng u e w ith out pa in a n d witho ut l oss o f b lood . w h ich
k
is r em a r a b l e a s th e tong ue is f u l l of sensitive n er v es a nd
m a n y sm a ll b lood vessel s .
1 78 H YPN OT I S M AND DI S EA S E .

ter of di sea se W e ar e constantly witn essing evi

.

d ences of thi s fact as manif est ed by our fri end s and

a cquain tanc es and po ssibly ours elv es
,
Fak e m edical
.

m en tak e advan tag e of th e w ell known t end ency -

of a ll to i m agin e the worst in r egard to th eir w eak

n ess es and indisposi tion s Adv er tis em ents a r e pr e
.

par ed with sypm to m s of fa tal di sea ses ar r ang ed in

a m an n er calculat ed to m ak e the r ead er b eli ev e
“
th ey fit his cas e exac tly an d as a rul e th ey acco m p
,

li sh th e purpos e for which th ey a r e wri tten T h ev .

act upon the princip l e of sugg estion m ad e u po n

a min d alr eady c o nc en trat ed upon th e o n e i d ea of
pos sibl e sick n ess b eyond r ec o v ery .

P oss essor s of fa m ily m edical guid es and n ew

stud en ts of m edicin e af ter r eading and studyi ng th e
,

symp to m s o f variou s dis eas es ar e v ery a pt to b eco m e

,

convinc ed tha t so m e of the fatal f o r m s o f di sea se

ha v e a hold upon th em .

D uring a n ep id em ic n ervou s p er so n s who dr ead th e

pr eval en t m alady ar e pron e to b el i eve ev ery i ndi s
p o si tio n a sign of th e dr ead ed di seas e T h ey m ak e .

th em selv es fam ilia r wi th th e l eading sy m p to m s a n d

daily a nd hourly watch for th em and i n this man ,

ner m ak e th em selv es far m o r e l iabl e to con trac t

th e di sea se th ey so much dr ead S uc h p er son s ca n

.

b e gr ea tly r eli ev ed by th e posi tiv e and em pha ti c

a ssuranc e tha t th eir f ear s a r e unfo und ed .

A g en tl em an of w eal th a nd educa tion b eca m e

convinc ed tha t he wa s a vic ti m of sm a ll pox H e .
 H Y PN OT I S M A ND DI S EA SE. 1 79

had a chill f o llo wed by a high f ev er wi th bo n es

, ,

ac h ing and sever e pain s in th e h ead and back .

”
S ee he said I hav e all th e sy m pt om s of sm al l
, ,

pox exc ep t th e erup tion whi ch is d u e to m orrow -

.

“N o t all th e sy m p to m s ” said his hysician

, ,

p , ;
ou r tongu e is cl ear a n d that would b e i m po ssibl e
y ,
”
in a ca se of sm allpox .

T h e po si tiv e a ss ertion from o n e who should kno w

what h e was talking about soo n c o nvinc ed th e
pat i en t that h e had a bad cold and nothin g mor e .

A few y ear s a g o a ca se of unusual int er est o ccurr ed

in thi s conn ection
“
I t wa s during the dog day s
“
.

tha t a crowd of boy s was watching th e dog catch er

pa ss by wi th his cart O n e of th em conc eiv ed th e
.

i d ea that it would b e gr eat sport to catch on e of

th e littl e boys and put h im into th e cart whi ch ,

was em pty Accordingly a littl e chap was caught

.

and thrown into th e cart Th e driv er ent er ed in to.

th e fun and carri ed th e b oy a co upl e of block s wi th ,

his co m panion s following S udd enly th e boy b egan

.

to scr ea m and t hen to growl and to bit e This h e

, .

did so viol ently tha t th e cart was stopp ed and th

b o y set fr ee H e b egan to snap at th e o th er s wh o
.
,

b ec a m e alarm ed and fled Th e littl e fellow found .

h is way h o m e wh er e h e t erri fi ed the fa m ily by his

,

an tic s Th ey thought at onc e that h e had hydr o

.

ph o bia and sent for a phy sician H is co m panions

, .

told th e story o f how it happ en ed and the fact s ,

cau sed a gr eat sen sa ti o n The phy si cian soon b ec am e

.

c o nvinc ed that th e di fficulty was entir ely ca u sed by

1 80 HY PN OTI S M A N D DI SEA SE .

f right an d th e m ental association o f the id ea o f

”
hydrophobia with th e dog ca rt Th e b oy roll ed
.

upon th e floor and su ff er ed fr equ ent spasms H e .

froth ed at the mouth a n d r efus ed to drink A f t er .

watch ing him for si m e tim e th e physician said I t ,

d o es not look lik e hydropho b ia for p erson s b itt en

,

by mad dogs roll first on on e sid e and th en o n the

”
oth er . I n stan tly th e boy roll ed from sid e to sid e .

I t was th en r ema rk ed that p ersons wh o h ad hydro

phobia would alway s bark thr ee tim es an d th en
growl .This th e boy q uickly did A gain it was .

stat ed that mad dogs h ad p eriods of r est duri ng ,

w hich th ey would sl eep soun dly and snor e lo udly .

A t onc e th e boy shu t his ey es and b egan to snor e .

M any oth er sugg estion s w er e mad e an d qu ickly

act ed upon u nti l finally th e m att er b eca m e laugh
,

abl e inst ea d of alarming a nd th en ti r eso m e wh en

“
, ,

th e docto r said, C o m e Eddi e you ha v e don e

, ,

enough of th is non sen s e ; you a r e all righ t and ,

”
no thing i s th e m a tt er with you H e rubb ed h is
.

ey es and look ed strang ely about him and sa i d O h , , ,

m y"
”
how glad I a m it wasn t tru e a nd that wa s th e
’

en d of h is a ttack o f hyd rophobia By th e surroun d

.

ings an d what th ey sugg ested and by th e frigh t

,

hi s b eing t hrown i nto th e wagon caus ed h im th e ,

b oy had b een hypno tiz ed an d act ed upon sug g es

tion s until h e had b een forcibly awak en ed fro m th e
condi ti o n o f hyno sis .

I ncid en t s ar e n o t lacking wh er e sugg estion s h av e

caus ed ac tua l di sea s e . Th e idl e mi nd is m o st fr e
 C HA PT ER XVI I .

-A N A EST H ES I A D URI N G H Y PN OS I S .

Fr eed om f r om pa in th r oug h h ypn osis— R el ig io us ecsta sy

Q ueen J ezeb el s ’
—G h ost
pr i ests d a nces— Or ien ta l d evo tees
—Bur nin g of m a r tyr s—C a ta l epsy pr oduced b y sa va g e r ites
—R el igi ous f er vor su b d u ing pa i n— M od er n i nsta n ces
Pr od uction of a n a esth esi a a na tu r a l en d owm ent— H ow to

pr od uce a na esth esia —C a se of R ob er t M cGa nn— P er f or m

a n ce of d a ng er ous su r g ica l oper a tions d ur i n g h yp n osis
M in or su r g ica l op er a tion s — D a ng er s of ch l or of o r m — I ndis

cr i m ina te use of a na esth etics — Va l u e of h ypn otism in

su r g er y— S ewing th e l ip s o e —
t g th er Passing p i ns and

need l es th r oug h th e ch ee k— Tongues sewed tog eth er —Da n

g er s .

A bsolut e fr eedom f ro m pain can b e t em po ra rily

o b tain ed through hypnosis a nd various part s of th e ,

b ody can b e r end er ed ins ensibl e to a ll f eelin g This .

fact i s one o f the most valua b l e attrib ut es o f hyp

n otism and i s d estin ed to occu py an impo rta nt part
,

i n the s ur g ery of the fut ur e .

For centuri es the ph enom enon of an a esth esi a

und er m en tal influ enc e ha s b een o b s erv ed wi thout ,

b eing sci ent ifi cally explain ed Th e ecstacy of r eli g .

ion has o ft en play ed an impo rta nt part in suc h

ma ni fes tati ons On M t C arm el th e pri ests of
. .
 A N AES TH ES IA DU R I N G H Y P N OS I S . 1 83

Q u een J ez eb el inflict ed upon th eir bodi es m u tila

tions of a horribl e natur e wi th o ut appar en t su ff ering .

I n Am erica to day th e r ed m en during th eir ghos t

-
,

danc es thru st kniv es into th eir bodi es and o th er

,

w i se mutila te th em selv es und er th e influ enc e of

,

fr enzy and s eem ingly exp eri enc e no p a in whil e

,

doing so This th ey a r e enabl ed to do by fi rs t

.

m ono tonously chan ting and da ncing and und ergo

ing hypnotization . Throughout I ndi a an d th e

O ri ent th e pri est s and d evot ees of di ff er ent s ects

co m plac ently und ergo abu ses tha t would b e ex cr u
cia tin g agony to o th er s How do th ey do it
.
"
A lways b y fir st r end ering th em selv es in sensibl e to
p ain by vari o u s m en tal influ enc es such a,s a r e now

sci entific ally clas sed und er hypnoti sm .

W as it not larg ely the r eligious ec stacy as sociat ed ,

with th e fr enzy of the multitud e or th e int ensity

of hatr ed of th ei r p er secu tor s and th e luridn ess o f
th e fla m es that ana esth etiz ed th e m artyr s of anci ent
,

day s whil e th ey wer e b eing b urn ed a t the stak e "

A m ong th e r eligiou s ri t es of m any savag e trib es
“
i t is cu sto m ary for th e p ri est s to sing song with -

th eir voic es and to danc e round and round per ,

for m ing wond erful gyrations until th ey fall i n sen

,

sibl e to the gr o und in th e condition known as

catal epsy .

Mod ern and civi liz ed r eligion s ar e not without

th ei r hypn o tic m anifestations and r eli gious fervor
,

cau ses ma ny o f the m o st cultu r ed and r efi n ed to

w ith stand exp eri enc es th ey could not oth er wi se
1 84 A N A ES T H ES I A D UR I N G H Y PN OS I S .

e ndur e N o tic e th e pati enc e and w eakn es s of m any

.

invalids who p riz e th ei r r eligi o n a b ov e life S uch .

instan c es ar e co m mon .

I t is not di sr esp ec tful or irr ev er ent to a cco u nt fo r

such manifesta tion s by the philo sophy of hypn o t

ism . R eligious f ervor is th e ov er sti m ula ti o n of -

c ertai n b rain c ent ers r esulting in th e d epr es

,

si on o f oth er c en t ers I t ma k es no di ffer en ce

.

wh eth er the individual i s h eath en o r C h ri stia n o r

pagan or savag e th e m ental caus es a r e th e sa m e
,

in charact er an d th e physical r esult s ar e co u se

,

q u e ntly id enti cal .

The produc tion o f ana esth esia or i n sen sibi lity to

physical su ff ering by m en tal influ enc e is a won d erf ul
pow er b es tow ed upon mankind I t is a na tural .

pow er n ev er fully r ecogniz ed until hypnoti s m

,

b ecam e a sci entific study N o w we r ealiz e tha t all .

ar e endow ed wi th it an d that a l l can tak e advan tag e

,

o f its b en efits for th e good of th em s elv es and oth er s .

H OW T O P R OD U CE A N A ES TH ES I A .

Wh enev er i t b ecom es d esirabl e to p rod uc e i ns en

sibility to pain by m ental infl u enc e first plac e th e ,

sub j ect in the somnambulistic sta te b y any on e of th e

various m etho d s and th en gradual ly sugg est to h im
,

that th e portion of th e body in wh ich yo u d esir e

an aesth esia is lo sing its pow er of s ensation Fo r .

in stance m ake som e such sugg estion s as the f o l l ow

,

ing :
Your ar m is g etting s om ewhat num b To uch it .

with your oth er . han d an d see i f you can feel any

1 86 A N A ESTH ES I A D U R I N G H YPNOS I S .

H ypn er tiz e m e " S ur e wha t s

,
’
that "
W ell that m eans that we will all k eep v ery
,

qui et a nd l et you go to sl eep and wh en yo u a r e ,

sound a sl eep we w ill cut o ff th e thu m b withou t your

”
knowing it and yo u will no t f eel a particl e of pain
“
.
,

Ah I see ; you m ean to giv e m e m orphin e o

,
r

O piu m an d m ak e m e sl eep Bu t I ll n o t tak e a bi t

’
.

of it M y wi fe s U ncl e J erry to o k so m e o f i t o n c e
.
’

to stop th e pai n of th e rh eu m a ti sm and h e forg o t ,

to wak e up agai n N o sir ; I m not going to b e

.
,
’

k ill ed b ecau se I got m y thu m b sma sh ed N o n e o f .

”
your poi so n s for m e .

Th en it wa s explain ed to him in as plai n langu a g e ,

as po ssibl e j u st wha t hypnoti sm r eally m eant H e

, .

li sten ed wi th th e gr eat est att en tion and th e i d ea ,

pl eas ed him won d erfully

“
.

Tha t s th e bu sin ess h e said

’
G o ah ea d ; I m
, .
’

r eady P u t m e to sl eep and swack the old th um b

.

”
o ff o f m e as soon a s you can .

H e wa s put to sl eep by th e o rdinary m eth od an d ,

wh en in p r o found hypno sis the following app rop ria te

sugg estion s w er e m a d e to him
R ob er t you hav e h urt you r thumb ; look at i t
,

car efully and the m or e you look at i t th e l ess i t

,

will pain you Watch it v ery clos ely Th e pai n i s

. .

’
l eaving ; i t do esn t pa in you at all
H is coun tenanc e assu m ed a look of int ens e in ter est
a n d his ey es b ecam e riv et ed upon th e unfort unat e

m emb er Wh en the p ai n appar en tly va ni sh ed a

.

happy sm il e Sp r ead ov er his fac e A few pa ss es .

 A N A ES T H ES I A D U R I N G H Y P N OS I S . 1 87

w er e th en m ad e o ver his for eh ead an d downward

ov er th e body and with gr eat em pha si s and v ery
, ,

slowly h e was spok en to a s follow s :

“
,

Y our a r m is g et ti n g sti ff ; it is v ery s ti ff ; you

’
can t m o v e it but it do esn t hu r t you i n th e l ea st
’
, .

Y o u r thu m b is no good to you and you want i t

cut o ff Sit p erfectly still \Ve will cut o ff your
. .

th u m b a n d do it wi th o u t hur ting yo u at all Y ou .

”
will l i k e to wa tch u s do it .

By such word s h e was k ept p erfectly m oti o nl ess

durin g th e wh o l e oper ati on which wa s q u ickly per
,
~

fo r m ed without its giving h im th e l east twing e of

,

pain . H e was a m o st in ter es ted sp ectat o r and

sm il ed pl ea san tl v at all m ov em ent s b eing d esirou s ,

th a t th e op era tion should b e p erfor m ed Th e .

sti tch es w er e in sert ed and th e stu m p ca r efully

dr essed b efo r e h e was gradu a lly arous ed
“
.

N ow ev erything is fini sh ed ; you can m ov e you r

arm s an d th ere is n o pain Th ere will b e no pain
, . .

Y ou ar e g lad th e th umb is o ff Wak e up " Wak e .

up " ”

H e wok e up and fro m tha t m o m ent R ob ert

,

M cGann b eca m e an earn est a dvocat e of hypnotis m .

H is ca se was o ne of m any oth er s equally succ essful .

Th is kind of work can b e don e for n early all pati ent s

r equiring m inor sur gi ca l operations .

A few cas es of th e p erformanc e of dang erous sur

g ic a l op erati o ns und er th e influ enc e of hypno sis .

h av e b een r ecord ed Tha t mor e hav e not b een per

.

form ed in this m ann er i s probably d ue to the fact

1 88 A N A ES T H ES I A D UR IN G H YP N OS I S .

tha t b u t few surg eon s who p erfor m capital op era

tion s a r e hypnoti sts an d tho se few a r e unabl e to
,

p er suad e th ei r pa ti en ts to sub m it to th i s m etho d .

W h en a subj ec t cann o t fully b eli eve that h e ca n b e

h ypno tiz ed su ffi ci en tly to safely und ergo a da ng er ~

o u s op era ti o n w hil e und er th e i nflu enc e o f hypn o ti sm ,

it is b est no t to und er tak e i t for th e su rg eo n wo uld

,

b e liabl e to gr ea t da m ag e w er e an accid en t to happ en

und er such ci rcu m stanc es A t the pr es ent ti m e the
.

b en efi ts and pow ers of hypno ti sm ar e no t su ffi ci en tly

w ell known by th e publi c to mak e it possibl e to fin d
many who would giv e th eir cons ent .

I n th e pefo r m ance of m inor surgi cal op era ti o n s

it is di ffer ent I n such ca ses p erson s a r e al wa vs
.

anxiou s to avoid tak ing chlo rofor m o r eth er a n d ,

ca n b e r eadily p er su a d ed to allo w th e op eration to

be p erfor m ed un d er hypno tic influ en c e Accid en ts

.

do not occu r an d th er e is no lia b ili ty of poo r r esults

b eing bla m ed upon th e em ploy m ent of hypn o sis .

Pr o ba b ly no fi eld prom is es such a wid e u sefuln ess

for hypnoti sm at the pr es ent ti m e as m inor surg ery .

I t will b e a gr ea t bl es sing to hu m anity w h en a l l

su rg eons b ecom e exp er t hypnotis ts Prof Willia m
“
. .

Young a not ed surg eon onc e r emark ed :

, , W h en
you administ er chlorofor m to a man you shak e h im
ov er his own grav e . Eth er is not such a dang er
ous articl e a s chl oroform but its in discri m inat e use
,

is most r epr eh ensi b l e .

I t is tru e that comparativ ely few actua lly die f r o m

the eff ects o f chloro form or eth er whil e upon the
1 90 A NA ESTH ESI A DUR I N G H Y PN OS I S
.

th e pr esenc e of a third party b efor e h e i s p lac ed

und er th e hypnotic in flu enc e .

Th e sewin g of tongu es tog eth er is of to o gr eat

ri sk to b e p erfo r m ed for m er e sen sat iona l eff ec t ;
the l ea st mi sst ep or fall of o n e o f th e subj ects mi g ht
caus e th e m o st serious cons equ enc es und er such cir
cum sta n ces .

B efor e in ser ting n eedl es or oth er i nstru m en ts

in to hypno ti z ed p er so n s b e sur e th at such articl es
,

a r e r end er ed a septic by fir st i m m ersing th em in som e

good as ep tic fl uid .

S eeing is b eli evin g in all such cas es ,

and th e
m o st sk epti ca l p er son s r eadi ly r ealiz e th e pow er s of
hypnoti s m wh en th ey p ersonally vi ew th e p rodu c
tion o f ana esth esi a in subj ect s plac ed u nd er its
in flu enc e and any o n e who wi tn es ses su ch exh ibiti o n s
,

can th e mor e r eadily b e induc ed to sub m i t h i m s elf

to hypn o si s w h en it is n ec essa ry fo r h i m to b e
op erat ed u pon .
 C HAPT ER X V I I I .

H YPN OT I S M A N D T H E I N SA N E .

M a niacs n ot ea si l y h yp notiz ed— M el a n ch ol i a w

m f ca k -
m in d ed
PC r so n s n Ot g ood su b ; e: : ts —H y p n o ti sm t n
’
o ”m a a w as m ” 9

o f cur in g i nsa n i ty—C o n centr a tion of th ou g h t— I n sa n e on

th e su b j ect of p er p etu al m oti on C a se of M r W i ll i am s

-
.

P a cif ying a m a n i ac— I nsa n ity f r om b a d h a b its cur ed

R el ig ious i nsa n ity -
Or g an ic d isea ses m ust be r ecog niz ed

Over com in g im a g i n a r y n otion s .

P er so ns who a r e viol entl y in san e cann o t as a ,

rul e b e r eadily hypn o ti z ed b ecau se it is a v ery d iffi

, ,

cul t m a tt er to fo rc e th em to conc en trat e th eir

tho u g hts up on an y on e obj ec t for any l eng th o f ti m e .

B ut tho se who ar e su ffering fro m m elancholi a or

o th er und em on strativ e for m s of insanity can b e
m u ch m or e r eadily m anag ed .

M any p er son s hav e an id ea that th e w ea k m ind ed

can b e ea sily hyn o tiz ed an d that good hypno ti c
“
,

subj ect s hav e a scr ew loo se so m ewh er e This is

fa r fro m th e truth an d the f a cts In r elation to it have
“
,

b een fully giv en in th e chapt er on Q uali fi cations

”
o f a Subj ect .

Wh en it is po ssibl e to conc entrat e th e thought

o f an in sa n e p er son upon so m e o bj ect d evis ed or
 1 92 HYP N OTI S M A N D TH E I NS A N E .

s el ect ed for the purpos e th en hypn o si s m ay b e pro

,

d u ced and gr eat b en efi t d eriv ed fro m sugg estions .

I n fac t hypnoti sm p r es ent s th e o nly ra tion al m etho d

,

of curing th e insan e Th eir train s of tho ught hav e

.
,

as a rul e trav er sed o ne chan n el i n th e bra in so

,

int en sely that th ey a r e b eyon d ordina ry in fl u en c es

to chang e th em Could th e m ind b e r end er ed pas
.

siv e th en the curr en t of though t could b e shi ft ed

,

a n d th e fr equ en t r ep etitions of thi s would prob

ably r esult ih cur e i n cas es wh er e th e stru ctur es of
th e brain hav e not b een d estr o y ed .

A g en tl em an of gr eat m echa nical ing en ui ty

b eca m e in san e upon th e subj ec t of p erp etual m o ti o n .

H e ha d em ploy ed all h is spar e m o m en ts for sev eral

y ear s in trying to d evi se an in stru m en t which h is
i m a gina tion had c o nc eiv ed and finally h e b eca m e
,

unfi t fo r busin ess and d evoted his entir e ti m e to h is

u sel ess ta sk at ti m es b eco m in g qui te viol en t a t his
,

in abili ty to acco m pl i sh h is purpo se H aving no

,
.

m eans , his fa m ily so on su ffer ed and w er e abo u t

,

to tak e st eps to confin e him i n an a sylu m wh en th e ,

,
author sugg est ed hypno ti c infl u enc e .

Th e ordinary m ethod s w er e evid en tly us el es s an d ,

the following plan was a dopt ed :

H e was a sk ed to explain th e g en eral p rinci pl e

of his m achin e and was giv en th e clo sest at ten ti o n .

I n ev ery r esp ect h e was l ed to b eli ev e that th e gr ea t

est in ter est was b eing m anif est ed in his w ork an d ,

various sugg estions w er e m ad e to him fro m ti m e

1 94 H Y P N OT I S M A N D T H E I N S A N E .

told h im h e u st k eep th e wh o l e th ing secr et tha t

m ,

h e m u st n o t work a t it any m o r e an d that it would

,

b e pr es ent ed to congr ess for a sui tabl e r eward Aft er .

he had agr eed to th ese pr epo sitio n s h e was awak

D on t forg et ; you will
’
en ed wi th th e pr ecaution :
”
not talk o f your inv enti o n a gain .

I t s eems r em arkabl e b ut i m prov em en t was n otic ed

,

at onc e H e a ssu m ed a n ai r o f m y stery and gr ea t

.

secr ecy b u t did not m ention his inv en ti o n and did

,

not ev en ent er th e roo m h e had u sed fo r a work

shop . H e talk ed rationally and in few day s
,

r equ est ed to b e hypnotiz ed again H is r equ est w s . a

co m pli ed with and it was th en sugg est ed that h e

,

would not think of his inv en tion un ti l congr ess sen t

h im th e r eward H e is p robably still wai ting fo r
.

th e o fficial noti ficati o n tha t shall enrich him Th e .

evid enc es of i n sani ty h av e n early all l ef t him he ,

n ev er talk s of his inv en ti o n dir ec tly but fr equ entl y

“
,

says : S o m e o f th ese day s I m a y b e a bl e to coun t

my m illions and I hav e good r ea so n s for thinkin g
,
”
so o r so m e si m ilar hint of exp ect ed rich es H e
, .

a tt end s to busin ess and is earning a living althoug h ,

his co m panion s r ega rd h im as so m ewha t h igh

strung and in di spos ed to associat e wi th th em .

A few y ear s a g o an att empt was b eing mad e to

r em ov e to an a m bulanc e a wo m an wh o wa s viol en tl v
in san e Sh e r esi sted ev ery eff ort an d cau sed qu i te
.

a struggl e O ne of th e a ttendant s who was a hyp

.
,

notist succ eed ed i n a ttracting her att ention an d

,

th en com m and ed h er to k eep sil ent a nd th en to go

 H Y PN OT I SM A N D TH E I N SAN E . 1 95

sound a sl eep Sh e ob ey ed a n d wa s plac ed in th e

.
,

a m bulanc e without furth er trou b l e .

Th e m ild er cas es of in sani ty such as ar e for m ed ,

by b ad h abit s a r e usualy curabl e by hypnosis an d

,

sugg estion Th ey ar e m or e fully m ention ed in th e

.

chapt er on O v erco m i ng H ab it s by Hypnoti sm .

—
R eli gious i n sa nity so call ed i s oft en m o st d epl o r
, ,

abl e and p er son s su ffering fro m i t a r e fr equ en tly

,

plac ed in a sylu m s wi thout th er e b eing any n ec essity

”
for doing so I n fact r eligiou s i n sani ty is sel
.
,

cl o rn a ny thing m or e t han a conc en tra tio n of th e m in d

upon o n e train of thought an d m ay b e co m pl et ely

,

o v erco m e through hypnoti sm I t is r eally not i n san.

ity at all and is oft en but a sy m pto m o f so m e organ ic

,
‘

d i sea se m o st fr equ en tly indi cating liv er or u teri ne

,

d er a n g em en ts Pr o p er tr eat m en t of th ese org a n s

.

u sually su ffic es to eff ec t a cur e al though hypnotic ,

su gg esti o n wi ll m o r e quickly r eli ev e th e di str essi n g

fra m e of m ind so oft en m i stak en for i nsanity .

T O r el iev e this tr o ub l e pTa ce th e subj ec t i n th e

'

so m n a m buli sti c stat e and i m pr ess upon th e m ind

that an a ng el is pr esent who i s m aking j u st such

sta tem en ts a s th e subj ect sh o uld b eli ev e Thi s m ay .

b e r ep ea ted s ev eral ti m es and w ill alway s ha v e th e

d esi r ed effect I t is a won d erful r eli ef for th e fa m ily
.
,

a s w ell as th e pati ent to hav e thos e f ear s a n d n otion s

“
,
”
t er m ed r eligiou s i n san ity exp ell ed As a rul e the .
,

p a ti en t r ealiz es that th ey ar e all i m aginary no tio n s ,

and wi sh es to ov erco m e th em .
 CH A P T ER X I X .

H Y PN OTIZ I N G A N I M A LS .

H yp notic power possessed b y a nim a l s— H yp notizing a ni m al s

T r a i n ing d og s a n d h or ses- Teach ing tr icks to d ogs
Tr ained el ep h a nts— Br in gi n g wil d a nim a l s und er su b j ee
—
tion M a n th e g od of a n i m al s— Pr o duci ng l eth a r g y in
—
f r ogs sna k e ch ar m er s — Exper im ents with ra bb its—H yp
notiz ing r ooster s an d p ig eons .

M any animal s poss es n atural hypnoti c pow er s an d ,

ex ercis e th em ov er o th er ani m als tha t a r e th ei r phy s

i cal in feriors Snak es an d r eptil es usually hypnotiz e

.

and r end er m otionl ess th ei r victi m s b efo r e seizin g

th em and all through the ani m a l kingdom we ca n
,

r ealiz e hypnotic influ enc e b eing mani fest ed appa r ,

ently with studi ed int ent o n the pa rt o f th e an i m al s

,

ex erti n g th e infl u en c e .

I t is al so w ell known that ani m als m ay b e easi ly

h ypnotiz ed by human b eings and m ad e to pa ss
through all th e d egr ees of hypnosi s The t rai ning .

of dogs horses and o th er ani m a l s i s a cc o m p li sh ed

,

wholly through hypno tic influ enc e Th e an ima l .

is u sually r en d ered passiv e th rough f ea r o r b y

riv eting its at tention upo n the eye of th e op erator ,

and th en emphatic sugg estion s a r e m ad e Ta k e .

,
1 98 H Y P N OTI Z I N G A N I M A LS .

out the l east h esitation at th e m er e sugg est ions o f

,

th eir train ers who control th em wi th an ea se tha t

,

is ma rv elou s .

Th e r eadin ess with which fierc e an i m als can b e

brought to sub j ection i s probably du e to th e fac t
that th ey all naturally stand i n awe of hu m an b eing s .

wh om th ey appa r ently r egard as savag es do th eir

g o d s In so m e th er e is a d esp era te r esi stanc e to
.

wha t th ey s eem to r ealiz e must ev entually conqu er

th em .

I t is not int end ed h er e to d escrib e th e art of trai n

ing ani m als b ut a few word s r ega rding the
,

production of th e d eep er stag es o f hypnosi s wi ll b e

appropriat e .

Frog s m ay b e r end er ed l ethargic by g en tly rub

bing th e back fro m th e h ead downward Wh il e th e
, .

frog is b eing firmly yet g en tly h eld by o n e han d

, , .

th e tip s o f th e fing er s of th e oth er hand sh o uld rub

th e back D uring an exhibi tion it will a ff o rd gr ea t
.

a m u sem ent an d establi sh th e confid enc e of th e au di

enc e to hav e a box o f la rg e frogs on hand a nd th en , ,

o n e by o n e put th em in the l ethargic s tag e and

,

plac e th em i n a row upon a tabl e I t is an ocu l ar .

d em on stration that hypnotism is a r eality w h en ,

ev en fr o gs can b e influ enc ed .

S nak e cha r m er s by constant and g en tl e strok es

, ,

k eep the m o st v eno m ous r eptil e in a s emi stupo r -

and r end er th em har m l ess .

Tak e upon th e stag e half a doz en rab b its D raw - -

.

a chalk lin e u pon th e floor and o ne b y o ne str ok e

-
, , ,
 H Y PN OTIZIN G A N I M A LS .
1 99

th e rabbits up on the back and lay th em along th e

lin e taking car e to pr es s each on e fir m ly upon th e
,

fl oo r whil e holding his h ead in such a po sition tha t

its ey es will b e fa scinat ed by th e whit e lin e Thi s
.

exp eri m ent will b e gr eatly appr eciat ed esp ecially

,

if th e rabbit s ar e plac ed I n a straigh t lin e and ar e

alt er nat el y whi te an d bl a ck R oost ers and pi g eon s
.

m ay b e similarly tr eat ed .
 C H A PT ER X X .

H Y P N OT I S M I N BU S I N ES S A N D S OC I ET Y .

Th e successf ul b usin ess m an —D r iving b a r ga i n— Executive

a

a b i l ity—C on tr ol l i ng em pl oyes— Sol i ci ting i nsul a nce—C a n

vassi ng — A u ctio n eer i n g — T h e a ir of p r osp er it —

y D ipl o
m a cy— S ocia l popu l a r ity— En ter ta in ers— A b r il l i a n t h o st

ess A r i stoc r acy—I nfl uen ce of m on ey a n d ti tl es—A ssu m

-

— i o —
i n g wea l th C o nsc usness of inca pa city M en tal su per ior

i ty-
Com pel l ing r ecog n i ti on — Losing h is —I n
g r ip th e
swim .

The ucc essful busin ess m an gains his succ ess by

s

his pow er s to influ enc e oth er s and he i s r ecogn iz ed

“
,

”
as an influ ential ci tiz en by all who know h im .

Aft er h e ha s prov en hi m self to b e succ essful h e ,

ex ert s a s till gr ea ter influ enc e up o n o th ers and in ,

that mann er h e ex em plifi es th e old saying tha t

“nothing succ eed s lik e succ ess .

If we should analyz e th e charac teris tic s of m en

who hav e accu m ula ted w eal th w e would r ealiz e th a t
,

th ey ar e such charac teri sti c s a s a r e enu m erat ed a s

th e qualifications of a hypno ti st na m ely : S el f ,

co nfi d enc e d eterm inat ion to succ eed ex erci se o f

, ,

will pow er fearl essn ess conc entrat ion of th ough t

, , ,

quick p erc eptiv e pow er s self po ssession H avin g

,
-
.

thes e pow ers , the succ es sful b u sin ess man , wh eth er
202 H Y P N OT I S M IN BU S I N ES S A N D S OC I ET Y .

H is subj ec t wh en a droi tly handl ed giv es exc ell en t

, ,

o ppor tuni ty fo r guiding the th o ught s of his cli en ts

and for m en tally c o m p elling th em to sign appli c a

ti o ns .Th e sa m e m ay b e said of canva ssing Let .

tho se w ho ar e engag ed in thos e occup ati o n s study

car efully th e sci enc e of hypno ti sm an d th ey wi l l
,

b e abl e to gr eat l y i ncr ea se th ei r bu sin ess succ ess .

A U C T I O N E E R I N G — Thos e wh o a r e en g ag ed
in th e bu sin ess of auction eering r ea dily co m pr e
h end th e im por tanc e of m ental infl u enc e T h ev .

quickly l earn to r ecogniz e th eir abi l i ty to gui d e th e

th ough ts and action s of o th er s S tudy th e m ethod s
.

o f succ es sful aucti o n eers and you will r eal iz e tha t

th ey a r e simi la r to th e m eth o d s of c o nt rollin g th e

ac tions of oth er s thr o ugh hypnoti sm Ev en th e
.

rapid r ep etition s in crying o u t th e pric es o ff er ed

a r e analagou s to th e m ono to nou s ton es of th e

hypnoti st A tt en ti o n is fi r st riv et ed upon th e a rticl e

.

o ff er ed fo r sa l e a nd wh en bidding is onc e star ted

, , ,

th e exp er t auc ti o n eer by sugg estion an d m ent al

,

i n flu enc e and will pow er is enabl ed to larg ely control

,

th e al e succ essfully
s .

T II E A I R o r P n o s P E B I T —Th e fac t that

our m en tal c o ndi tion s ex er t a d ecid ed in flu en c e
u po n o th er s is w ell illu stra ted in m a ny o f the o rdi

n a r y tran sa c tions o f lif e I t is tru e that th e quality

.

o f th e clo th es w o rn an d th e word s em ploy ed in

c o nv er sa ti o n u sually hav e th eir eff ect u pon oth er s ,

but a m o r e powr efu l infl u enc e is ex ert ed by m ental

i m pul ses . A m an in shab b y clo thin g may carry
 H Y PN OT I SM IN BUS I N ES S A N D S OC I ET Y .

about with h im an air o f pr o sp erity tha t wil l secur e

th e confid enc e o f ev ery o n e in his abili ty and financial
int egrity whil e anoth er m a n dr essed in faul tl ess
, ,

attir e may di splay an air of pov erty tha t will in spi r e

,

only d i stru st .

S ucc ess can n ev er co m e to th e m a n who continu

“
ally em ploy s a han dog m ann er in all th a t h e
g -

“
say s a n d do es T h e m a n who is d ead brok e and
.
”

bro o d s o v er th e fac t will hav e gr eat di fficulty in s oeur

ing a loan o f a d o l la r f r o m h b est fri en d s whil e
is

“
,

th e m a n w h o is si m pl y sh o r t on ca sh and yet put s

"

on a bold front an d ca r ri es an air o f pr o sp eri ty or

ev en o f s elf co n fid en ce u sually fi n ds n o di fficulty in
-
,

borrowing larg e su m s of m on ey fr o m fri end s and

s trang er s But wh en a m an is fr ee fro m d eb t and
.

o rdinarily pr o sp er o u s th en is th e ti m e to display
,

th e ai r o f pr o sp eri ty tha t ex er ts su ch an influ enc e

in financial m at ter s Learn to contr o l your m ental
.

em o tions ,
sm oth er d ej ec tin g thou g h ts and forc e ,

yourself to m an if est a t a l l th a t spir iL which

i s b est calculat ed to win th e confid enc e of o th er s .

DI P LOMACY A diplo m a t is o n e who ca n

-

ex ert a pow erful m en tal influ enc e up o n o th er s In .

o rd er to succ eed in dipl o m acy all th e qualification s

‘

o f a hypno ti st m u st b e studi ed and practic ed Th ese .

a r e giv en in Chap ter I I P er so nal m agn eti sm h a s

.

alway s b een an i m portant fa c to r in privat e and in

stat e n egoti a ti o ns and h e wh o ca n ex ert th e gr ea test
,

hypn o ti c influ en c e o v er the oth er s I nt er ested in a

tr a n sa ction is lik el y to pr o ve the m o st suc cessful .
204 H YP NOT I S M IN BUSININ S A N D S OCI ETY .

S OC I AL P O P U LA R I T Y — I n soc i ety p er son al

m agn etism alwa ys brings popularity S o m e p ers on s .

p o ssess a p eculiar m enta l infl u enc e th at d em an d s

h o m ag e fro m all I n coll eg e so m e on e stud en t will
.

b e pick ed O u t from the r est by his classmat es a nd

giv en a s o rt O f h ero wor ship As a rul e h e is no
.
,

b ett er stud ent th an th e r est and if his charact er

,

and d eed s should b e an alyz ed nothing r em arkabl e

,

would b e found to call fo r a ny sp ecial r ecognition

“
,
”
y e t h e i s th e m o st popular m an in coll eg e H e .

p o s s esse s that ind e scribabl e p ersonal magn e tis m

tha t is so es sential to social succ ess Th e stud en t of .

hypnoti sm i f h e should d esir e to do so can cul ti

, ,

vat e thos e charact eri stics a nd mann er s that a r e indis

p ensabl e to popula rity .

ENTERTAI NER S —Th e s ecr et of ent ertaining li es

in th e ability to conc en trat e th e thoughts of oth er s
upon the conv er sa tion or obj ects pr es ent ed for
ent ertain m en t .
“
A l ectur er mu st hav e h is aud i en c e
”
with him if h e d esir es a ttention and appr eciation .

F ollow th e principl es of hypn o ti sm du r ing you r

end eavor s to ent er tai n oth er s and succ ess will
,

follow Fir st b e full O f th e subj ec t yo u d esir e to

.

p res ent ; b e obliviou s to al l surroundin gs and b e

‘

pos ses sed wi th the o n e id ea O f pr esen tin g you r

though ts forcibly a nd th at you ha ve th e will pow er
to h o ld your audi enc e in clos e a tt en tion Fo rg et .

s elf and focus you r m ind upon y ou r h ea r ers A goo d .

hypnotist will hav e no di ffi culty in ent ertainin g

o th ers wh en h e d esir es to do so .
206 H YP N OT I S M I N BU SI N ES S A N D SOCI ETY .

S elf Hypno tism in stanc es a r e giv en wh er e th e

-

constan t dw elling upon c er ta in i m agina tions r en

d ers th em appar ently r eal Thi s is O f ten t ru e in
.

r egard to w ealth P er son s of no m ean s m ay so

.

c o ntinually pictur e th em selv es as p o ssessing ric hes

that ev entually th ey will settl e down to th e b eli ef

that th ey a r e a ctu ally w ealthy and only awai ting ,

the s et tl em en t O f c er tain esta tes u ntil th ey ca n

a ssert th ems elv es W e fr equ ently see thi s i n p erson s
“
.

”
wh o ar e d esc en dants O f th e original b en eficiari es
”
O f th e Fr en ch clai m s or of esta tes i n l i tiga tion a
hundr ed or m or e y ears ag o Thi s d elu si o n O f w ealt h
.

is a sp eci es O f s elf hypnot i sm tha t eng end er s idl e

-

n es s d etr ac tion fro m u seful thought s a n d a g en eral

,

fal se id ea O f life .

Many worthl ess and po verty st r ick en for eign er s -

,

ind ol en t and im m oral in habi ts ar e actual o r im a g ,

in ar y h eir s to ti tl es and estat es a nd a tt em pt to li ve

,

accordingly Th es e vagabond s who u pon th ei r ow n

.
,

p er sonal m erit s a n d habit s would b e d ebarr ed fro m

a ssociating wi th d ec ent p erson s ar e fr eq u ently lion,

iz ed by soci ety and r ec eiv ed wi th O p en arms in to

m any O f th e m o st s el ect fam ily circl es Th ey first .

hypn o tiz e th em selv es until th ei r i m agina ry sup eri

o r ity b ecom es a living r eality and th en th ey hyp
,

n o tiz e o th ers into th e sam e fra m e O f m ind Th e .

gla m or of empty titl es has a m ent al influ enc e su ch

a s is ex ercis ed b y th e va rious O bj ects hypno tist s
u se in b ringing th ei r sub j ects und er hypnoti c c o nt rol .

C o n sor o o s n n ss or I n ca p a or r r -
O ne
 H YPN OTI SM I N BUSI NESS A ND S OCI ETY . 207

of th e gr eat est dra wback s to bu sin ess succ ess is th

con sciou sn ess O f incap aci ty Circu m st anc es beyond
.

i nd ividua l c o ntrol O ft en pr ev ent m en fro m s ecurin g

m o r e tha n a li m i ted education o r fro m l earning th e

d etai l s O f bu sin ess Th ey ar e th er efor e plac ed und er

.

a di sadvan tag e and should study ev ery m ethod tha t

,

o ff er s an o pportunity fo r self advanc em en t

-
To .

r ealiz e incapacity an d to b etr ay that incapacity is

fatal to succ ess By individual effort d efici enci es
.

m u st b e k ept in th e b a ck g oun d Ev ery m a n m ay

r
.

b eco m e profici en t in so m e on e dir ection and tha t ,

p ro fi ci ency m u st b e i m pr ess ed upon oth er s .

I n m any in stanc es m ental sup eri o ri ty fai ls to b e

r ecogniz ed si m ply b ecau se its po ss essor i s extr em ely

mod est and r et iring A s a rul e ho wev er su peri o r

.
, ,

m en tal capa ci ty co r n pel s r ec o gni tion Th er e is an .

ind escrib abl e air of a bility that i m m ediat ely di sti n

u ish es a p er so n wh o pos sess es en ta l pow er a d m n
g
erudi ti o n
. Thi s c annot long b e fal sely a ssu m ed ,

n eith er can it b e long c onc eal ed ; but wh en actu a l

“

m ent al sup e r i o rity exi st § it can b e used tO gr eat

~

p er sonal and g en eral advan tag e through th e m ediu m

O f hypnotic influ enc e .

L o 8 I N G H I S G R I P — W e fr equ ently h ea r th e
“
.

expr ession , That m a n has lost his grip I t impli es .

bu sin ess failur e and m ental ina b ility to ov ercom e d is

co u r a g em en ts.
“ ”
A m an who lo ses h is grip carri es
ab o ut with him that ai r of d ej ection tha t on l y
in cr eas es his failur e I t is of th e ut m o st i m p o rtanc e
.

that th e m ind should b e t r ain ed to wi th stand dis

208 H YPN OTI S M I N BUS I N ESS A ND SOCI ETY .

cou r a g em en ts and r ev er ses for th e m an who lo o k s

,

upon th e dark sid e of life w ill b e unabl e to ex ert any

fav o rabl e in flu en c e ov er o th er s ; i n fact h is a cknowl
,
'

edg m en t of d ef eat an d h is lack O f self c o n fid en ce is

-

c ertain to m entally in flu enc e o th ers to r efu se h i m

h elp or to r epo se c o nfid en c e in h im .

H ow diff er en t is it wi th th e m a n who is i n th e
”
swi m Ev ery thing seem s to favor him an d what
“
.
,
”
is t er m ed good luck appar en tly f o ll o ws h im ev ery
wh er e H is m ind is ln th a t condi ti o n O f self co n fi
.
-

d en c e an d self sati sfac tion that ex ert s an in fl u enc e

-

of a si m ilar charact er O v er oth ers .

Th es e various phas es o f m ental co ndi tion ar e

enu m erat ed for th e purpos e of illus tr ating th e u n co n

scious infl u enc e we ca n ex ert K now in g th ese

.

stat em ents to b e tru e we ca n r eadily r ealiz e th e

,

gr eat advantag es to b e gain ed by training th e m ind

as we w o uld p r eparatory to b ecom ing p rofici ent in

th e ar t Of hyno tism .
21 0 H YP N OTI S M I N TH E PR OFES S I ON S .

the m e ntal pow er by wh ich oth ers ar e i nfl u enc ed .

S o m e m en p o ssess it natu rally an d th ei r car eers ,

a r e mark ed by pop ulari ty and succ ess S om e m en .

acquir e it by for ce of circumstanc es o r d eli b er at e

prac tic e .

I n the law hypnotic pow er is invaluabl e and ev ery ,

lawy er sho uld ex erci se it wh en ever opportuni ty pr e

s en ts i ts elf S ucc essful la wy er s do thi s w h eth er
.
,

knowingly o r n o t N o tic e the m ethod of an at torn ey

.

pl eading for his cli en t b efor e j udg e an d j u ry Fi r st .

h e ri vets th ei r a tten tion u sual ly by a na turally dra

,

m atic po stu r e or p erhap s by so m e p er so na l phy s

,

ical charac teris tic s N ex t he ca sts a search in g glan c e

.

at all an d c o nv ey s th e i m pr ession by th a t g lan c e

tha t h e is d eeply i n earn est Th en aft er secu rin g
.
,

th e conc en tra tion o f th e j udg e s and ju r ym en s

’ '

though ts upon hi m self h e co m m en c es h is p l ea n o t

, ,

in a supplian t m an n er as though th e j u ry m en w er e
,

h is sup eri or s fro m who m h e wa s b eggin g m erc y

, ,

b u t as though h e hi m self w er e ma ster O f th e sit ua

tion . H e forc es h is earn est convic ti o n s up o n th em ,

and by em pha tic sugg esti o n s he infl u en c es th ei r

m ind s not infr eq u en tly to bring i n a v erdict a t co m

p l et e varianc e wi th th e fact s set for th by th e t esti

mony .

All no ted cri m inal lawy ers a r e m en O f gr eat hyp

n o tic pow er a n d th ey gain th ei r r ep u ta ti on s by th ei r
,

c o n stan t u se O f th is pow er I t is n eedl ess to hop e

.

fo r succ ess i n th e law w ithout th e ability O f m en

tally infl u en cing th e th o ugh ts o f o th er s an d to d o ,
 H Y P N OTI S M I N TH E P R OFES S I ON S . 21 1

th i s m o st effe t
c iv ely th e ph ilo sophy O f hypno ti sm
m u st b e studi ed an d its m eth o d s con stan tly pra e ~

tic ed.

I n m edicin e hypno ti sm ha s a wo nd erful fi eld O f

u sefuln ess .I ts valu e i n tr ea ting di sea se af te ,
r

pa ti en ts hav e b een plac ed und er its profound in flu

enc e ha s b een m en tion ed els ewh er e
,
Bu t whil e th e
.

cur e O f di s eas e is th e para m ount O bj ect o f ev ery

t ru e phy sician the bu sin es s succ ess of his calling
,

is n cy cr thcl ess a n ec essi ty a nd h e m u st secu r e

,

pati ents up o n who m to prac tic e his skill M any .

p hy sicia ns O f undoubt ed abili ty can scarc ely k eep

th eir soul s and bodi es tog eth er on accoun t O f th eir
lack of p ati en ts upon w h o m th ey can d em on strat e
th ei r a b ili ty O th er phy sici a n s O f lit tl e skill an d
.

li m i ted knowl ed g e ar e O ft en s een accu m ulatin g

wealth in spit e of th eir p o or m edical succ ess .

I t i s r eadily ad m itt ed that p er so nal m agn eti sm ,

o r hypnoti c pow er play s an i m p o rtant p art in a

,
’
physi ci an s car eer an d wh en he possesses thi
,
s,

along wi th m edica l kn o wl edg e a n d abi li ty i t is pos ,

~

sibl e fo r h im t o do gr eat good in th e world and at ,

th e sa m e ti m e enjoy a c o m fo rtabl e inc o m e .

I t is i m p erativ e that th e phy sician sh ould secur e

th e confid enc e o f h is pati ents Let h im study th eir
.

i nd ividual charact eri stic s and b ecom e such an exp ert

in r eading th e p eculiariti es of oth er s that h e ca n a t
on c e r ealiz e th e b est m ethod O f win ning th eir co n
fi d en ce . I f he cannot do thi s h e m ight a s w el l
,

aban don th e practic e o f m edicin e and acc ept inev

21 2 HYPNOTI SM IN THE PR OFESS I ON S .

itab l e d efeat wh i l e i t is yet ti m e to m a k e a l iv ing in

so m e o th er callin g T he p ractic e o f m ed icin e
.

b ecom es a d elight to th e p hysician who r ea liz es h i s

own pow er to dia gno se d is eas e and w ho h a s studi
o u sl y acquir ed m edical kn o wl edg e an d w ho h as th e

faculty of s ecurin g th e implicit con fi d enc e O f h is

pati ent s in h is abili ty .

I n the cur e of di seas e ev erythin g a nd anyth ing

mu st b e emp l oy ed that w ill aid the n a tu ral eff o r ts
b eing m a d e toward the r estoration of h ealt h A m ong .

th e m eans of cur e m ental influ en c e o r

, hypnot ic ,

pow er is or gr ea t i m portanc e I n m any di sea ses

, .

of a n ervou s charact er i t is all su ffi ci ent an d by its

-
,

use th e Fa i th Cur ists Ch ri stia n S ci en ti sts an d oth er s

,

ar e of ten enabl ed to r esto r e h eal th af ter th e m o st

a pprov ed u se o f pow erful drugs has fail ed I t i s .

evid ent that wh en thi s m ental in flu en c e can b e cal l ed

in to ai d the acti o n s p r o duc ed by t ruly san ativ e r em e

di es we hav e th e id eal p racti c e of m edicin e
,
.

’
Th e physicia n s p r es enc e in the sick r oo m should
b e an inspira tion to th e pati ent I n h is O fli ce h is
.

w o rd sh ould b e r egard ed as fi nal a nd hi s a dvi c e

acc ept ed as i nvariably right I f h e actually po ss ess es
.

m edical knowl edg e h e can ,

by acqui ring a knowl
,

edg e of hyp notis m in sur e for h ims elf m ediical and

,

fi nancial succ ess .

I N TH E M IN I STR Y .

Why is it that o n e m a n pr each es to a la rg e an d

enthu sia sti c congr ega ti on whil e an o th er m a n per
, ,

haps mo r e p ro f oundly educat ed and m or e sinc er ely

 CH A PTER X XI I .

GEN ER A L H Y PN OT I C I N F LU EN C E .

La sting i m pr essions m a d e U pon pa ssive m in d s—Lear n in g to

spel l —Expecta ncy a h ypnotic infl uen ce—S eek in g p l ea sur e
- — “
D eter m ined to b e gl oom y S unset Cox a nd h is post ”

pon ed l ectu r e—P u b l i c ga th er i n g s— S pir it of th e m eetin g

M a gnetic spea k er s— H ypnoti c power necessa r y to su ccess
f ul pub l i c spea k i ng — P ower f ul pr ea ch er s— A 11 m or e or l ess
o bed ien t—S l eig h t o f h a nd exh i b i tions- O r ien ta l m a g i ci a ns
—
Ah East I n d ia exh i b ition— H ypn otized th r oug h o bj ects
.

All p erson s a r e m or e or l es s infl u enc ed by oth er s ,

wh eth er consciously or uncon sciou sly W h en the .

m in d is co m pa rativ ely pas siv e th en it r ec eiv es

,

i m pr essions m o r e r eadily and thos e i m p r essions

,

a r e usually v ery la sting A child can l earn to sp el l

.

c o rr ec tly b ecaus e of thi s fact a nd h e wil l r emain

,

a corr ect sp ell er B ut an adult who i s a poo r sp ell er

.

w ill hav e gr eat di fficul ty in acquiri n g corr ectn ess .

For th e sam e r eas o n all thr o ugh life ev en t o ol d

, ,

a g e a p erson may vividly r em emb er triflin g occu r

,

r en ees that mad e a vivid i m pr ession upon hi s min d

during childho od .

Exp ectancy lik ewis e ex erts an emphatic hypn oti c

influ enc e upon the mind “ Thos e see b est wh o
.

”
d esir e to see i s a n old sayin g T r a el er s o f t en .
~ '
 GEN ER A L H YPN OT I C I N F LUEN CE . 21 5

go into rap tur es whil e l o oking upon the sc en ery

o f th e mountains o r vall ey s o f which th ey h av e r ead

d escrip tion s whil e equally b eau tiful sc en ery at ho m e

,

do es not ev en a ttrac t th eir at tenti o n I t i s antici .

pa tio u that r end er s the actual r ealization m o st

enj o y abl e .

Pl easur e parti es setting o u t wi th the d et er m ina

tion to enjoy th em selv es will b e abl e to tak e d elight
in th e m o st co m m o nplac e o ccurr enc es and on th e ,

O th er h a nd a per o n d et er m i ned to see n o thing of

s

int er est anywh er e will find hi m self gloo m y and

m o ro se ev en in th e m idst o f pl ea sur es .

An incid ent w ell illu stra ting th e infl u enc e of

exp ec tancy is r elat ed of th e lat e H o n 5 S Cox
“
. . .
.

”
well k nown as S un set Cox th e congr essm an and
,

h u m ori st At o ne ti m e he wa s anno unc ed to d eliv er

.

a c o m i c l ec tur e in a P ennsylvania ci ty and b efor e ,

th e hour arriv ed th e hall was crowd ed to ov erflowing

wi th p ersons wh o h ad co m e anticipa ting a f east of
laug ht er .

J u st b efor e th e curtain shoul d ari se M r C ox was .

giv en a t el egra m announcing th e sudd en d eath of

h is wi f e s m oth er a t his ho m e in N ew York City
’
.

H e was gr eatly shock ed by th e n ews and t o ld th e

m anag er it would b e i m p o s sibl e for him to d eliv er

h is l ectu r e und er the circum st anc es A ft er a br ief

.

con f er enc e it was d ecid ed that M r Cox should step

.

i n front of th e curtain and stat e th e facts to the audi

enc e and announc e that th e l ec tur e w o uld b e post

pon ed for o ne w eek H e accordin g ly proceed ed

.
21 6 A
GENER L H YPN OT I C I N FLUEN CE .

to th e fron t of the s tag e and wa s r ec eiv ed with

vociferous a pplau se Aft er this had su b sid ed h e
.

said
Ladi es an d G entl em en : I hold in my hand a
t el egram j u st r ec eiv ed announcing th e d eath of
, ,
”
m y m o th er in law - -

H is voic e was th en drown ed by uproariou s laugh

I t wa s the p eriod wh en th m th r
e e in —law
ter o -
.

j ok e was going the round s an d the audi enc e took ,

i t for gran ted that M r Cox wa s in tr o ducing his

.

l ectur e in the mo st comical ma nn er and h is appar ,

en t sol emnity s eem ed to b e so w ell f eign ed that i t

a dd ed to th ei r appr ecia tion H e stood for so m e .

mom ents daz ed by th e un exp ect ed r ec eptio n of his

,

word s until it dawn ed upon him that th ey had m is

,

tak en his ann o unc em ent for a j o k e Wh en qui et .

wa s r estor ed h e pr o c eed ed
“Fri ends m st atem ent is a sol em n fact The
y , .

t el egram i s fr om m y ho m e i n N ew Y o rk City M y .

moth er in law m ad e her ho m e wi th m e and I d early

- -
,

lov ed h er I t is wi th f eelings of gr ea t gri ef that I

.

l earn of her d eath U nd er the ci rcu m stanc es I can

.

not proc eed with m y l ec tur e and it will b e post ,

pon ed unti l o ne w eek fro m t o nigh t Th e audi enc e .

i s now dis m is sed and yo u will r ec eiv e your tick ets

,

upon l eaving the hall .

I t was amidst laught er and shou ts that he m a n

a g ed to say what he did and wh en h e r etir ed from ,

the stag e th e appla us e wa s deaf ening Sur ely fo r .

a h um orous l ectur e th er e c ouldn t b e a b ett er intr o

’
21 8 GEN ER A L H Y PN OT IC I N F LU ENC E .

o f hypnoti c sci enc e i t was id entic al w ith mo d ern

,

m ethod s o f m entally controlling oth ers First the .

,

m i nd anticipat es b eing influ enc ed ; s eco nd the q u i e ,

tud e of th e surrounding s wi th conc en tr a tion of

,

th ough t upon what is about to b e sai d ; third th e

“
,
”
m ono tonou s sound o f th e sing song voi c e fourth
-
,

th e em pha tic sugg est ion .

W e a r e all mor e or l ess ob edi ent to oth ers a nd ,

un d er c er tain circu m stanc es we i m plici tly ob ey

without qu estion This fact is w ell illustra ted by o ur
“
.

b eha vior in public Fo r in sta nc e at a sl ei gh t o i

.
,
-

”
hand exhibi tion th e p erfor m er d ep en ds la r g el v
,

upon th e o b edi en c e of the a udi enc e for h is su cc ess .

Th e sp ecta tor s follow his sugg estio n s with un an i m ity

a s soon a s th ey ar e ut ter ed
“
H e say s Look at th e
.
,
”
c eiling and in stantly all ey es a r e tu rn ed upward
,
.

H e co m m and s ab solu te sil enc e for a m o m ent a n d ,

i t is pr o m ptly s ecur ed I n fact h e has an nounc ed

.
,

his i nt ention of doing m yst erious thing s an d ev ery ,

o n e pr es en t Spontan eously aids h im in hi s work It .

is this ex erci se of hypno ti c infl u enc e that a ids th e

O ri en tal magician in his p erformanc es that som e
ti m es s eem to b e al m ost b eyond b el i ef but wh ich
“
,

h is sp ecta tor s d eclar e th ey sa w wit h th ei r v er y

”
ey es .

Th e following incid ent r elat ed by a trav el er in

,

East ern I ndia i s an int er est ing exampl e of hypn o tic

,

in flu enc e :
“ W e had scarc ely b eco m e com fortabl e o r rath er , , ,

set tl ed in ou r apartm ents in the i nn wh en a ser

, ,
 GEN ER A L H Y PN OT I C I N FLU ENCE .

van t announc ed that a band of m agician s w er e

ab o u t to giv e a p erfor m anc e i n the cour ty ard I .

h a d alway s d esi r ed to see su ch a p erfor m anc e by

na ti ves i n th eir own country and ha sten ed b elo w
, .

S eat ed on th e ground was a m an of dark c o m pl exio n ,

wi th a turban abou t his h ea d and w earing th e r egu

l a ti o n co stu m e About h im wer e sev eral oth er
.

nativ es evi d ently h is a ssi stants on e of who m Spok e

, ,

E ngli sh an d act ed a s int erpr eter I n front of th e

.

m a g ician wer e sev er a l s m a ll j ar s and box es and

o th er i m pl em ent s p er ta ining to h is calling I t is .

n eedl ess to go in to d etail a s to wh at wa s sa id a n cl

do n e T h e p erfor m anc e start ed wi th an exhibitio n

.

of s ev eral small snak es tak en from o n e of th e box es .

T h e sn a k es w er e undoubt edly r eal and a s th e

,

m a gician sang a m onotonous song and occ asiona l ly

to uch ed the snak es wi th a p eculia r wand th ey ,

b eca m e gradually larg er and larg er until th ey ,

a ssu m ed th e prop o rtions of l a r g e b o a con strictor s

a n d c a u sed con s ter n ation a m on g us ; th en at a '

com m and th ey gr ew sm a ll er and ent er ed th e box

, ,

fro m which th ey had b een tak en— a box scarc ely

larg e enou g h to hold a pound of tea
“
.

O n e of th e a ssi stant s dr ew a circl e i n th e san d

and stood in the c ent er of it s eem ing to tak e gr ea t
'

pain s to a sc ertain j u st wh er e th e ex ac t c ent er wa s .

The m agician th en touch ed him and he sp un aro und

li k e a top an d with a shout asc end ed high into th e
,

air and van is h ed ami d th e clouds I n a short tim e

.
220 GEN ER A L H YPNOTI C I N FLU ENC E .

he r eapp ea r ed and f ell d own upon the s po t fro m

wh enc e he s tart ed .

“S ev eral oth er equally r ema rkabl e feats w er e

p erform ed to th e d etails of which b eing ac tual
,

occu rr enc es we w ou ld hav e t estifi ed Bu t s ev eral .

of th e ladi es of our co m pa ny wh o vi ew ed th e sc en e
,

fro m a conc eal ed balcony d eclar ed that th ey saw

,

nothing m or e than ordinary si z ed sna k es a m an

-
,

S pinning around on o n e spot and o th er si m pl e

,

man ifesta tion s Th ey had b een with o ut th e sph er

.
e

of influ enc e and th e r est of us i n so m e r em arkabl e

, ,

m ann er had b een hypno tiz ed and ou r sen ses r en

,

d er ed su sc eptibl e to S pok en and act ed sugg estion s .

W e sa w wha t did not tak e plac e but tha t wh ich ,

the op er ator had will ed us to see a nd h a d i t not ,

b een for th e ladi es on th e balcony we would n ev er

hav e r eal iz ed that we had b een controll ed by fascina
”
tion .

W e do n ot always lik e t o acknowl edg e hypnotic

con trol ; but a few instanc es will s erv e to d emo n
strat e tha t we a r e all mor e or l ess in flu enc ed by a
p ecul iar fa scina tion ex ercis ed ov er us by the S igh t
o f unusual or sugg estiv e ob j ects .

W e cannot watch a tight rop e walk er i n mi da ir

-

wi thout b ecoming dizzy or exp eri encing th e s en sa

tion of falling .

Wh en standing upon the top o f a v ery high b ui ld

ing the sugg estion of j umpin g off c om es to us at
,

onc e an d m any hav e giv en way to th ei r i m p uls e

,

an d committ ed suicid e who had no int enti on of doin

g
 C H A P T ER X X II I .

P OS T- H Y P N OT I S M .

S ug g esti ons ca r r ied o ut k en i ng— S om n a m b ul istic

a f ter a wa
sta te—P r a ctical il l ustr a tion—A wa k e a f o
ur o cl ock i n th e
'
t
m or n in g — P ost h ypn o ti c
-
sug g estion s a l wa ys o b eyed
H o no r a b l e per so ns wi l l n ot com m i t cr i m e b
y post h yp n otic -

sug g estion eep i n g a n a p po i ntm en t— U n a b l e to ea t h i s

S und ay d in ner — Ca n not d r in k tea or coff ee— Over com ing

h
t e ql i u o r h a i —
b t Post h ypnoti c su g g estion a g r ea t power
-

f or g ood or evil — a l ua b l e i n tr ea ti n g n er vo us cond i tion s

V
—Ch a ng i ng per son a l l ik es a n d d isl ik es— A s a n a id f or
sel f - con tr ol — A v oid i n g evil com p a n ions— H yp no tism ca n
n ot ch a n g e a p er son s m or a l n a tu r e
’
—A ff a ir s of th e h ea r t
—
H ad h er sweeth ea r t h ypnotiz ed — A pa r en t s u se of h yp
'

n otism .

O ne of the m o st in ter es tin g and va luabl e o f a l l

hypno ti c ph eno m ena is tha t o f post hypn oti c sug -

g esti o n Thi s is th e sugg estion m ad e to th e hypn o t

.

iz ed subj ect wh ich h e ca rri es out at so m e fut u r e

t i m e d esigna ted by th e op era to r wh en th e su gg es
tion is m ad e The ti m e d esi g nat ed may b e hours
. ,

day s or m on th s after the subj ect has b een aw ak

en ed ,
and yet the act will b e p erform ed a s sug
g es ted wh en the ti m e arriv es .

I n ord er to b e succ es sful in m aking post hypnoti c -

sugg es tions th e O p era tor mu st first pla c e the sub

,
 P OS T HY PN OT I SM
-
.

in pro found hypno i h condi— ion of

j
ect t e s s t so m

n am b u l ism b eing b est Wh en thi s stat e has b een

.

r ea ch ed pa ssess m u st b e m ad e ov er the body and

,

sugg estion utt er ed i n a m ost em phatic m ann er By .

way of exa m pl e the following illu stra tion will

,

prov e i nt er esting
A young man who h ad allow ed hi m s elf to b e
hypnotiz ed for a m us em ent was brought into th e
so m na m buli sti c stat e Aft er s ev eral ordinary exper i
.

m en ts had b een c o nduc ted it was d ecid ed to m ak e

,

a post h ypnotic sugg estion

-
Accordingly h e wa s
“
.

”
m esm eriz ed by pa ss es from the h ead to the f eet
and r end er ed profoundly hypnoti z ed Standing .

b esid e h im th e op erator said :

“H arry t o m orro w m orning o u will wak e up
,

, y
a t fou r o clock an d you will not b e abl e to sl eep
’

aft er that ti m e and ev ery m orning for a w eek you

,

will w ak e up at th e sa m e ti m e an d dr ess your self

a nd s tay awa k e ti ll ev ening N ow you will n o t .
,

r em em b er that I t o ld yo u th i s but you will do it , ,

”
w i thout fail for yo u si m ply can t h elp y o ur self
,
’
.

S uc h w o rd s w er e r ep eat ed em pha tically to h im sev

eral ti m es and th en h e was awak en ed
,
T h e n ex t .

day h e surpri sed hi m sel f and oth er s by awak ening

j ust as th e hands of th e clock indicat ed th e h o u r of
fou r a n d each m orning for a w eek h e did th e sam e
,

thin g The eighth morning he sl ept soundly until

.

a lat e hour .

I t m ak es no di ff er enc e wha t po st hypno tic sug -

g estion is m ad e to the su b j ect whil e in th e som

324 POST-HYPN OTI SM

nam stat e i f prop erly m ad e h e will ob ey it

b ul istic ,

stri ctly pro vid ed it do es not call for the p erform

,

anc e of an act r epulsiv e to hi s natu r e H onora b l e .

m en cannot b e mad e to com m i t cri m e by post

hypnotic sugg estion much as cri m inals wou ld lik e
,

to d eclar e oth erwis e N ev er th el ess a m an w ill

.
,

ing to do a cri mina l a ct may hav e th e act sugg est ed

to him by post hypnotic sugg estion an d h e w il l
-
, ,

p erfo rm it at the t i m e d esignat ed I t is possibl e

.

that th e actual p erp et rato r of the d eed would n o t

b e r esponsi b l e und er such ci rcu m stanc es but u ntil ,

the ph enom ena of hy pnotis m ar e m or e g en era lly

und erstood , it will b e d ifli cu l t to s ettl e the l egal
asp ects of such ca ses satisfactorily .

M ak e th e po st hypnotic sugg estion to a subj ect

-

that on e m onth fr o m dat e he will call a t you r o ffic e

ba r eh ead ed a nd h e will c erta inly do i t a t t hat ti m e
, ,

although h e will be at a loss to explai n his action .

S ugg est that a subj ect will b e unabl e to eat h is

dinn er on the foll owi ng Sunday and h e wil l h av e
,

no app etit e at that tim e ; or sugg est that h e wi l l

,

find hi m s elf unabl e to enj oy tea o r co ff ee o r alco

holic li q uors of any kind an d the di slik e for th em
,

will follow O f cours e it wi ll r eq ui r e oft r ep ea t ed

.
,
-

post hypno tic sugg estions to acco m pli sh th e per

-

man en t dislik e for liquors ; but it can b e don e and ,

all bad ha b its can b e ov erco m e in th is m an n er pro ,

vided th e m i nd is not d es troy ed by long indulg en c e .

Mor e upon this sub j ect will b e found i n the chapt er

“
on O v erco m ing Habi ts by H ypnotis m .
 T h is su b ject f eel s n o pa in a n d h as n o l oss o f b l ood f r om
a fi ve in ch d ag ger b ein g r u n th r oug h th e ch est m u scl es over

th e r egion of th e h ea r t
.
226 POS T- H YP N OTI S M .

He was willing a n d anxiou s to t est th e po w er o f

hypn o ti sm as a n ai d for givin g him what he ter m ed
”
str en gt h of chara ct er Accordingly h e wa s hyp
.
,

n o tiz ed by th e u sual m ethod and pl a c ed i n th e so m

nam b u listic stat e H e wa s th en tol d th at i t woul d

.

b e i m po ssibl e fo r h im to b e in duc ed to acco m pany

h i s fri en d s to any qu es tio n abl e plac es an d th at ,

wh en ev er th ey m et h im he would tr ea t th em civ
illy b ut would no long er mak e co m panion s of
,

th em O v er a n d ov er aga in th ese sugg esti ons

.

w er e em phati ca lly r ep eat ed to h im b efor e h e was

awak en ed and thi s wa s r ep eat ed dai ly for tw elv e
,

day s durin g which ti m e h e had no c o m m un ication

,

wi th any o f h is co m pan ion s as h is fath er had ,

brought him quit e a di stanc e to secur e th e b en efi ts

of t hi s hypno ti c t r eat m en t .

U pon h is r eturn ho m e th e po st hypn o ti c su g g es -

tion s w er e stric tly ca rri ed o ut H e m et h is for m er

.

c o m pani o n s a n d tr eat ed th em w ith civi li ty b u t h e ,

ab solu tely r efu sed t o en ter into any of th ei r plan s

“
for ha vin g a good ti m e Th ey soon took o flense
.
'

at his coo l n ess to wa rd th em and c eas ed to a sso ,

cia te wi th h im H e con si d er ed th e hypno ti c tr ea t

.

m en t had giv en him str eng th of ch a ract er fo r h e ,

ha d no r ecoll ec ti o n of th e po st hypn oti c su g g es -

ti o n s Bu t hypno tic tr ea tm en t did n o t gi v e h im

.

'

str ength of charact er I t ca nno t chan g e a p er son s

.

na tur e The po st hypno tic sugg estion s w er e car

.
-

ri ed o u t b eca u se th ey w er e n o t a t va rian c e wi th hi s
s en se of righ t and wrong I n fa c t th ey w er e m o r e
.
,
 POS T—
H Y P N OTI SM . 227

ea s ily carri ed o u t b ecau se th ey w er e what he most

d esir ed to do .

A coupl e of ca ses of a ffa ir s of th e h eart which ,

r ead al m o st lik e fairy stori es with a w izard to

“t h r o w a sp ell ” o v er th e lo ver s ar e h er e gi ven as
,

actu a l occurr enc es which m ay b e r ep eat ed wh en

,

ev er n ec essi ty d ictat es :

I t is sai d that th e cour se of tru e lov e n ev er do es

run sm o o th and t hi s was th e ca se with M is s
,

Edi th .S h e was en g a g ed to m a rry a young man

who h ad succ eed ed in securing h er u t m ost d ev o
t ion . B eing of a d ecid edly j ealou s natur e she ,

b eca m e m i serabl e in m ind wh en sh e r ealiz ed tha t

h e wa s on m any occa sio n s v ery att en tiv e to h er
own c o u sin I t seem ed to h er tha t th e cou si n would
.

su r el v win him fr o m h er an d sh e d evi sed all m a n

,

n er o f m ea n s to k eep h er co u sin o u t of h is thought s .

b u t with o ut av a i l F in all y a fter wi tnessing wi th

.
,

h er io ver a n ex nn n ti o n o f h ypn o ti sm
, she pr i ,

v atel y call ed on th e hypn o t st an d c o n sult ed Him

'
“ “

i n r eg ard to th e m a tter an d wa s enc o ura g ed to

.
,

chall en g e h er lo ver to b e h ypn o tiz ed H e acc ep ted .

th e ch all en g e a n d wa s c o m pl et ely hypn o ti z ed and ,

whi l e u nd er the influ enc e the sugg estion was m ad e

to him th a t h e would at a c ertain tim e call upon th e
young lady r u a l and upbr a id h er for so m e ov ersight
r

in a m an n er tha t would gi ve o ff ens e The po st .

hypnotic sugg estion ac ted lik e a char m and th er e ,

wa s no long er any cau se fo r j ea lou sy .

A n incid ent is r elat ed wh er e a fath er was v ery

228 POS T -
H Y P N OT I S M .

’
much worri ed a bou t hi s daugh ter s evid en t lov e
for a worthl ess suitor B eing a young an d ro m an tic
.

girl and a gr eat r ead er of nov els th e fa th er co uld

, ,

n o t b eli ev e th e lov e to b e m or e than of a s enti

m ental na tur e . P er sua sion and co m mand s b eing

of n o avail h e consult ed an exp ert hypnotist an d
,

a rrang ed for a privat e exh ibit ion in h is own h om e .

H e p er sua d ed the daught er to b e hypnotiz ed an d ,

whil e in th e somnambulisti c stat e post sugg estions -

w er e mad e to h er calculat ed to di srupt th e afl ec

'

tio n ate r elationshi p di stast eful to h er par ents T he .

plan work ed w ell Th e gi rl b eca m e in t er est ed in

.

hypnotism and fr equ en tly su bj ect ed h er self to its

infl u enc e an d each t i m e she was hypnotiz ed po st
,

hypno tic sugg estions w er e m ad e to h er which l ed ,

to a b horr en c e of the worthl ess suitor .

Th e abov e cas e p ro ba bly w ould not h av e b een

’
so succ essful from th e pa r ent s standpoint i f in stead , ,

o f s enti m entali sm, earn est and st eadfast l o v e had

exist ed ; for it i s al m o st impo ssibl e to uproot d eep

aff ection through hypnotic in flu enc e .

230 AW A KEN I N G A S U B EC T J .

th e su bj ec t would ev en th en awak en of h is own

, ,

accord th e ti m e o f aw ak en ing b eing in accordanc e

,

wi th th e d egr ee O f h yn o sis Th er e i s o ne r em o te
.

exc eption to thi s rul e I t i s po ssibl e for a subj ec t

.

to b e put i n the extr em e l ethargi c condition o r a ,

stat e O f d eath lik e tranc e and to b e told by

-
,

th e op erator ,
You cannot pos sibly awak en w i th
”
o u t m y awak ening you Th en ind eed we m igh t
.
, ,

f ea r evil con sequ enc es m igh t follow if th e op era to r

sho uld d ie or b eco m e para lyz ed b efor e a wak en ing

his subj ect .

Th e m o st co m m on m ethod of r el ea sin g a subj ect

fro m hypnosis is for th e op erator to snap the fi ng er s
cl o se to the subj ect s ear s and sharply co m m a nd
’

“
h im to Wa k e up " wak e up "N o w you ar e awa k e "
’ ”
You r e all righ t ' I n n early ev ery cas e th i s w ill
su ffi c e to mak e th e subj ect giv e a star t an d lo ok
about h im in a co nfu sed m ann er for a mom ent or
so and th en s m il e an d proba bly mak e som e Sh ch
“
,
”
r em a rk as Y es I a m awak e
,
.

I f fro m any r ea son th e sub j ec t d o es n o t awak en

a t onc e by such an action th en it sh ould b e r ep eat ed
,

a littl e m or e sh arp ly B ut n ev er und er any cir

.

cu m stances shoul d th e op erator m an if est th e l ea st

alar m o r d iscom fltur e i f th er e should b e d elay N 0 .

p o s sibl e harm is going to happ en an d the awak ,

en ing will so on b e co m pl et e O ccasiona lly th e '

a wak eni n g fr o m th e c at al epti c so m na m bulis ti c or

,

l ethargic stag es m ay b e rath er slow To ha st en it .

,

b low a quick short br ea th th r ough the puck er ed

,
 AW A K EN I N G A SU B ECT J . 231

m o n th upon th e n eck o f the subj ec t Thi s w ill hav e .

th e d esir ed eff ect .

I t may happ en tha t the op er ator has tol d th e

so m nambuli st that Y o u will S l eep all day and ,

th en h e m ight exp eri enc e di f ficulty in awa kening

h im b efor e ev ening t is th er efor e i m portan t
.
, ,

tha t th e O p er a tor sho u ld ex erci se r ea sonab l e j u d g

m ent in his r em ark s a n d co m m ands H e should .

r em em b er what h e h a s sa id an d i f at varianc e wi th
,

qui ck aw a k en in g h e sh o ul d c o ntradict it b v o th er
“
,

r em ark s su ch as Y ou n eedn t sl eep all day ; you

,
’

will wak e u p wh en ev er I t el l you to do so .

s o m e o p era tor s m a k e it a rul e to stat e to th ei r

su bj ec ts b efor e awak ening th em

“N o w I a m going , ,

to coun t thr ee and wh en I sa y th r ee you wi l l wak e

,
”
Up . Thi s is u s ually su ffici ent .

I t is alway s a g o od plan to h a v e a su b j ec t in a
li g ht d egr ee of hyp no si s b efor e awak ening him .

F o r i n stan c e h e shou l d no t h e su dd enly awak en ed

,

fro m so m na m buli sm o r i f th e catal ep tic sta g e h a s

“
,

b een induc ed h e should b e to ld

,
N ow you ca n ,

m ov e your ar m s fr eely a n d now you a r e n o t as

,

soun d a sl eep a s you w er e ; you a r e going to wak e

”
u p so o i .Wh en h e is a pp a r en tl y in th e ea r l y
stag es of hypno si s again th en t el l h im ,
All right " ,
.

”
Wak e up i
TO m ak e th e subj ec t s exp eri enc e with hypn oti sm
’

a s pl ea sant as po ssib l e an d r end er him anxiou s to

r ep ea t th e exp eri m en t s t ell him b efor e awak enin g
“
, ,

h im , Y ou a e f ee ing spl endid O h "so co m fort

r l —
233 AW A KEN I N G A S U BJ ECT .

a b l e a nd happy and m ak e o th er si milar su g ges

“
,

tions H e will usu ally sa y Y es I f eel v ery good

.
, , .

and I am v ery happy I wi sh I could alway s f eel

“
.

”
SO goo d . Th en t ell h im , W ell whil e you ar e
,

feeling so good I a m going to wak e you u p A ll .

r ig ht " Wa ke up "
”
wa ke up l
234 M I N D R EA DI N G— T ELEP A T H Y .

v ery few word s yet t h ey m ak e th ei r wan ts and

,
’

em oti o n s k nown and r ealiz e o n e an o th er s f eeli ng s

a s r ead ily a s th e m o st h ighly educat ed sch olar s co m

pr eh en d th e hidd en m eanings conv ey ed by a s el ect

and larg e vocabula ry .

S avag es a r e not on ly abl e to co m m uni cat e

thou g ht s with v ery few words b u t th ey a r e abl e to
,

co m pr eh end withou t any word s th e em o ti o n s en t er

, ,

ta in ed by ot h ers Th i s is tru e of bi rd s a nd ani m al s

.

and in fan t s who cannot sp eak as we d o By so m e .

natural pow er t h ey r ealiz e th e ang er o r f ear o r k ind

l in ess we exp eri enc e toward th em wh en ev er w e
com e into th ei r pr esenc e .

I t is al to g eth er probabl e tha t th e fu tu r e will estab

li sh a m ean s of co m m uni cating thoughts w hi ch w ill ,

enabl e exp er ts to larg ely abol i sh th e u se of w ord s .

M any p er son s ar e unabl e to p r ev en t th e b etraya l

of th ei r f eeling s a nd r ev eal th eir i n mo st em ot ion s
a s p erf ec tly wi thou t word s a s with th em .

A guil ty c o n sci en c e u sually b etray s its elf an d th e ,

cau se O f thi s w ell illu stra tes th e m eth od of tho ught

tran sfer enc e. S upp o se a cri m ina l has co m m itt ed a
cri m inal act and f ea r s d et ec tion
, H is m i n d con
.

sta n tl y d well s up o n th e po ssibili ty o f d etec tio n an d ,

wh en ev er h e co m es i n contac t with o th ers h is wh ol e

soul is enga g ed in th e though t
“D o th ey r eali z e
,

wha t I ha ve don e ""

S uch a t hough t enga gi n g th e
m ind is quickly transf err ed to oth er s I t si mply can
.

n o t b e r etain ed . W e may call it th e escap e of con

centra ted n erv e f o rc e o r g iv e it any ex plan a tio n
,
 M I N D R EA DI N G ~
T ELEP A T H Y . 235

we pl ea se the fac t r em ain s th e sa m e and is r eco g

, ,

n iz ed by all Cri m inal s a r e v ery fr equ en tly d etect ed

.

m o r e by th ei r cri m inal d em eanor and th eir i n ab il i ty

to c o ntrol th eir m en ta l infl u enc e than by th e m ea n s ,

of clu es and infor m ant s .

I t is a w ell kno wn fa c t tha t al m o st a nyon e can

—

a ttrac t at ten tion by will po wer F o r in st a nc e if in .

.

a p ublic ga th ering you should r ec o gniz e th e pr es

en c e of a f r i end in th e O pposi te p a rt of th e ha l l ,

con c en tr a te vo ur whol e m in d upo n th e d esir e to

h av e h im see you ; earn estly wi l l th a t h e sh a l l tu r n
abo u t and r ec o gn iz e you If yo u a r e in ten se in y o u r .

d esi r e a n d your ex erci se o f will p ow er you will ,

hav e th e sati sfaction of r ealizing tha t your eff or t is

succ essful .

S choo l childr en ar e v ery of ten ad ept s at thought

co m m un ication I f th ey ha ve pr epar ed especia l lv
“
.

w el l th ei r l esson s for th e day th ey l earn to mak e ,

f
g i
n
A e f
u s —
o fl
u
r‘
v
kxa
a a y
r
a
(W i
y u
ll a n
“t
b
n n fl
e /V A :
44
uaa g
o
aa a
i
b u
n r
t
a n
v
d -
o
L v
,
a ve r
u a l u
" fl v n
a t "
u
M
1 1
LA

ally succ essful Bu t such childr en of ten exp eri enc e

.

th e chagrin of di sa pp o in tm en t wh en not pr epar ed .

I n such in stanc es th ei r m ind s a r e so ab sorb ed in

f ear l est th e t each er should call upon th em that
th ey ex ert a m en tal influ enc e an d i nvolun tarily t ra n s

f er th ei r thou g h ts which r esult s ln th ei r O f ten b ein g

“
,

a sk ed th e v ery q u estion th ey w er e not abl e to

an sw er .

I t n eeds no ph ilosophy to explai n th e fact tha t

lov ers can sit by th e hou r in each o th er s pr esenc e ’

an d scarc ely sp eak a doz en word s yet b e in an ,

236 MI N D R EA DI N G —TELEPA TH Y .

e sc tacy of d el igh t and each r ealiz e that th e oth er

,

is exp eri encin g emo tions of profound est lov e Th es e .

a r e th e m ost co m mon and most pl easant in stanc es

o f soul transfer enc e of thought an d hav e b een ,

exp eri enc ed ev er sin c e m a n and woma n l earn ed the

fi rst l esson s of lov e .

A ll th e emotions may be si m ila rly mad e m ani f est

b y though t t ra nsfer enc e o n accoun t o f t hei r int en s
ity. F ea r ang er sy m pathy passi o n indignation
, , , , ,
.

pity a bho rr enc e an d d elight wh en int ens ely ex pe

, ,

r ien ced n eed no w ords to con vey th eir m eaning t o

,

o th ers .

I M P R ES S I ON S D U R I N G S LEEP .

During p rofound sl eep wh ich is nat ural hypno sis

, ,

the mind m ay b eco m e pa ssiv e and subj ect to vi vid

impr essions the sourc e of wh ich m ay b e at a gr ea t
,

di stanc e H o w fr equ ently do we h ear fro m t ruth

.

ful p ersons that th ey w er e warn ed in a d r ea m o f th e

d eath of a fri end or r ela tiv e an d a fter war d foun d
, .

that th e d eath was an ac tual occurr enc e D u rin g .

th e s eig e o f P ekin a m o th er whos e daught er was

,

in the b eseig ed city d eclar ed that h er daugh t er

app ear ed to h er in a vision an d a nnou nc ed that she
was safe from harm The vi sion was so r eal th a t
.

sh e fully b eli ev ed i n its r eali ty and secur ed gr eat

comfort
Pr emonitions of dang er exp eri enc ed duri ng sl eep
a r e exc eedingly fr equ ent an d hav e b een co m m o n
,

to mankind sinc e th e earli est ti m es Who canno t .

r eca ll an indivi dual instanc e wh er e the comin g of

238 MI N D R EA DI N G— T ELEP A TH Y .

tion should n o t b e far di stan t fr om th e O p erator

, ,

or tran sm i tter .

I f you hav e giv en the subj ec t su ffici en t stu dy an d

r efl ec tion to inspi r e confid enc e i n your abili ty s ecur e ,

a prop er subj ect and giv e him th e full est und er

standing po ssibl e o i what you d esi r e to do S el ect .

s o m e o n e who is int er est ed in th e topic o f tel epa thy

an d who is an xious to exp eri m ent .

H av e th e subj ect or r ecipi ent r etir e to an a dj oin

i ng roo m and in struct h im to mak e h is mi n d per
fectly pa ssiv e ; al so infor m h im i n a g en eral way
what is t o b e th e charact er of your thought s For .

“
in stan c e stat e I am going to th in k o f five g eo
, ,

graphica l na m es or I a m going to th in k of fo ur
, ,

”
p er sons Af ter he h a s r eti r ed co nc entrat e yo u r
.
,

w hol e m ind upon the na m es or p er sons you m ay

s el ect and th en will tha t th e subj ect shal l r ec ei ve
,

you r though ts D o not b e engro ss ed i n a d esi r e

.

that h e shall know w hat you a r e thi nkin g abou t ,

for tha t d esi r e i m pli es a doubt wh ich is fa tal a s i t

, ,

cr ea t es a n ew t rain of th o ught in you r m in d F orc e .

upon your self th e felling that you a r e m en t a lly

exp elling fro m you r m ind th e thoughts s el ect ed ,
’
and that you ar e driving th em into the r eci pi en t s
m i nd .

Y our succ ess in you r fi r st exp eri m en t will b e

d em onstrat ed by th e subj ec t in for m ing yo u o f the
w o rds o r p erson s s el ect ed H e m ay not b e abl e
.

a t fi rst t o giv e you th e actual w ords but m ay t el l ,

you th e substanc e o f th e thought Fo r in stan c e .

,
 M I N D R EA DI N G ~
T E LEP A T I I Y . 239

he m ay sa y, You w er e thinking o f a ci ty in China

a r i ver in Europ e o n e O f th e U ni ted S ta t es o n e o f
, ,

th e g r ea t l a k es and an i sland in th e P a cifi c O c ean ;

,

o r h e m ay d escrib e th e p er so n s th a t you sel ec ted .

Thi s m ay b e du e to th e thou g h ts wh ic h th e na m e s
call ed up to your own m ind for th e b ar e n a m e can
,

scarc el y b e d wel t up o n wi thout qu a lific ation unl es s ,

i t b e in the ca se of figur es .

Af ter r ep eat ed exp eri m en ts a t clo se ran g e long ,

di sta n c e c o m m un ic a ti on s m a y b e a tt m pted and -

,

t h ey a r e j u st a S easil y and su cc essfu l ly p er for m ed

'

wh en th e thou g h t o f di stanc e can b e b a ni sh ed from

th e m i nd .

Th e a u th or has p erfor m ed v ery m any m o st int er

esting exp eri m en ts in t el epathy w i th h is fri end M r ,
.

Eras m u s Pool e a g en tl em an of high lit erary and

,

sci enti fic attain m en ts who h a s m ad e th e study of

,

occult sci enc es an ab sorbing sp ecialty .

M r Pool e a few y ear s sinc e ma d e a busin ess

.
, ,

tri p to Bo ston and it was agr eed that an ex per i

“
,

”
m ent at doubl e t el ep a thy should b e at tem p ted .

I n oth er words tha t we should act as tran sm itt er

,

and r ecipi ent in turn W e a g r eed upon a day and

.

ho ur and m inu te wh en we should p l ac e our selv es

i n co m m unica tion Th e a uthor was first to trans
.

m it an d aft er a lap se O f half an hour wa s to r end er

,

h is m in d pa ssiv e and r ec eiv e What wa s r ec eiv ed

.

i n B o ston was to b e aft er ward sent by mail t o Chi

cago tog eth er wi th a writ ten stat em ent of what
,

wa s sen t and a corr espondin g co m munica tion was

,
34 0 M I N D R EA DI N G— TELEPA TH Y .

to be a il ed fro m Chicago to Bo ston Th e follo w

m .

ing is the r esult :

F I R ST M ESS A GE .

Bo ston January 1 8th —I n m y sitting to day

, .
-

with you I r ec eiv ed th e fo llow in g i m p r ession s l ik e ,

a t el egra phi c m essag e : V ery cold ; fri en d v ery ‘

sick ; s end black book

’
.

T he m essag e tra n sm itt ed by t el epa thy a nd aft er

ward m ai l ed to Chicago was : “Th er m o m et er nin e
d egr ees b elow z ero M r Bo ettin g er h as typhoid
‘

. .

fev er Pl ea se r eturn th e book on Psychology yo u

.
‘ ’

”
b orrow ed .

S EC ON D M ES SA GE .

C hicago Janua ry 1 8th —A s agr eed upon I ma d e

,
.
,

mys elf pa ssiv e a ft er sending yo u a m essag e an d I

, ,

‘
r ec eiv ed th e foll o wing m ental i m pr essions : Ti m e
4 3
1 6
. S mok e ev erywh er e .
’

Th e act ual m essag e as M r Pool e aft erward

“
.
,

info r m ed m e by m ail wa s : M y wa tch n u m b er is

,

4 1 1 3 66 F
. ir e in m
y b o a rdin g hous e y este r da y .

”
R ec eiv ed a l ett er fro m S m ith .

I t is evid en t tha t the succ ess o f th e exp eri m ent

was qui te sa ti sfact ory an d al though th e exact ,

words w er e n o t r ec eiv ed as t ran sm it ted the t hough t s

“
,

w er e I n th e fi r st m essag e the word s th er m o m eter

.

n in e d egr ees b elow z ero v ery naturally cr eat ed th e

“
thought of v ery cold ”
The app ea r an c e o f th e
.

"
b ook o n p sychology cr ea ted th e though t o f black
bo ok a nd the n a m e a nd disea se w er e ab sorb ed
“
,

in the though t of fri en d v ery

 I n th e second m essag e all th e figur es w er e
r ec eiv ed c o rr ectly but th e r ep eti ti o n of 1 and 6
“
,

w er e no t co m pr eh end ed The words Fir e in our .

,

”
boa rding hou se y est erday cr eat ed th e i d ea of
sm ok e in th e tran sm it ter s mind whi ch was th e ’

thought r ec eiv ed a nd pr o bably the smok e had ,

m ad e such an i m pr ession that th e r ecoll ection of i t

pr eclu d ed th e conc entration o f thought upon th e

fact O f r ec eiving a l ett er fro m S m ith which sli ghtly ,

i ya s ec eiv e an
i -
i i f f
-
l n cv d f n n f 0 4
C n r fl fl
' ‘
h o 1 1 f7 i tr r
s-V vu o a a v u Q A A v se A A Q. ' A A V L 5 u M ;
b
A b A .

Enough has b een l earn ed and d em on strat ed in

r ega rd to t el epathy to m ak e it appa r ent that futur e
g en eration s m ay r ea ch such a high d egr ee of expe
ri cu c e and kno wl edg e r egarding i t tha t it wi ll b e ,

a r ecogniz ed m ean s of c o m m uni cation j ust as wir e ,

l ess tel egraphy incomp reh en si b l e to m ost p erson s

, ,

an d u ntil la tely r egard ed a s i m possi b l e b y all has ,

b ecom e practical in the S ending of actual m essages .

 CH A P T ER X X V I .

H Y PN O T I C M I S C EL L A N Y .

S igns ofh zp nosis— F a sci n a ti on — Ca ta l spsy— L eth a r gy— Exa l

'

ta tion of th e senses— M uscul a r co ntor tion s— Sin g in g a n d

spea k ing— S pea k in g i n f o r ei g n l a n g u a g es- A t th e pr iz e
cr yi ng — M a
—
fi g h t H u n ti n g a nd neb i n g — La u g h i ng a nd ke
m e a ch il d a g a i n- A g ed an d i n fir m — Becom i n g a n im a l s

A tr ip to h eaven— U p i n a b a l l oon .

S ubj ec ts wh o b ei ng brough t i nto a con di tion

ar e

of hypno si s will u sually giv e phy sical evid enc e of

th ei r b ei ng und er con trol At fi r st th e pu pils o f
.

th e ey es will b e notic eably contrac ted and a s th e ,

influ enc e b eco m es int ensifi ed th ey gradually dila te

and b eco m e v ery larg e and in th e p rofoun d stag es
,

the ey eballs wi ll roll up wa rd as may b e r ea di l y ,

s een by li f tin g the ey el id s I f wh en in th e so m n a m

.
,

b u l istic sta t e th e subj ect shoul d b e r equi r ed to

,

O p en his ey es th e ey eball s will u sually a ssu m e th ei r

,

na tural posi tion .

Mos t subj ect s a s th ey fall in to th e h ypno tic sta te

, ,

w ill sh ow a p eculiar sm il e about the m o n th w hi c h ,

by m any is mi stak en as an evid enc e o f a ssu m ed

Su b j ec tion . \V h en slu m b er r esult s fro m su gg es
tion th e ey eli d s a r e apt to q uiv er slightly jus t a s
,
24 4 H YPN OT I C M I SCELLAN Y .

C hapt er VI I and wh en th e subj ect i s p er fectly

,

rigid his body is lifted and plac ed in su ch a p o si

,

ti on a s to cau se the h ea d to r est u pon o n e ch air ,

w hil e th e feet r est upon a no th er m akin g O f i t a ,

sor t O f hu m an bridg e upon which th e O p erat o r m a

, y
p lac e w e igh ts o r upon wh, ich h e m ay s tand S u ch .

an a ct is po si tiv e evid enc e of hypnosi s for it ca n ,

n o t b e p erform ed und er natu ral con d itions .

V ery fr equ en tly we h ear O f larg e ston es b eing

plac ed upon th e ch est o f a ca tal eptic p erson and ,

th en b eing br o k en by a sl edg e ha m m er Th is can .

b e don e but i t m u st b e r em em b er ed tha t hypno si s

,

do es not al ter th e st ructur es o f bon es and m u scl es ,

an d seri o us p hysical i nj ury m ight follow such an

u ncall ed for exh ibi tion
-
.

I n th i s conn ection it is w ell to r ep ea t th e caution

again st fo rcing a subj ec t into a l ethargic tranc e
exc ept fo r pu r ely sci entific purpo ses O pera tors .

ha ve r end er ed th ei r subj ec ts al m o st li fel ess fo r d ay s

and w eek s and in O ri ental count ri es s el f hypn o ti sm
,
-

hav e throw n th em selv es into tran ces l as ting fo r

mon ths .

P U BL I C EX H I BI T I ON S .

Wh en giving public exh i b itions O f hypno ti c

p ow er it is w el l t o plan b efor ehan d a m u si ng per
,

fo r m a n ces that will b e positiv e proofs o f hypnoti c

i nfl u enc e F ir st put th e subj ect in th e so m n a m b u
.

l istic sta te as dir ec ted in Chap ter V I I and th en

, , ,

by posi tiv e sugg estions any O f th e followin g r em ark

,

a bl e exhibitions ca n b e mad e .
 H YP N OTI C M I SCELL AN Y . 24 5

All th e sen ses m ay b e exalt ed to the high est

d eg r ee and th e subj ec t will giv e evid enc e of thi s
,

in an un m i stakabl e m ann er D rop a pin upon th e.

fl o o r wi th th e r em ark tha t you a r e going to dr o p

a cannon hall and wh en th e pi n fall s h e will j u m p
,

and m anifest a con sciou sn ess O f having actually

h eard th e falling o f a h eavy w eight .

S ug g est tha t you ar e g o ing to expl o d e a dyn a

m i te b o m b . H o ld a n eg g in the hand and sta te
t ha t i t is the b o m b Br eak th e eg g and the subj ect
.
,

will clap h is hand s to his ear s and show gr ea t dis

tr ess an d fright such a s he would m anifest shoul d
,

an a ctu a l explo sion O f dyna m i te occur .

G i ve the subj ec t a b o ttl e o f col o gn e and t ell him

h e cann o t tak e it away fr o m h is no se ; th en su g
g est tha t it is a bottl e O f str o ng a m m onia a nd h e ,

w ill a ct accordingly O r giv e h im a p eel ed o nion

.

and sugg est that it is a ro se an d h e will show gr eat

,

d elight in holding it to h is no stril s .

D ancing l eaping j u m pin g and oth er di splays of

, , ,

m u scular agility m ay b e m ad e by sugg estion I t is

‘

a strang e fac t tha t m any p er son s wh o ha v e n ev er

d a nc ed can b e m ad e to do so i n the hypnoti c stat e
‘

and wi ll u sually p erf o rm v ery grac efully wh en th er e

is m u si cal acco m p an i m ent S o m e hypnoti sts m ak e
.

th ei r subj ects contort th eir bodi es by b ending b ack

ward s O r putting th e l eg ov er th e h ead or doin g ,

si m ilar di fficult ex erci ses S uch p erfor m anc es a r e

.

dang er o u s u nl ess the sub j ect is an acrobat Th er e

,
.

a r e a n ab undanc e o f harml es s an d am usin g f eats

24 6 H YP NOTI C M I SCEL L N Y A .

to b e p erfor m ed to d emonstrat e hypnotism without

r eso rtin g to thos e that risk lif e or li m b .

S ubj ects can b e m ad e to sing songs o r to d eliv er

oration s wh il e in the hypn otic condi tion Th o s e .

who a r e u sually ba ckward in doing th ese things

m ay b e gr eatly b en efi t ed by b eing hypno tiz ed an d

forc ed to do th em S uch p er son s m ay h av e po st

.

sugg estion s m ad e to th em advan tag eou sly It is .

not n ec es sary for the o p erat o r to think o f th e w o rd s

to b e spok en Let th e sugg estio n b e m ad e an d
“
.
,

r esult s will follow Fo r in stanc e say

.
, Y ou a r e
,

Willia m J enning s B ryan and th e crowd of p eopl e

,

b efor e you wa n t to hav e you mak e th em a sp eech

’
on Fr ee S ilv er 1 6 to I
‘

,
. I t is O ft en su rpri sin g
to not e the di splay O f oratory that will follow such
a sugg estion A n ew subj ect cannot b e r el i ed up on
.

to sp eak i n this mann er fo r th e fir st tim e and in ,

a publi c exh ibition only a w ell kn o wn good sub

-
,

j cet should b e u sed .

Exp ert hypnoti sts som etim es d emonstra te t h ei r

po wer of comp elling th e subj ect to sp eak in a for
eig n ton gu e with whi ch h e is unfamili ar Th is i s .

don e by p r eviou sly hypnotizing th e su b j ect an d

r ep eating to him sev er al tim es the wo rd s yo u w ish
him to commi t to m em o r y H e will com m it th em
.

v ery r eadily and rep eat th em wh en ev er h e i s a gai n

hypnotiz ed and call ed upon to do so I t is of .
,

c ours e im possi b l e to g iv e a hypnotiz ed subj ect th e

,

pow er to fr eely u se a fo r eign languag e .

V ery am usi n g exhibiti ons m ay be m ad e b y sug

248 H YP NOTI C M I S CELLANY .

tim e a gr oup of adults playing childish gam es wi t h ,

b ibs about th eir n ecks whil e young p er son s ar e

,

sedat ely posing as ag ed m en or wo m en .

S ubj ect s ca n b e m ad e to b eli ev e th at chai rs o r

tab l es or oth er articl es of furnitur e ar e various ani
mals A girl will tak e a silk hat as a buck et a nd
.

proc eed to milk the tabl e as a cow A man will .

j u m p astrid e a chair and urg e hi s imagina ry hor se

to ful l sp eed B ooks b ecom e cats or dogs or any
.

th in els e th e op erator may d esir e th e subj ect to

b eli e th em to b e A gain th e subj ect s th em selv es
.
,

may u pon sugg estion assu m e the rol e of vario u s

, ,

anima ls .

A b eautiful exhibition o f supr em e happ in ess fol

lows the sugg estion to a group O f hypno tiz ed sub
j e cts that th ey hav e ta k en a trip to h eav en an d a r e

en j oying its glori es . S uch a trip m ay b e co m

w en eed by sugg esting to th e party tha t th ey a r e
to tra vel h eav enward in a b allo o n The caution th ey
.

will portray and the em otion s th ey will evinc e

b ecom e v ery r eali stic .

Many mor e amu sing and ent ertaining p er fo rm

a n ec s wi l l sugg est th ems elv es to the o p erato r who

is giving a pu b lic exhibition I n all such exhibi tion s

.

l et the acts b l end pl ea santly from o ne to th e oth er .

Sudd en chang es ar e trying on th e subj ect and al so

det r act fr om th e har mo n y O f the ex hi b it ion .
 C HAPT ER X XV I I .

SELF -A N A ES TH ES I A .

S el f - ana esth esia a n a tu r a l p ower — E xh ib ited b y a n im a l s

C om m on exam pl es i n hum an b ein g s— H er oism of ch il
d r en- D aug h ter of M r F r en ch — Ca se of
. Ea r n est Gun th er
R em a r k a b l e power of H a k im A b d el S ur ed d i n— C l in ical
exp er i m ents .

Th e pow er to r end er the body or portion s o f 1 t

-

ins ensi bl e to pain is probably po ssessed by all hu m an

b eing s al though a s yet few hav e b een abl e to
,

d ev elop it sati sfac to ri ly It r equir es g r eat co n c en

.

tr a tio n of though t a n d self co n fiden c e tog eth er with

-
,

pati ent practic e I n m a n y of th e low er an i m al s t h i s

.

pow er seem s to b e ex erci sed wit h th e g r eat est ea se ,

al thou g h wh eth er it is und er th eir self c o ntrol o r -

si m ply a r esul t O f fright and con sequ ent hypnosi s ,

h as no t yet b een d efinit ely settl ed So m e ani m al s .

fall into a stupor as soon as th ey ar e captur ed ; for

i n stanc e th e opo ssu m wil l curl up as if in pro
,
-

foun d sl eep or d ead wh en about to b e tak en ; ,

lob st er s wil l sev er portion s of th eir bodi es that h av e

b een caught in t rap s and m any ot her m a ni festati o n s
,

o f a p eculiar natur e in thi s conn ection ar e fa m iliar ,

to a ll . Som e per sons ev en go 80 far as to ass er t

250 S ELF - AN AESTHES I A .

tha t a s a rul e ani m als do not su ffer much pain w h en

subj ec ted to abu se or appar en t tortur es .

In human b ei ngs th e enduranc e of pai n di ff ers

grea tly and al m o st i n stinctiv ely we r ealiz e tha t it
,

is wi thin ou r po wer to m odify our su ff ering s H ow .

O ft en we u se th e exp r ession G rin an d b ea r i t o r

“I shut m t eeth and b o r e i t lik e a h ero ” o r “
, , ,

y h e ,

”
brav ely endur ed the op eration wi th o u t fin ich in g .

Th ere ar e vari o u s d irections giv en fo r l essenin g

“
pa in such a s G rit you r t eeth ” “
Think of so m e
“
, , ,

” ”
thing el se ,
Pr ess you r fing er s in th e ear s etc , .

All th ese things si m ply sh ow that to a c ertain ext ent

our pow er s ar e r ealiz ed and O f ten f eebly tak en
advan tag e O f wh en m o st n eed ed S ur ely i t should .

b ec o m e a m att er O f gr ea t int er est to u s to seek m eth "

o ds of d ev eloping thi s m o st b en eficen t attrib ut e o f

our natu r es .

O cca sionally we notic e child r en di splaying won

d er fu l h eroi sm u nd er trying circumsta n c es an d
b eco m in g al m o st s toical du ring th e i nfli c tion o f
punish m ent Th e li ttl e s ev en y ear O l d daugh ter of
.
- -

M r Fr ench of P endl eton I nd iana was abl e to

.
, , ,

con trol h ers elf in a r emarka b l e m ann er Wh en .

punish ed or ev en r ebuk ed for misd em ean or s sh e ,

would instan tly th row h ers el f into a sem i u n co n -

sciou s stat e and a ssum e a bla nk s ta r e that s en t a

thri ll O f horror th rough h er par ent s Sh e b eca m e .

such a n ad ept i n this that not th e slight est r eproo f

was ev er ad m inist er ed to h er for f ear she would
thro w h ers el f in to a con ditio n f rom wh ich she coul d
252 SELF- A N A ESTH ES I A .

h im ,
would n er ve hi m self up and b etray no
he
f eelin g what ev er du rin g th e test Th e boy was
“
.

unabl e t o explain his action b ey o nd th e r em a rk I ,

H i s cas e is
’
sim ply mak e my self so I can t f eel it .

an in stanc e O f the und ev elop ed h u m an pow er to

voluntarily b ec o m e i n sen sibl e to pain .

H A K I M A BD EL S U R EDDI N .

A m o st r emarkab l e illu stra tion of the pow er o f

s el f hypnoti sm a nd th e voluntary endu ranc e of
-

inj ury without pain was la tely giv en during the

’
author s clinic hou r b efor e th e stud ents an d
m emb er s O f th e faculty o f th e N ational M edical
U n iv er sity The .sub j ect wa s H akim Abd el
S u r edd in oth erwis e known as M r Franz C ern ey
, . .

H is O bj ect i n pr es en ting hi m s el f wa s to dem o n strat e

.

b eyond th e po ssibil ity O f a doub t h is r em arkabl e

pow er to r en d er hi m self in sen sibl e to pain Th e .

t est s to w hich h e was subj ect ed w er e sev er e in

charact er and w er e convi ncing i n r esults Els e .

wh er e in thi s book w ill b e found illu strations tak en

fro m p hotographs mad e during M r Cer ney s ex h i
’
.

bitions an d esp ecial att ention is call ed to th e p lacid

,

count enan c e and the abs enc e O f all ext erna l evid en c e
O f pain .

An accoun t of th e t ests m ad e at the cli ni c wil l

s erv e to show th e d egr ee to whi ch thi s r emarkab l e
pow er may b e ex ercis ed a nd m ay ai d i n d em on
,

str a ting the m ethod by w hich i t m ay b e cultiva t ed .

M r C ern ey brought wi th him a larg e cas e O f instr u

.

m ents consisting of a seri es o f long n eedl es and

,
 SELF A N A E STH ES IA
-
.

sel nd er d agg er s wi th h eavy h an dl es b esid es anti sep tic ,

so lu ti o n s for tho r oughly cl ean sin g th e in str u m en ts o

b efor e th eir in sertion I n every in stanc e b ef o r e

.
,

subj ec tin g hi m self to t est s h e d esir ed to b e infor m ed

,

a s to th e par ti cular por tion o f th e b o dy to b e ex pe 1

im en ted up o n so th at h e m i g h t ea si ly r end er h im
,

self i n sen sibl e al th o ugh it wa s n o t n ec essary to

,

g iv e hi m full par t icular s I n f a c t it seem ed to b e

.
,

m er ely a m att er o f c o nv eni en c e to h im t o kno w th e

l o ca lity to b e t est ed for wh en he wa s infor m ed th a t

,

t ests w er e to b e m ad e wi thout his kn owing exac tly

wh er e h e r end er ed hi m self j u st as in sen sibl e to pain
, ,

al though seem 1 n gl y wi th m or e effo rt .

\Vh en all was in r eadin ess M r C ern ey r em ov ed

,
.

h is clot h ing to th e wai st and invit ed in sp ecti o n o f

h is body T h e skin was r em arkably so ft an d h ea l thy
.

l ooking and pi m pl es a n d b l em i sh es wer e notic eab l y

,

a b sen t
. Th er e w as no thing wha tev er to indica te
a n y th ing un natural for a m or e p erf ect c o ndi tion
,

o f th e ski n could not b e d esir ed H er e and th er e

.

ov er th e surfac e sharp poin ted n eedl es w er e sligh tly

-

and quickly thrust with instantan eous r esponsiv e

sign s o f sen si b ility Th er e was po sitiv e evid enc e
.

that n o m ean s had b een r esort ed to for hard ening

th e skin and that th er e w er e n o sign s o f di seas e
,

o f a ny kin d M anif estly what ev er unusual endur

.
,

an c e h e was about to exhi b it m ust b e entir ely und er

h is own control Wh en infor m ed that t est s w er e
.

ab o ut to b e m ad e M r C ern ey dr ew hims elf up

,
.

er ect and r esolu tely tightly clo sed h is j aw s fold ed

, ,
254 S ELF - A NAESTHESIA .

h is ar m s and a s sum ed an expr ession O f earn es t

,

though t I n a few minut es th e surfa c e o f th e body

.

b eca m e ro sy and shortly aft erward was cov er ed

“
,

with goo s e p i m pl es whi ch disapp ea r ed in a few

,

mo m ents l eaving th e skin p erf ectly na tu ral in

,

a pp earanc e H e was th en r ea d y for th e exp erim ents

. .

The mout h was op en ed and rin sed wi th an ti septi c

solu tion and a la rg e n eedl e shov ed t hrough th e
ch eek fro m within outward witho ut the l east evi ,

d en c e of pain and w ithout a drop of blood b ei n g

visi b l e The o th er ch eek was th en pi erc ed in th e
.

sa m e mann er with th e exc ep tion that a s m all qua n

,

t ity o f blood ooz ed ou t through th e p erfo ration .

The pow er to control the lo ss o f blood was vol un

tary and was d em on stra t ed during oth er ex per i
,

m ents .

Th e tongu e wa s protrud ed and p erforat ed dir ec tly

i n th e c ent er by a v ery larg e n eedl e N o t th e l ea st .

t r em or wa s n otic eabl e an d no blood flow ed Wh en .

the extr em e s en sitiv en ess of th e tongu e i s con si d er ed ,

a s w ell a s th e fact tha t it con tains innu m era b l e sm a ll

blood v ess els thi s t est b eco m es r em ark abl e

, .

The arm wa s uplift ed an d a by stand er wa s r e

qu est ed to pi erc e it wi th th e lon g est and larg est of
th e n eedl es wi thout r egard to any a tt em p t to a voi d
,

n erv es o r blood v essels Th e n eedl e was p lung ed

.

f ea rl essly through the fl esh co m pl etely p en etra ting

,

th e m u scl es Th er e was no sign o f disc om fort and

.
,

not a drop of blood was vi sibl e .

Th e sub j ec t n ext r eq u est ed tha t the m uscl es of th e

$
66 SELF-A N AESTH ESIA .

a stud ent in m edicin e he accid entally discov er ed his

p ow er to p roduc e a na esth esia i n his own b ody a nd
,

b y practic e dev elop ed i t until he has r each ed the

high d egr ee o f control which h e is n ow a b l e to
manifest . The exhibiti on d escrib ed w as h is fi rs t
d emonstration in A m eri ca al though h e h as exh i b
,

ited hi s r emarka bl e pow ers b efo r e th e h ei r

appar en t O f Austri a an d oth er Europ ean no b ility .

H e is at p r es ent having esp ecia l ly Co nstruct ed a

b ed wi th i ron spik es which h e propos es to h av e
,

h eat ed and upon whi ch he will l ie with ou t th e l eas t

disc om fort M r Cer ney s n eck is di sfigur ed by sev
. .
’

eral la rg e scars whi ch a r e th e r esult s o f p en etra tion s

o f the d agg er ov er th e r egion of th e larg e b lood

v ess els.

The wond erful pow er O f s el f ana est h esi a wh i ch

-

M r C er n ey has so r ema rkably cult ivat ed ca n dou b t

.

l ess b e d ev elop ed b y a larg e maj ority O f p ersons to

a gr eat er o r l ess d egr ee I t r equir es s elf co n fid en ce
.
-

and con c ent r atio n of thought tog ethe r wit h a spe

,

ci es O f d et er m ination w h ich can b e b ett er co nc eiv ed

than d escrib ed .
 T h is su b ject f eel s n o pa in a n d h a s no l o ss o f b l oo d f r om
a fi ve inch d agg er b ein g r u n th r ough th e ch est m u scl es over

th e r eg io n of th e h ea r t
.
 CH A P T ER X X V I I I .

METH ODS OF PR OD UC I N G H YP N 1

Gener a l dir ecti ons—Ob j ective m eth o d—F a scina

dl e m h
et od— M outin a
’
m eth od —Th e N a ncy
m er ic m eth od —Exer cise of will power
— Th
Dr Lu y s m eth od— T h e H ind oo sl eep
’
of .

Od and influence of m agnets and cur r ents

Va rious m ethod s Of
producing h )
b een d escri b ed an d expl ain ed thr ougho
S om e o f th em ar e ex tr em el y simpl e ,

a dop ted b y b eginn ers with ev ery chan c

whil e oth ers ar e mor e difii cult and a r e

exp erts in ov er coming r ef ractory sul:

a lways b est fo r a stud ent c omm encin g t

p ractic e o f hypnoti sm to d e cid e up on

vario us m etho ds that s eem s mo st n at u

em b ar r assing to him and pr a ctice up o n

,

until a deg r ee of per f ection is r eached .

p l a n to ca rry ou t al l a l o ne th e m o ve

em ploy ed as th ough pr acti ci ng up on

,

je ct
. T hi s w ill g ive a f a m il ia r it y w ith
of proc edu r e w hich will be of gr eat adv

a tt empti ng to wor k upo n an ac tu a l sul

ing is mor e b en efi ci al to a b e i
g n ner i1
258 METH OD S OF PR OD UCI N G H YP N OSI S .

than to succ eed upon his fi rst a tt empt and n othin g,

is b ett er ca l cul at ed to mak e him su cc eed th an s el f

co nfiden ce and fa m iliari ty with th e m ethod s o f pr o

ced u t e
M E TH OD F I R ST—OBJ EC T I VE M ET H OD
.

Secu r e som e unu sual o r b right obj ect s ev eral o f

,

wh ich ar e d escri b ed els ewh er e such as a d is k w it h

,

a b righ t or un usual c ent er . H av e the sub j ect s ea t ed

in a com forta b l e mann er h is back to th e li gh t o r
,

win do w the f eet on the floo r the k n ees sl igh tly

, ,

sepa r at ed and the palms of the han d s fl a t o n th e

,

knees . P lac e yours el f in such a po sxti on di r ectly in

fr ont o f h im t h at you r o n e k n ee w ill b e b etween
hi s and the oth er will b e to h is r i gh t H av e him
.

hold th e obj ect in h 1 s righ t h an d fo r five o r ten

m inutes and instruct h im to s tare s teadi ly at it a nd
,

to t hi nk o f a b solut ely noth ing but sl eep I mpr ess .

u p on him that h e wi ll soon b ecom e drowsy .

R epea t ed ly assu r e him tha t h e is b ecomin g Sl eepy ;

that he looks sl eepy an d th at h is ey es a r e g etti n g
,

hea vy . Ma k e th es e stat em ents i n a d raw l ing a nd

m onot o nous t on e w it h an expr ession o f positiv e
,

ness t h at a dmi ts o f no d ou b t on h is p ar t I n five .

o r ten m in utes t ell him h e is too tir ed to hol d th e

disk a ny l ong er ; tak e it f ro m him an d h old it b efor e

his gaz e for a m in ute o r two and th en tel l h im to
, ,

shut his eyes and go to sl eep . Make a few p a ss es

over his head fr om the b ack for war d b a r ely touc h
,

ing the h ead ; tell h im em phau call y to g o to sl eep .

Make a few passages fr om the back of the hea d to

zoo m u ons or m ob ncm o m om s .

that his ey es a r e b eco m ing w eary ma k e a few ,

p a ss es from th e back o f his h ead do wnwa rd ov er th e

Spin e empha tica ll y t ell h i m to d o se hi s ey es and
,

that he is b ecoming sl eepy ; co ntinu e th e p ass es until

sl eep is produc ed .

METH OD FOU R—MOUT IN S METH OD

'
.

’
A pply th e hand b etw een th e su bj ect s sh oul der
b lad es with consid erabl e pr essu r e fo r four o r five
, ,

minut es I f th e su bj ect r ealiz es a s en s e O f h eat or

.

cold o r exp eri enc es a tingling s en sati on plac e th e

, ,

p alms o f th e han ds agai nst his should er blad es a n d

pr es s h eavily for t hr ee o r m or e m in ut es ; th en
slowly r eli ev e th e pr es sur e and withdraw th e hand
backw ard wh en the subj ect wi ll foll o w backwa rd
,

as i f drawn by a magn et S hould the h an ds b e .

again pr ess ed aga inst th e should blad es th e subj ect ,

will display consid era b l e discomfort Th is m et ho d .

do es not p roduc e the profou n d stag es O f hypn o si s .

I t may b e us ed to s ecur e th e fi rst d egr ee an d pa ss es ,

th en employ ed fo r th e deepr stag es .

M ETH OD FI VE — TH E N A N CY M ET H OD .

H av e th e subj ect s eat ed a s in m eth od o ne Tak e .

a position about th r ee feet from his l ef t sid e h old ,

up two fi ng er s o f you r righ t h and d ir ectly i n fron t

of hi s ey es about ten inch es fro m th em Wh en sign s
,
.

of w ea rin ess app ear sugg est in mon otonous ton es

,

th at h e is going to sl eep an d r ep ea t such su gg es

,
~

tion s until hypnosis is produ ced .

M ETH OD S IX- M ES MER I C M ET H OD .

Pla ce the su bj ect r est fully in a chai r an d a ssum e

 Mnr nons on Paonuci n o H YPNOSIé
'

a po sition dir ectly in front O f him ei th er standing ,

o r Si tting Com m enc e to mak e a seri es of p asses

‘

with outstr etch ed hand s the pal m s toward h im Let

, .

th e pass es b e long from th e top of h is h ead to the

abdo m en and alwa ys b efor e a sc ending to the h ead
, , ,

separa te th e a r m s wid ely and r ub th e fing ers a s

th ough throwing O ff so m e adh er ent s u bstanc e ;

th en l et the hand s a sc end to the subj ect s h ead ’

always wi thout actually touching his body Con .

tin ne this with tir eso m e and m onoto nou s m o v em en ts

for so m e l ength O f ti m e till th e subj ect is evid entl y
,

a ff ect ed I f hypno si s has b een produc ed h is arms

.
,

m a y b e lift ed and your co m m and that th ey shall

,

stay in po sition will b e ob ey ed .

M ETH OD S EV EN — EX ER C I S E OF W I LL P OW ER .

S eat your self b esid e th e subj ect and hold both

h is hands fir m ly but ea sily i n your own ; m ak e a
g entl e pr essur e now and th en as though yo u w er e
“
,

trans m i tting a flow of n erv e forc e into him Hav e .

h im clos e h is ey es and inclin e the h ead in an easy

and languid po sition and th en co m m enc e th e sug
,
'

g es ti o n s o f d rowsin es s and sl eep T ell him he is .

g ettin g m or e and m or e drow sy t ha t he is sl eepy ,

‘
,

t hat h e is n o ddin g and finally co m m and him to

“
,

”
S l eep . Ask him if he i s asl eep and he will say ,

Y es . Mak e various sugg estion to his mind a n d ,

h e w ill b e i m pr es sed b y th em as th o ugh th ey w er e

r ea liti es T el l him he is warm and h e will w ip e the
.
,

i m aginary p er spiration fro m his fac e ; t ell him h e is

cold and h e will p erc eptibly shiv er H e is ab so
, .
262 METHOD S OF PRODUCING HYPNOSI S .

tutely und er your m en tal cont rol S ubj ects hyp .

notiz ed by this m ethod los e all t h ei r person a li ty

during th e hypnosis and ar e compl et ely subj ect to
,

th e slight es t sugg est ions .

METH O D EI GH T—TH E R OTAR Y M I R R OR .

This m ethod of producing hypn o si s i s fr eq u entl y

’
spok en O f as D r Luy s m ethod
. I t consists in ti rin g
.

th e optic n erv e by gazing at a rotati ng s eri es O f

small mirro rs set in a mann er to mak e th em app ea r
,

l ik e a mass of brilliant g ems in m o tion B y this

.

m ethod a numb er of p ersons m ay b e quick ly h ypn ot

iz ed at o n e ti m e by causing th em to stand ab out th e

tabl e upon which is plac ed th e mirrors rapidly ,

r evolving by clockwork As th ey gaz e at th e mi r

.

r or s hypnosi s i s produc ed
, I t i s surprising to n otic e
.

h ow q uickly a larg e n umb er O f p ersons may b e hyp

no tiz ed b y thi s m ethod I n social gath er in gs th e
.

em ploym ent o f this m ethod will prov e most ent er

taining M any w ho b eli ev e that it canno t possi b l y

.

a ff ect th em will b e th e fi r st to succu m b .

M ET H OD N I N E—TH E H I N D OO S LEEP .

Th is m ethod i s employ ed ext ensiv ely by the

Faki rs of I ndia to hypn oti z e th eir audi en c es so as ,

to cau se th em to fir m ly b eli ev e th ey actuall y see

what i s in r eality simply su gg est ed to th em By .

this proc es s th e Fakirs hav e s ecur ed a w on d erful

r eputation for p erforming m a r v elous sl eight oi—han d -

wond ers which a r e in reality not p er form ed at al l ,

b ut si m ply hypnotic i m aginat ions .

I t is b est to dr ess in Ea st I ndia fashio n so as .

3“ “ 7 8 008 OF PR ODUCIN G HYPN OS Ifl .

disease r esu lt s O d fr om ano th er per son or fr om

.

so m e imm at erial sub s tance m ay a ff ect a sub j ect and

produc e hypnosis som nam b ulism catal epsy etc I t
, , , .

is po ssi b l e b y pa ssing a cu r r ent of el ectricity th ro ugh

a subj ect to b r ing him int o a s ta t e o f r a ppor t so ,

th at h e ca n r eali z e the pr es enc e o f o nly the one per

son who is tr aver sed by a curr ent in the sa m e di r ce

tion .

H ypnotiz e a subj ect by one of the meth od s given

and set him b ack to b a c k w it h a p erso n s u ff er i ng

fr om som e di sea s e not org ani c and pl ace a ma gnet

,

b etween th em Th e symptom s of the sick p ers on

.

wil l b e m ani fest ed by the hypnot iz ed sub j ect W hen

.

a m a gn et is pl aced against the stom a ch o f a hyp

notiz ed subj ect th e b r ea thing will b e visib ly a ff ect ed

, ,

and var io us o th er m a ni fes ta t ions m ay b e o b ser ved

b y using the m agnet o r th e el ectr ic cur r ent dur ing

.

hypnosi s .

I n all ex per im ents wi th th e m agnet the gr eatest

,

success will b e ob ta ined b y em pl o ying the m any pr e ~

cautions and ai ds el sewher e given for th e pr oduo

tion of hypnosis .